Modelling Properties of Specia

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 311

M o d e l l in g P r o p e r t ie s of S p e c ia l C o n c r e t e s

U sin g A r t if ic ia l I n t e l l ig e n c e

(Spine Title: Modelling properties of special concrete using AI)


(Thesis format: Monograph)

By

HASSAN H. EL-CHABIB

Graduate Program in Engineering


Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering

A thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements


for the degree o f Doctor o f Philosophy

FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES


THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN ONTARIO
LONDON, ONTARIO
JANUARY, 2006

© Hassan El-Chabib 2006

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Library and Bibliotheque et
Archives Canada Archives Canada

Published Heritage Direction du


Branch Patrimoine de I'edition

395 W ellington S treet 395, rue Wellington


Ottaw a ON K1A 0N4 Ottaw a ON K1A 0N4
C an ad a C an a d a

Your file Votre reference


ISBN: 978-0-494-30697-0
Our file Notre reference
ISBN: 978-0-494-30697-0

NOTICE: AVIS:
The author has granted a non­ L'auteur a accorde une licence non exclusive
exclusive license allowing Library permettant a la Bibliotheque et Archives
and Archives Canada to reproduce, Canada de reproduire, publier, archiver,
publish, archive, preserve, conserve, sauvegarder, conserver, transmettre au public
communicate to the public by par telecommunication ou par I'lnternet, preter,
telecommunication or on the Internet, distribuer et vendre des theses partout dans
loan, distribute and sell theses le monde, a des fins commerciales ou autres,
worldwide, for commercial or non­ sur support microforme, papier, electronique
commercial purposes, in microform, et/ou autres formats.
paper, electronic and/or any other
formats.

The author retains copyright L'auteur conserve la propriete du droit d'auteur


ownership and moral rights in et des droits moraux qui protege cette these.
this thesis. Neither the thesis Ni la these ni des extraits substantiels de
nor substantial extracts from it celle-ci ne doivent etre imprimes ou autrement
may be printed or otherwise reproduits sans son autorisation.
reproduced without the author's
permission.

In compliance with the Canadian Conformement a la loi canadienne


Privacy Act some supporting sur la protection de la vie privee,
forms may have been removed quelques formulaires secondaires
from this thesis. ont ete enleves de cette these.

While these forms may be included Bien que ces formulaires


in the document page count, aient inclus dans la pagination,
their removal does not represent il n'y aura aucun contenu manquant.
any loss of content from the
thesis.
i*i

Canada
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
THE UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN ONTARIO
FACULTY OF GRADUATE STUDIES

CERTIFICATE OF EXAMINATION

Chief Advisor Examining Board

Dr. Moncef Nehdi Dr. Tim Newson

Dr. Maged Youssef

Dr. Robert Schincariol

Dr. Lamya Amleh

The thesis by

Hassan H. El-Chabib

Entitled:

Modelling Properties of Special Concretes


Using Artificial Intelligence

is accepted in partial fulfillment of the


requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy

Date: January 19, 2006 Dr. David Jeffry


Chair of the Thesis Examining Board

11

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
ABSTRACT

The engineering properties of special concretes depend on the effect of and interaction between
complex parameters such as the non-homogeneous nature and inherently different properties of
their components, and the dual and/or contradictory effects of several ingredients on the overall
performance. Current practice resorts to costly and time-consuming laboratory testing on
numerous trial mixtures to investigate such properties. Furthermore, current semi-empirical and
regression analysis tools used to predict these properties have fundamental limitations, are based
on many simplifying assumptions, and thus are not reliable. Meanwhile, artificial intelligence
(AI) methods have recently emerged as powerful techniques for modeling and predicting the
behaviour of materials. However, their applications in concrete technology are still at the
embryonic stage. Hence, the goal of this work is to lay the ground for more mature applications
of AI in concrete materials and structures. This is achieved in this study through selected
applications that have proven to be challenging using traditional modeling techniques.

The first application focussed on modeling the segregation phenomenon of flowable concrete,
which remains to be the least understood of its properties. Data on the ability of flowable
concrete mixtures to resist segregation of coarse aggregate particles are practically nonexistent
partly due to lack of simple and reliable test methods to measure such a property. In this study, a
simple, yet reliable test method for quantitatively evaluating the segregation resistance of
flowable concrete mixtures was developed. The test was used to generate a comprehensive
database on the segregation of flowable concrete mixtures. A total of 123 self-consolidating
concrete mixtures were prepared and tested for segregation resistance, slump flow, slump Tso(Cm),
and compressive strength. In addition, properties of 175 underwater flowable concrete mixtures
were carefully selected from a larger database collected from published research. The database
thus generated was used to train artificial neural networks (ANN) models to predict engineering
properties of flowable concrete. The ANN models thus developed showed excellent
performance not only in predicting the properties of flowable concrete, but also in predicting the
effect of basic mixture ingredients on such properties.

The second major application focussed on modeling the shear strength of slender concrete
beams. Shear strength results for 656 normal and high-strength concrete slender beams (with
and without stirrups) were collected from published research. The database was used to train

iii

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
ANN models to study the shear behaviour of normal and high-strength concrete (HSC) slender
beams and to investigate the shear capacity contributed by each of the basic shear transfer
mechanisms. Results showed that current shear design provisions overestimate the effect of
compressive strength of concrete on the shear capacity of HSC beams and that simply adding the
shear capacity of stirrups to that of concrete beams without shear reinforcement will
significantly underestimate the shear strength of such beams. The ANN models allowed a more
advanced understanding of the effect of basic shear design parameters on shear strength.

Moreover, the ability of current shear design guidelines to calculate the shear capacity of FRP-
reinforced concrete beams was investigated in this study. Analysis of shear strength
experimental results for 150 FRP-reinforced concrete beams along with ANN predictions
showed that current shear design guidelines for FRP-reinforced concrete members significantly
underestimate the shear capacity of beams without shear reinforcement and overestimate the
shear capacity of FRP stirrups. The genetic algorithms approach was used to develop and
optimize new shear design equations for FRP-reinforced beams. It was shown that the effect of
the axial rigidity of FRP longitudinal reinforcement and FRP stirrups on the shear strength can
be best represented by a cubic root and square root functions rather than linear or square root
relationships as proposed by current guidelines, respectively, which provided a more accurate
design equations compared to other existing methods.

The main contribution of this study is that it demonstrates that artificial intelligence techniques
can be mobilized to predict the engineering properties of special concretes with accuracy that
cannot be matched by existing semi-empirical and regression analysis-based techniques.
Furthermore, there are substantial research data on various aspects of concrete materials and
structures, but such data remains scattered and not fully exploited. This study demonstrates that
databases carefully generated from such existing data can be exploited to develop design
equations that outperform current design code provisions by far in terms of accuracy and
sensitivity to the effect of the basic design parameters involved. This work can initiate future
effort in developing commercial Al-based tools to assist engineers and contractors in the
formulation of special concretes and the prediction of their engineering properties.

Keywords: Flowable, high strength, fibre reinforced polymer, artificial neural networks, genetic
algorithms, modeling, behaviour, shear, mechanisms.

iv

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
CO-AUTHORSHIP

This thesis has been prepared in accordance with the regulation of manuscript format

stipulated by the Faculty o f Graduate Studies at The University of Western Ontario.

Substantial parts o f this thesis were either published in or submitted for publication to

peer-reviewed technical journals and international conferences. All experimental work,

data analysis, modeling process, and writing the initial version of all publications listed

below were carried out by the candidate himself. The contribution of his research advisor

and any other co-author (if applicable) consisted of either providing advice, and/or

helping in the development of the final versions of publications:

[1] El-Chabib H., Nehdi M., and Sonebi M., “Artificial Intelligence Model fo r
Flowable Concrete Mixtures used in Underwater Construction and Repair,” ACI
Materials Journal, V. 100, No. 2, 2003, pp. 165-173.
[2] El-Chabib H. and Nehdi M., “Neural Network Modeling o f Properties o f Cement-
Based Materials Demystified,” Journal of Advances in Cement Research, Elsevier,
V. 17, No. 3, 2005.
[3] El-Chabib H., Nehdi M., and Said A. “Predicting Shear Strength o f NSC and HSC
Slender Beams Using Artificial Intelligence,” Journal of Computers and Concrete,
Techno Press, V. 2, No. 1,2005.
[4] El-Chabib H., Nehdi M., and Said A. “Predicting Effect o f Stirrups on Shear
Strength o f Reinforced NSC and HSC Slender Beams Using Artificial
Intelligence,” submitted to the Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering.
[5] El-Chabib H. and Nehdi M., “Effect o f Mixture Design Parameters on Segregation
o f Self-Consolidating Concrete,” submitted to ACI Materials Journal.
[6] El-Chabib H., Nehdi M., and Said A. “Evaluation o f Shear Capacity o f FRP
Reinforced Concrete Beams Using Artificial Intelligence,” Submitted to the
Journal o f Smart Structures and Systems.
[7] El-Chabib H. and Nehdi, M., “Effect o f Mixture Ingredients on Segregation
Resistance o f Self-Consolidating Concrete,” SCC 2005, Joint Second North
American Conference on the Design and Use of Self-Consolidating Concrete and
The Fourth RILEM International Symposium on Self-Compacting Concrete,
Centre for Advanced Cement-Based Materials, Chicago, IL, October 2005.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
TO: M y -wife OLA,

M y son TA<
S£>'KJ and
M y Daughter (FA<
RJLK

vi

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The author would like to convey his sincere appreciation and gratitude to his advisor, Dr.

Moncef Nehdi for his guidance, advice and encouragement throughout the course of this

research. His mentorship, support and patience were of great essence and are gratefully

acknowledged.

Special thanks are due to my friends and colleagues Dr. Esam Hewayde and Dr. Aly Said

for the many constructive discussions we had during the course of this work. The author

would also like to thank all technicians, staff, and fellow graduate students at The

Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering who contributed directly or

indirectly to the accomplishment of this thesis.

Finally, the author would like to express his genuine gratitude and appreciation to his

father, mother, brothers, sisters, wife, and beloved children for their continuous support

and encouragement.

vii

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certificate of Exam ination......................................................................................... ii


A bstract.......................................................................................................................... iii
Co-Authorship............................................................................................................... v
Dedication...................................................................................................................... vi
Acknowledgements...................................................................................................... vii
Table of C ontents......................................................................................................... viii
List of T ables................................................................................................................. xiv
List of Figures................................................................................................................ xvii
List of Appendices........................................................................................................ xii
N otations........................................................................................................................ xxiii

CHAPTER I
I n t r o d u c t io n

1.1 General .......................................................................................................... 1


1.2 Objective and Scope .................................................................................... 3
1.3 Structure of Thesis ...................................................................................... 4
1.4 Original C o n trib u tio ns................................................................................ 7

CHAPTER II
A r t if ic ia l I n t e l l ig e n c e M o d e l in g and M ethodology

2.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 8


2.2 Genetic A lgorithm s...................................................................................... 10
2.2.1 Selection................................................................................................ 13
2.2.1.1 Roulette wheel selection......................................................... 14
2.2.1.2 Stochastic universal sam pling................................................ 15
2.2.1.3 Tournament selection.............................................................. 16
2.2.2 Crossover (Recombination) ................................................................ 16
2.2.2.1 Single point crossover........................................................... 17
2.2.3 M utation................................................................................................ 18

viii

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
2.3 Neural Networks A p p ro ach ........................................................................ 18
2.3.1 Neural Networks Applications in Modeling Cement-Based
Material.................................................................................................. 20
2.3.2 Feed-Forward Back-Propagation Neural N etworks.......................... 22
2.3.2.1 Architecture of multi-layer perceptron netw orks.................. 25
2.3.2.2 Training multi-layer perceptron networks ............................ 27
2.3.2.2.1 Selection and pre-processing o f training d a ta 29
23.2.2.2 Learning rate ......................................................... 30
2 3 .2 .2 3 Momentum................................................................ 31
2 3.2.2 A Activation functions ................................................. 31
2.3.2.2.5 Duration o f training................................................ 32
23.2.2.6 Training process .................................................... 34
2.3.23 Validation of trained MLP networks ................................... 39
2.3.3 Case Study: Effect of MLP network Architecture on its
Performance.......................................................................................... 39
2.3.3.1 Effect o f training duration....................................................... 42
2.3.3.2 Effect o f number of hidden units ........................................... 44
2.3.3.3 Effect o f number of hidden layers ......................................... 45
2.3.4 Optimizing the Performance o f MLP N etw orks................................ 47
2.4 Concluding R e m a rk s................................................................................... 49
2.5 R eferences...................................................................................................... 51

CHAPTER III
E ffect of M ix t u r e I n g r e d ie n t s on P r o p e r t ie s of Flo w able C oncrete

3.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 55


3.2 Test M e th o d s................................................................................................. 60
3.2.1 Slump-Flow and Slump-Flow Tsocm Tests ......................................... 60
3.2.2 L-Box Test ............................................................................................ 61
3.2.3 V-Funnel Test ...................................................................................... 62
3.2.4 GTM Screen Stability Test ................................................................. 63
3.2.5 Proposed Segregation Assessment M eth o d ....................................... 64
3.3 M aterials and Experim ental P rocedures.................................................. 65
3.3.1 Materials ............................................................................................. 66

ix

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
3.3.2 Mixtures Proportions and Mixing Techniques .................................. 68
3.3.3 Testing Procedures............................................................................... 69
3.4 Effect of Basic M ixture Ingredients on SCC P ro p e rtie s....................... 75
3.4.1 Effect o f Cementitious Materials Content ......................................... 76
3.4.2 Effect o f Water to Cementitious Materials Ratio .............................. 80
3.4.3 Effect o f HRWR and VMA D osages.................................................... 84
3.4.4 Effect o f Coarse to Total Aggregate Ratio ........................................ 90
3.5 Concluding R e m a rk s................................................................................... 92
3.6 R eferences...................................................................................................... 94

CHAPTER IV
M odeling P roperties of F lowable C oncrete U sing A rtificial N eural
N etworks
4.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 96
4.2 U nderw ater C o n c re te.................................................................................. 97
4.3 Application of Artificial Neural N etw orks................................................ 99
4.3.1 Selection and Pre-Processing o f D atabase......................................... 99
4.3.2 ANN-Based Models for Segregation Resistance of SCC Mixtures .. 102
4.3.2.1 Performance of ANN-STATIC and ANN-DYNAMIC 105
4.3.2.2 Sensitivity analysis of ANN-DYNAMIC .............................. 107
4.3.3 ANN Based Model for Properties of UWC M ixtures....................... 110
4.3.3.1 Performance of ANN models in predicting properties of
UWC mixtures.......................................................................... Ill
4.3.3.2 Sensitivity of ANN model to variations of UWC
ingredients................................................................................ 115
4.4 Concluding R e m a rk s ................................................................................... 117
4.5 R eferences...................................................................................................... 119

CHAPTER V
Application of ANN in P redicting Shear C apacity of NSC and HSC Slender
Beams w ithout Stirrups
5.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 121
5.2 Shear Evaluation Techniques Included in this S tu d y ............................ 126

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
5.2.1 Statistical and Analytical Methods ..................................................... 126
5.2.2 Design Specifications........................................................................... 127
5.2.3 Artificial Neural Networks ................................................................. 129
5.2.3.1 Development of D atabase....................................................... 129
5.2.3.2 ANN Model ............................................................................. 130
5.3 Results and Discussion ................................................................................ 132
5.3.1 Effect o f Compressive Strength of Concrete ..................................... 140
5.3.2 Effect o f Tensile Steel R a tio ............................................................... 143
5.3.3 Effect o f Beam’s Effective D epth....................................................... 145
5.3.4 Effect o f Shear Span to Depth R atio ................................................... 147
5.4 Concluding R em arks................................................................................... 149
5.5 References...................................................................................................... 151

CHAPTER VI
E f f e c t s o f S t i r r u p s o n S h e a r D e s ig n P a r a m e t e r s of R e in f o r c e d
C oncrete S len der B eam s

6.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 155


6.2 Shear Evaluation Techniques Included in this S tu d y ............................ 157
6.2.1 ACI and CSA C o d es............................................................................ 158
6.2.2 Empirical and other M ethods.............................................................. 159
6.2.3 Artificial Neural Networks Approach.................................................. 160
6.2.3.1 Development of database........................................................ 160
6.2.3.2 ANN m o d el.............................................................................. 161
6.3 Results and Discussion ................................................................................ 162
6.3.1 Effect o f Stirrups on Shear Strength of RC Beams............................. 168
6.3.2 Influence o f Stirrups on Effect of Concrete CompressiveStrength . 170
6.3.3 Influence o f Stirrups on Effect of Tensile Steel Ratio....................... 174
6.3.4 Influence o f Stirrups on Effect of Shear Span to Depth R atio 177
6.4 Concluding Rem arks................................................................................... 179
6.5 References ..................................................................................................... 182

xi

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
CHAPTER VII
E v a l u a t in g S h e a r C a p a c it y of F R P -R e i n f o r c e d C o n c r e t e B e a m s U s in g
A r t if ic ia l I n t e l l ig e n c e

7.1 Introduction .................................................................................................. 187


7.2 Shear Provisions for FRP Reinforced Concrete B eam s........................ 191
7.2.1 ACI Recommendations......................................................................... 192
7.2.2 CSA Guidelines ................................................................................... 193
7.2.3 JSCE Guidelines .................................................................................. 194
7.2.4 ISIS Canada Method............................................................................. 195
7.2.5 Artificial Neural Networks Approach.................................................. 196
7.2.5.1 Development of database........................................................ 196
7.2.5.2 ANN m o d el.............................................................................. 197
7.2.6 Genetic Algorithms Approach............................................................. 199
7.3 Results and Discussion ................................................................................ 201
7.3.1 Beams without Shear Reinforcement.................................................. 205
7.3.2 Beams with Shear Reinforcement....................................................... 210
7.4 Parametric Study on Effect of Shear Design Param eters.................... 215
7.4.1 Effect o f FRP Stirrups on Shear Strength....................................... 215
7.4.2 Effect o f Longitudinal Reinforcement Ratio on Shear Strength .... 216
7.4.3 Effect o f Concrete Compressive Strength on Shear Strength 217
7.4.4 Effect o f Shear Span to Depth Ratio on Shear Strength................ 219
7.5 Proposed Modifications to Existing Shear Design M ethods................. 220
7.6 Concluding Remarks.................................................................................... 223
7.7 References ..................................................................................................... 226

CHAPTER VIII
S u m m a r y , C o n c l u sio n s and R e c o m m e n d a t io n s

8.1 Summary ....................................................................................................... 229


8.2 Conclusions ................................................................................................... 231
8.3 Recommendations For Future Research................................................... 235
Appendices.................................................................................................................... 237
VITA .................................................................................................................... 283

xii

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
LIST OF TABLES

Table

2.1 Selection probability of individuals using the roulette wheel selection


method................................................................................................................. 14
2.2 Effect o f number o f connections and hidden layers on training
and testing error o f MLP Networks (after 500 epochs).................................. 47

3.1 Most common test methods used to measure the workability of SC C 57


3.2 Chemical and physical characteristics of cementitious materials................... 67
3.3 Range and average values of mixture ingredients and test results.................. 69
3.4 Proportions and test results of preliminary SCC mixtures............................... 73

4.1 Range, average, and standard deviation (STDV) of measured input


and output variables (data shown is normalized)............................................ 102

5.1 Statistical data for shear design parameters and shear capacity of beams
used in database................................................................................................. 130
5.2 Performance o f shear calculation methods considered in this study 133

6.1 Statistical data for shear design parameters and shear capacity
of beams used in database................................................................................. 161
6.2 Performance o f shear design methods considered in this study
(beams with shear reinforcement).................................................................... 163

7.1 Statistical data for shear design parameters and shear capacity of
FRP-reinforced concrete beams used in database.......................................... 197
7.2 Parameters used in Genetic Algorithms setting................................................ 201
7.3 Performance o f shear calculation methods considered in this study
(FRP-reinforced concrete beams).................................................................... 203

A. 1 Properties and compressive strength of core samples (sample data)


used in parametric study to investigate the performance o f MLP networks
(Bartlett, F. M., 1994)....................................................................................... 238

B. 1 Proportions o f mixtures used in investigating properties of SCC mixtures... 242

xiii

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Table
B.2 Test results o f mixtures used in investigating properties of SCC mixtures... 244

C. 1 Proportions and test results of UWC mixtures used in the database


(sample mixtures)............................................................................................... 247
C.2 Distribution o f database between training and testing data sets..................... 249
C.3 Measured and predicted values (%) of SI-DYNAMIC for different
w/cm ratio, and HRWR and VMA dosages....................................................... 249
C.4 Input variables for UWC mixtures used to test the predictions of the ANN
model................................................................................................................... 250
C.5 Measured and predicted values for properties of UWC mixtures used in
testing ANN models.......................................................................................... 251

D. 1 Properties and shear results of reinforced NSC and HSC slender beams
without web reinforcement (testing data)........................................................ 253
D.2 Properties of beams used to investigate the effect of compressive
strength o f concrete ( f’c ) on shear strength ( Vu/b wd ) .................................. 256
D.3 Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of tensile steel ratio
(pi) on shear strength ( Vu/ b wd ) ...................................................................... 257

D.4 Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of beam’s effective


depth (d) on shear strength ( Vu/bwd ) ............................................................. 258
D.5 Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of (aId) on
shear strength ( Vu/bwd )................................................................................... 259

E. 1 Properties and shear results of reinforced NSC and HSC slender beams
(testing data)....................................................................................................... 261
E.2 Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of stirrups capacity
(p /yv) on shear strength (N SC)......................................................................... 267
E.3 Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of stirrups capacity
(p/yv) on shear strength (H SC)......................................................................... 268
E.4 Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect off c on shear strength.... 269
E.5 Properties o f beams used to investigate influence of stirrups on the effect
off c on shear strength....................................................................................... 220
E.6 Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect o f tensile steel ratio (pi)
on shear strength................................................................................................ 271

F.l Properties and shear results of FRP-reinforced concrete beams..................... 273


F.2 Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of FRP stirrups
xiv

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
on shear strength of concrete beam s................................................................ 281
F.3 Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of pfo
on shear strength o f concrete beams................................................................ 281
F.4 Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of f c
on shear strength o f concrete beams................................................................ 282

xv

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
LIST OF FIGURES

Figure
2.1 Flow o f process in a general evolutionary genetic algorithm......................... 12
2.2 Selection using the roulette wheel method....................................................... 15
2.3 Schematic representation of a single-point crossover...................................... 17
2.4 Rosenblatt’s perceptron (artificial neuron)....................................................... 23
2.5 Example o f activation functions: hard limit and logsig
(sigmoidal functions)........................................................................................ 25
2.6 Typical architecture o f MLP back-propagation network with one
hidden layer........................................................................................................ 26
2.7 Flow of the training process of MLP networks................................................ 28
2.8 Over-trained vs. well-trained MLP networks................................................... 33
2.9 Performance o f MLP network in predicting the in-situ strength
of concrete.......................................................................................................... 41
2.10 Effect o f training duration (number of epochs) on the performance
of MLP network................................................................................................. 43
2.11 Effect o f number of hidden neurons on the performance of MLP network... 45
2.12 Effect o f number o f hidden layers on the performance of MLP
network (constant number of hidden units)..................................................... 46

3.1 Honeycombing due to poor segregation resistance or inadequate vibration. 58


3.2 Slump-flow test................................................................................................... 61
3.3 L-Box flow test................................................................................................... 62
3.4 V-funnel test (dimensions are in cm)................................................................. 63
3.5 GTM screen stability test.................................................................................... 64
3.6 Proposed test set-up............................................................................................ 65
3.7 Particle size distribution of fine and coarse aggregates.................................. 68
3.8 Relationship between (Pd) and SI-STATIC...................................................... 74
3.9 Relationship between (Pd) and SI-DYNAMIC................................................. 75
3.10 Effect o f cm content on the flowability of SCC mixtures............................... 77
3.11 Effect o f cm content on the rate of deformability of SCC mixtures.............. 77

xvi

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure

3.12 Effect o f cm content on segregation resistance of SCC mixtures


(w/cm = 0.45)..................................................................................................... 78
3.13 Effect o f cm content on the compressive strength o f SCC mixtures............. 78
3.14 Effect o f cm content on segregation resistance o f SCC mixtures
(w/cm = 0.4)....................................................................................................... 80
3.15 Effect o f w/cm ratio on the flowability of SCC mixtures............................... 81
3.16 Effect o f w/cm ratio on the rate of deformability o f SCC mixtures............... 81
3.17 Effect o f w/cm ratio on segregation resistance o f SCC mixtures.................... 83
3.18 Effect of w/cm ratio on compressive strength o f SCC mixtures..................... 83
3.19 Effect o f HR WR dosage on the flowability of SCC mixtures......................... 85
3.20 Effect o f VMA dosage on the flowability of SCC mixtures............................ 85
3.21 Effect o f HR WR dosage on the rate of deformability of SCC mixtures 86
3.22 Effect of VMA dosage on the rate of deformability of SCC mixtures 87
3.23 Effect o f HR WR dosage on segregation resistance of SCC mixtures 88
3.24 Effect o f VMA dosage on segregation resistance of SCC mixtures................ 89
3.25 Effect o f HR WR dosage on compressive strength of SCC mixtures 89
3.26 Effect o f VMA dosage on compressive strength of SCC mixtures................. 90
3.27 Effect o f CA / TA ratio on segregation resistance of SCC mixtures............... 91

4.1 Values o f HR WR in original mixtures collected to model the washout


property (before data screening)....................................................................... 101
4.2 Values o f HR WR in the selected mixtures used to model the washout
property (after data screening).......................................................................... 101
4.3 Architecture o f ANN-STATIC.......................................................................... 104
4.4 Architecture o f ANN-DYNAMIC.................................................................... 104
4.5 Performance of ANN-STATIC in predicting 57 of SCC mixtures................. 106
4.6 Performance of ANN-DYNAMIC in predicting SI of SCC mixtures 106
4.7 Performance of ANN-DYNAMIC in predicting the effect of w/cm
on SI-DYNAMIC of SCC mixtures.................................................................. 108
4.8 Performance o f ANN-DYNAMIC in predicting the effect of HR WR
on SI-DYNAMIC o f SCC mixtures.................................................................. 109
4.9 Performance o f ANN-DYNAMIC in predicting the effect of VMA
on SI-DYNAMIC o f SCC mixtures.................................................................. 109

xvii

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure

4.10 Architecture o f MLP network used to model properties of UW C.................. 110


4.11 ANN response in predicting slump-flow values of UWC mixtures............... 112
4.12 ANN response in predicting washout values of UWC mixtures.................... 113
4.13 ANN response in predicting the 28-day f c of UWC mixtures
(air-cast specimens).......................................................................................... 114
4.14 ANN response in predicting the 28-day f c of UWC mixtures
(underwater-cast specimens)............................................................................. 115
4.15 Sensitivity o f ANN model to A WA in predicting washout values.................. 116
4.16 Sensitivity o f ANN model to HR WR in predicting washout values............... 117

5.1 Crack propagation in normal-strength and high-strength concrete................. 122


5.2 Stress-strain relationship of NSC and H SC ...................................................... 122
5.3 Shear components o f a reinforced concrete beam ........................................... 124
5.4 Architecture o f neural network model.............................................................. 131
5.5 Performance o f ACI-11 5 in predicting the shear capacity of NSC beam s... 134
5.6 Performance o f CSA A23.3 in predicting the shear capacity
of NSC beam s.................................................................................................... 135
5.7 Performance o f EC-2 in predicting the shear capacity of NSC beams 135
5.8 Performance ofR2K in predicting the shear capacity of NSC beams 136
5.9 Performance o f Zsutty’s equation in predicting the shear capacity
of NSC beam s.................................................................................................... 136
5.10 Performance o f ANN model in predicting the shear capacity
of NSC beam s.................................................................................................... 137
5.11 Performance o f ACI-11.5 in predicting the shear capacity of HSC beam s... 137
5.12 Performance o f CSA A23.3 in predicting the shear capacity o f HSC beams 138
5.13 Performance o f EC-2 in predicting the shear capacity o f HSC beams 138
5.14 Performance ofR2K in predicting the shear capacity of HSC beams 139
5.15 Performance o f Zsutty’s equation in predicting the shear
capacity o f HSC beams..................................................................................... 139
5.16 Performance o f ANN model in predicting the shear capacity of HSC beams 140
5.17 Effect o f f'c on shear strength of RC slender beams without
web reinforcement............................................................................................. 142

xviii

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure

5.18 Effect o f pi on shear strength of RC slender beams without


web reinforcement (NSC)................................................................................. 144
5.19 Effect o f pi on shear strength of RC slender beams without
web reinforcement (HSC)................................................................................. 145
5.20 Effect o f d on shear strength of RC slender beams without
web reinforcement (NSC)................................................................................. 147
5.21 Effect o f d on shear strength of HSC slender beams without
web reinforcement for different/c................................................................... 148
5.22 Effect o f aId on shear strength of HSC slender beams
without web reinforcement............................................................................... 149

6.1 Architecture o f neural network model.............................................................. 162


6.2 Performance o f ACI in calculating the shear capacity of RC beams
with stirrups (only testing points are shown)................................................... 165
6.3 Performance o f the simplified method o f CSA in calculating the shear
capacity o f RC beams with stirrups (only testing points are shown) 165
6.4 Performance o f Zsutty’s equation in calculating the shear capacity
of RC beams with stirrups (only testing points are shown)........................... 166
6.5 Performance o f Mphonde’s equation in calculating the shear capacity
of RC beams with stirrups (only testing points are shown)............................ 166
6.6 Performance o f Bazant-Kim’s equation in calculating the shear capacity
of RC beams with stirrups (only testing points are shown)............................ 167
6.7 Performance o f ANN model in predicting the shear capacity of RC beams
with stirrups (only testing points are shown)................................................... 167
6.8 Effect o f shear reinforcement, p/yv on shear strength of RC beams (NSC).. 169
6.9 Effect o f shear reinforcement, p / yv on shear strength of RC beams (HSC).. 170
6.10 Effect o f concrete compressive strength, f c on shear strength of RC
beams with stirrups........................................................................................... 172
6.11 Influence of stirrups on the effect of concrete compressive strength, f c
on shear strength o f RC beam s......................................................................... 173
6.12 Effect o f longitudinal steel ratio pi on shear strength of RC beams
with stirrups....................................................................................................... 175
6.13 Influence o f stirrups on the effect of tensile steel ratio, pi on shear strength
of RC beams....................................................................................................... 177
6.14 Effect o f shear span to depth ratio a/d on shear strength o f RC beams
with stirrups....................................................................................................... 178

xix

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure

6.15 Influence o f stirrups on the effect of shear span to depth ratio a/d
on shear strength o f RC beam s......................................................................... 179

7.1 Typical stress-strain relationship for FRP and steel reinforcement................ 189
7.2 Architecture o f neural network model for predicting the shear capacity
of FRP-reinforced concrete beams................................................................... 198
7.3 Measured versus calculated shear strength using GA
(beams without stirrups).................................................................................... 204
7.4 Measured versus calculated shear strength using GA (beams with stirrups). 204
7.5 Performance o f ACI 440 in calculating the shear strength of
FRP-reinforced concrete beams without stirrups............................................ 207
7.6 Performance of CSA S806 in calculating the shear strength of
FRP-reinforced concrete beams without stirrups............................................ 208
7.7 Performance of JSCE shear equation in calculating the shear strength
of FRP-reinforced concrete beams without stirrups....................................... 208
7.8 Performance o f ISIS Canada in calculating the shear strength of
FRP- reinforced concrete beams without stirrups........................................... 209
7.9 Performance o f the proposed equation in calculating the shear strength
of FRP-reinforced concrete beams without stirrups....................................... 209
7.10 Performance o f ACI 440 in calculating the shear strength of
FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups.................................................. 212
7.11 Performance of CSA S806 in calculating the shear strength of
FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups.................................................. 212
7.12 Performance o f JSCE shear equations in calculating the shear strength
o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups............................................ 213
7.13 Performance of ISIS Canada in calculating the shear strength of
FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups.................................................. 213
7.14 Performance of the proposed shear equations in calculating the shear
strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups............................... 214
7.15 Performance of ANN model in predicting the shear strength of
FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups.................................................. 214
7.16 Effect o f FRP shear reinforcement on shear strength of RC beam s............... 215
7.17 Effect o f longitudinal reinforcement ratio on shear strength of RC
beams with FRP shear reinforcement.............................................................. 217
7.18 Effect o f concrete compressive strength on shear strength of RC
beams with FRP shear reinforcement.............................................................. 218
xx

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Figure

7.19 Effect o f shear span to depth ratio on shear strength of RC beams with
FRP shear reinforcement................................................................................... 219
7.20 Performance of the modified version of ACI 440 in calculating the
shear strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beam s.......................................... 221
7.21 Performance o f the modified version of CSA S806 in calculating
the shear strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beam s.................................... 222
7.22 Performance o f the modified version o f ANN model in calculating
the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beam s.................................... 223

xxi

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
APPENDICES

Appendix A ................................................................................................................... 237


Appendix B ................................................................................................................... 241
Appendix C ................................................................................................................... 246
Appendix D .................................................................................................................... 252
Appendix E .................................................................................................................... 260
Appendix F .................................................................................................................... 272

xxii

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
NOTATIONS:

K
Connection strength between unit i in layer /-I and unit j in layer /,

*\ Input variable in layer /,

U‘ Net input for unit j in layer /,

rj
Output from unit j in layer /,

AAE Average absolute error,


Ac Cross-sectional area of a concrete member,

Af Cross sectional area of FRP reinforcement,


AfV Cross sectional area of FRP shear reinforcement,
AI Artificial intelligence,
ANN Artificial neural networks,
Av Cross-area o f stirrups,
AW A Anti-washout admixture,
CA Coarse aggregate,
CFRP Carbon fibre reinforced polymer
COV Coefficient of variation,

Ef Modulus of elasticity of FRP materials,


Ei Calculated error between the predicted output and target for the input
vector (i),
Es Modulus o f elasticity of steel reinforcement,
Est Average error for all training patterns at the end o f each epoch,
FA Fine aggregate,
FA-C Class C fly ash,
FFBP Feed-forward back propagation,
FRP Fibre-reinforced polymer,
GA Genetic algorithms’
GFRP Glass fibre reinforced polymer
GGBFS Ground granulated blast furnace slag,
GP genetic programming,

YY111

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
HRWR High range water reducer,
H SC High-strength concrete,
K Number of units in the output layer,
M LP Multi-layer perceptron,
Ned Axial force on a concrete member,
N SC Normal strength concrete,
ok Predicted output at unit (k) in the output layer
P Number o f patterns,
Pd Penetration depth,
PF Performance factor,
Pi Probability o f selecting an individual (i) in genetic algorithm,
PU Processing Unit,
SCC self-consolidating concrete,
sd Standard deviation o f a database,
SF Silica fume,
SI Segregation index,
SP Special concrete,
Sr Segregation ratio,
sus Stochastic universal sampling,
UW C Under water concrete,
Vc Shear capacity carried by concrete,
Veal Calculated shear capacity,
Vcf Shear capacity carried by concrete in FRP-reinforced concrete beams,
Vf Shear capacity carried by FRP shear reinforcement,
Vm Measured shear capacity,
VMA Viscosity modifying admixture,
v„ Nominal shear capacity,

vP Predicted shear capacity,


Vrd.c Shear resistance o f concrete member,
Vs Shear capacity carried by shear reinforcement,
Vu Ultimate shear capacity,

xxiv

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Xi Input variable,
a Shear span,
bw Beam’s width,
cm Cementitious materials,
d Beam’s effective depth,
da Maximum size o f coarse aggregate,
e* Error at unit (k) in the output layer,
f c Compressive strength of concrete,
f ck Characteristic cylinder compressive strength,
fjbend Strength at the bend portion o f the FRP stirrups,
ffUV Ultimate tensile strength of FRP stirrups,
f yv Yield strength o f stirrups,
n Number o f units in the input layer,
s Spacing between stirrups,
tk Corresponding target at unit (&) in the output layer,
vcf Shear strength carried by concrete in a FRP reinforced concrete beam,
Vf Shear strength carried by FRP stirrups,
v, Fitness value o f individual (i),
v„ Shear strength o f concrete beam,
w/cm Water to cementitious materials ratio,
xmax Maximum value o f variable x in a database,
xmin Minimum value o f variable x in a database,
xt Scaled value o f variable x in a database,

x Average value o f a database,


6 lj Threshold value for unit j in layer /,

P Constant to determine the steepness of a log-sigmoid transfer function,


£/v Maximum strain in FRP reinforcement,
X Density of concrete,
£ Variable to account for the size effect,
PA Ratio o f FRP longitudinal reinforcement,
pp Ratio o f FRP shear reinforcement,

xxv

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
pi Longitudinal reinforcement ratio,
pv Shear reinforcement ratio,
acp Axial stress on a concrete member,
X Variable to account for the effectiveness of stirrups,

xx vi

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 1 1

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1- GENERAL

Complex and challenging construction applications, such as building offshore structures,

constructing or repairing underwater concrete structures, building or rehabilitating

structures subjected to aggressive environments, and casting concrete in highly congested

reinforced elements requires manipulating existing construction materials to better

enhance their rheology, structural performance and durability. Special concretes (SC),

such as self-consolidating concrete (SCC), under-water concrete (UWC), high-strength

concrete (HSC), and concrete reinforced with fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP) materials

are a few examples o f such modified materials that emerged to meet the needs of such

special construction applications. Due to differences in mixture design, microstructure,

mechanical properties and/or mode of failure, the properties and behaviour of special

concretes are likely to be different from those of ordinary concrete. The relatively recent

development o f such materials, the lack of information on their rheological and/or

mechanical behaviour, and the limited laboratory and field data on their properties all

contribute to the absence of theoretical relationships to predict their engineering

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 1 2

properties, which constitutes the leading cause of their limited acceptance by contractors

and design engineers.

The purpose o f using special concretes includes simplifying the construction process of

challenging and complex applications, enhancing the mechanical performance and

durability o f such structures, and developing more sustainable and cost effective

structures over their life cycle. For example, self-consolidating concrete (SCC) was

developed to eliminate on-site vibration of ordinary concrete and to simplify the

construction o f hard to reach areas and/or highly congested concrete members.

Underwater concrete (UWC) was specially developed to facilitate the construction and

rehabilitation o f underwater structures. High-strength concrete (HSC) was developed in

response to the increasing demand for high-performance construction materials to be

employed in demanding applications such as offshore structures, tall buildings, and

highway bridges. Finally, using FRP materials as reinforcement in structural concrete

elements aims at eliminating concrete deterioration due to corrosion of steel

reinforcement in structures subjected to de-icing salts and aggressive environments.

Despite the increasing demand for special types of concrete and the difference in their

behaviour from that of ordinary concrete, current standards and specifications are yet to

include special guidelines and rules for the design and/or testing of such materials. For

example, most current code provisions either provide limited recommendations or

slightly modify existing design equations developed for conventional reinforced concrete

structures for use in the design of HSC and/or FRP-reinforced concrete members.

Moreover, fresh properties o f flowable concrete such as SCC and UWC are considerably

different from those o f normal concrete. Despite of the significant amount of research

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 1 3

conducted on this subject, most standards and specifications are yet to provide standard

methods to evaluate such properties.

1.2- OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE

The main objective o f this research is to enhance the understanding of and ability to

predict the behaviour and property of several types of special concrete using the artificial

intelligence methodology. Two methods of artificial intelligence, namely artificial neural

networks (ANNs) and genetic algorithms (GAs) were used in this work. Focus was

particularly on selected engineering properties of some special concretes that represent a

challenge in terms o f their prediction using traditional empirical methods. Detailed

objectives and scope o f topics explored in this study are as follows:

1- Develop a simple test method to evaluate the resistance of flowable concrete to

segregation of coarse aggregate particles.

2- Perform a thorough experimental study to investigate the effect of basic mixture

ingredients on the rheological and mechanical properties of flowable concrete and

develop a related experimental database that can be used in developing predictive

models.

3- Develop an ANN-based model to predict properties of SCC and UWC as well as the

effects o f basic mixture ingredients on the behaviour of such concretes.

4- Evaluate the performance of existing shear design methods in calculating the shear

capacity o f reinforced high-strength concrete slender beams.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 1 4

5- Investigate the ability o f existing shear design methods to accurately capture the

effect of basic shear design parameters on the shear capacity of normal and hig-

strength concrete slender beams using artificial neural networks.

6- Investigate the feasibility of using existing shear design methods in the design of

concrete beams reinforced with fibre-reinforced polymer (FRP).

7- Propose new modifications to enhance existing shear design equations for FRP-

reinforced concrete beams, based on ANNs analysis and GAs optimization.

1.3- STRUCTURE OF THESIS

This thesis has been prepared according to guidelines stipulated by the Faculty of

Graduate Studies at the University of Western Ontario for a manuscript format. It is

divided into 8 chapters, 6 o f which have been written independently and either published

or submitted for possible publication in various peer-reviewed technical journals and

international conferences. Necessary background information related to each subject is

included in the corresponding chapter. The following is a concise description of the

content o f the thesis.

Chapter 2 describes methods of artificial intelligence used. It briefly describes GAs as

optimization techniques for complex functions. The chapter also presents a detailed

description o f feed-forward multi layer perceptrons (MLP) neural networks and a state of

the art review on their application in modeling the behaviour of cement-based materials.

Details on how to build, train, and validate MLP networks are provided. Furthermore, a

parametric study to optimize the performance of MLP neural networks through a case

study is also included in this chapter.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 1 5

Chapter 3 includes a thorough experimental program to investigate the effects of basic

mixture ingredients on the rheological properties and compressive strength of flowable

concrete. The experimental program including test methods used, materials properties,

and testing procedures is carefully described. The development of a simple, yet reliable,

test method to evaluate the ability of flowable concrete to resist segregation of large

coarse aggregate particles is presented in this chapter along with the performance of this

proposed test method.

The application of feed-forward MLP neural networks in predicting properties and

behaviour o f flowable concrete is presented in chapter 4. The chapter focuses on the

feasibility of using MLP networks to predict the properties of flowable concrete and to

capture the influence o f basic mixture ingredients on its behaviour. Results obtained

using MLP network models and those acquired experimentally are examined, compared,

and discussed.

Chapter 5 evaluates the capability of various empirical models and shear design

procedures in predicting the shear strength of reinforced normal- and high-strength

concrete slender beams without shear reinforcement. Shear design methods were

evaluated using experimental results compiled from 345 concrete beams tested in

different laboratories around the world. The chapter also describes the stages for the

development o f an ANN-based model to predict the shear strength of NSC and HSC

slender beams without shear reinforcement. The performance of the ANN model and its

ability to capture the effect o f basic shear design parameters on shear strength, along with

those provided by the various shear calculation methods are examined and discussed.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 1 6

In chapter 6, a database o f shear strength results for 645 concrete slender beams (with

and without stirrups) tested by several researchers for their shear capacity is developed

and discussed. The linear effect of stirrups on the shear strength of reinforced concrete

slender beams as assumed by current design practice is critically examined. The chapter

also describes the architecture, training and validation of a MLP neural network model to

simulate the shear behaviour o f reinforced concrete slender beams. A comparative study

between ANN model predictions of the effect of shear reinforcement on other shear

contribution mechanisms and those provided by various empirical models and design

methods is also provided in this chapter.

Chapter 7 provides a discussion of the difference in shear behaviour between steel-

reinforced and FRP-reinforced concrete beams. The applicability of shear design

equations proposed by various guidelines and standards for the design of FRP-reinforced

concrete beams is investigated. New shear design equations for FRP-reinforced concrete

beams, based on ANN predictions and GA optimizations, are proposed in this chapter.

This chapter also includes suggested modifications to existing shear equations

recommended by current codes and standards for the design of concrete beams reinforced

with FRP.

Chapter 8 includes a summary o f the thesis, general and specific conclusions, along with

recommendations for future research.

Finally, databases and pertinent information essential for the completeness of the content

of chapters are provided in appendices at the end of this thesis.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 1 7

1.4- ORIGINAL CONTRIBUTIONS

This thesis takes the use of artificial intelligence in modeling engineering properties of

concrete beyond its embryonic stage to a more mature stage in which such powerful tool

is fully exploited. More specific original contributions of the thesis include:

• Development of a new simple, yet reliable test method to measure the

segregation of coarse aggregate particles in flowable concrete.

• Application o f artificial intelligence in predicting the performance of flowable

concrete. Allowing, for the first time, the prediction of its engineering properties

based on mixture design parameters

• Application o f artificial intelligence to model the shear behaviour of reinforced

concrete slender beams with and without shear reinforcement. Allowing an

improved understanding of the effect of shear design parameters on shear

strength.

• The first application of artificial intelligence to model the shear behaviour of

FRP-reinforced concrete beams.

• Proposing new more accurate shear equations for the design of concrete beams

reinforced with fibre-reinforced polymer based on artificial intelligence modeling

and results.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 8

CHAPTER 2

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE MODELING


AND METHODOLOGY *

2.1-INTRODUCTION

Traditional models in concrete materials/structures often focus on investigating isolated

phenomena based on the thinking that the material/structure is subjected to a series of

consequential events. However, in reality such events are mutually interacting and each

parameter cannot be studied without considering the entire context of its environment.

This study explores the feasibility of using an alternative approach, artificial intelligence,

in modeling properties o f special concrete/structure. Artificial Intelligence as defined by

Chamiak and McDermott (1985) is the study of mental faculties through the use of

computational models. It simply attempts to duplicate the mental faculties of ordinary

people by imitating what the brain does through computing. In other words, Artificial

Intelligence is the science concerned with understanding intelligent behaviour and how it

can be artificially created (Smithers et al. 1990). The use of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in

solving complex tasks in general, and modeling engineering applications in particular,

*A version o f this chapter has been published in the Journal o f Advances in Cement Research, volume 17,
No. 3,2005.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 9

has received a significant attention in the literature during the last decades. Despite the

significant progress achieved in the application of AI, its technology is still in its infancy

and the ultimate goal of building an intelligent system capable of performing humanly

tasks is still beyond scientists reach.

Most engineering problems can be solved using AI techniques and the technology has

been used successfully in several complex applications. The automotive and aerospace

industries have extensively used both robotic technology and expert systems in their

manufacturing processes. Expert systems have also been used successfully in computer-

aided design applications, electronic design, computer system design, and system

selection and installation. The applications of artificial intelligence for laboratory robots

in Bioengineering are also becoming a valuable tool for researchers. The potential for

using artificial intelligence in civil engineering and the construction industry is unlimited.

However, its use in such applications is still at the embryonic stage.

Most Al-based research has been dominated by studying design applications. Its use for

predictive tools and modeling techniques, especially for construction materials is fairly

new. The basic methodology o f using AI in design is to build artificial systems capable of

creating design tasks on their own or simply to provide intelligent support for people

doing design. The philosophy, which has dominated AI research since its inception can

be found in Newell and Simon’s (1976) and Smith (1985). This study will explore the use

of AI to develop predictive tools and modeling techniques for construction materials and

in particular, for predicting the engineering properties of special concretes.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 10

Two fundamental issues concern most researchers in solving a problem at hand: 1)

knowledge representation, and 2) search for a final answer. Knowledge representation is

essential to capture the full range of knowledge required for intelligent behaviour, while

search is a problem-solving technique, which explores the space of alternative solutions

for a problem to find the most appropriate and final answer. Most Al-based techniques

such as automated reasoning, expert systems, natural language, machine learning,

modeling human performance, etc. offer reasonable answers for the above two concerns

and share similar approaches to problem solving. However, they tend to be brittle and

very sensitive to noise rather than degrading gracefully. Such techniques tend to either be

right or fail completely (Luger and Stubblefield, 1998). A different mechanism (artificial

neural networks) based on a structure parallel to that of neurons in the human brain tends

to perform better in implementing intelligence in applications where partially noisy and

incomplete data exist. The following sections of this chapter outline the two AI

techniques used in this study namely, Genetic Algorithms and Artificial Neural

Networks.

2.2- GENETIC ALGORITHMS

The fast development of powerful computers gave a robust push in solving problems that

have cross-disciplinary solutions in nature. Genetic algorithms (GAs) are examples of

today’s powerful computational tools whose distinguishing characteristic is that they

provide optimum solutions to approximately formulated problems. Genetic algorithms

were first proposed by Holland (1975) as a global optimization technique for complex,

nonlinear, and noisy problems. It is a probabilistic global search method based on the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 11

mechanism o f natural selection and genetics of biological evolution. The power of using

GAs as optimization techniques lies in their ability to search a population of potential

solutions on the principal of survival of the fittest to generate better approximations to a

solution.

Typically, GA starts the search with an initial coded set of random individuals

(population). Each individual (chromosome) consists of a given string of Symbols

(genes) and represents a solution to the problem at hand. The fittest individuals in the

initial population are selected to mate and through genetic operators, a new generation of

genetically modified individuals (offspring) having a genetic structure superior to that of

their parents is produced. A new selection process is again performed and only the fittest

offspring are selected to mate so that another generation with a genetic structure superior

to that o f their parents is developed. After several generations, it is fair to assume that no

improvement will take place in the development of newer generations and the optimal

genetic content o f individuals that satisfy the objective and constraints imposed on the

system has been reached (optimal solution to the problem). A schematic representation of

the process o f a typical genetic algorithm is shown in Fig. 2.1.

The genetic algorithm approach has been successfully used in several engineering

applications. However, it was not until recently that GA has been used in concrete

research and structures optimization. Ramasamy and Rajasekaran (1996) investigated the

feasibility o f using expert systems, artificial neural networks and genetic algorithms, to

optimize the design o f industrial roofs. They concluded that results obtained using

genetic algorithms compared favourably with those of other expert system methods.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 12

Ashour et al. (2003) employed genetic programming (GP), a branch of genetic

algorithms, to construct an empirical model of the shear strength of reinforced concrete

deep beams. They reported a good agreement between model predictions and

experimental results. The genetic algorithms technique was also used in concrete research

to model the compressive strength of cement mortar (Akkurt et al. 2003) and in the

design of mixture proportions of high-strength concrete (Lim and Yoon, 2004).

Start

Generate initial
population

Evaluate
objective
function
Generate new
population

Assess
Yes Stop
optimization
criteria

No

Selection

Crossover

Mutation

Fig. 2.1 - Flow of process in a general evolutionary genetic algorithm.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 13

The approach o f GAs is a global one in which a population of possible solutions is

searched for a global optimum. It differs substantially from other traditional search and

optimization methods. The most significant aspects that differentiate GAs from other

optimization techniques as listed by Goldberg (1989) are:

• GAs search a population o f points in parallel, not a single point.

• GAs deal with a representation of the parameter set, not the parameter set itself

(except where real valued individuals are used)

• GAs use probabilistic transition rules, not deterministic ones.

• GAs use an objective function, not its derivative.

The following sections describe the three major genetic operators that constitute the

general form o f the GA search process.

2.2.1 S e l e c t io n

As stated earlier, the power of using GAs as optimization methods lies in their ability to

search a population o f potential solutions on the principal of survival of the fittest. Thus,

the selection process provides the driving force in a genetic algorithm. It is a simulation

of natural selection o f the best-fitted individuals who can adapt to changing environment

for reproduction in the forthcoming generations. A variety of selection methods are used

in the process o f GAs. A brief description of the most common ones is provided below,

while thorough explanations can be found in Goldberg (1989).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 14

2.2.1.1 Roulette Wheel Selection

The roulette wheel is the simplest selection method used in GAs. It is based on the fitness

value of the individual, meaning that healthier individuals have higher probability to be

selected for mating to produce more offspring for the next generation. The probability of

selecting an individual (pi) is simply calculated by dividing its fitness value (v;) by the

total fitness o f its population:

' po^ ze (2.1)


Z vi
i= l

Each individual in the initial population is represented by a segment equal in size to its

fitness on a continuous line (or a disc). A new generation of a desired number of

individuals is generated by selecting a set of random numbers equal to the desired

generation size. The individual whose segment spans any of the random numbers is

selected. This process continues until the desired number of individuals in the new

generation is obtained. Note that an individual can be selected more than once. The

following is a simple example of how the roulette wheel selection method works. An

initial population o f 7 individuals along with their assigned fitness values is shown in

Table 2.1. The probability o f each individual being selected is calculated using equation

(2.1) and is also shown in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1 - Selection probability of individuals using the roulette wheel selection method

Individual 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Fitness value (v;) 6 3 8 4 5 3 2

Selection probability (pi) 0.2 0.1 0.26 0.13 0.16 0.09 0.06

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 15

Since individual 3 has the highest fitness value it will have the highest selection

probability and occupies the largest interval on the selection line (Fig. 2.2). Thus, it is

highly expected that this individual will be selected for mating. If a new generation of 5

individuals is needed, a set of 5 random numbers (less than one) is selected (0.5, 0.15,

0.9, 0.1, 0.36) and each number is mapped over the selection line (Fig. 2.2). The

individual whose segment spans the random number is selected. For this particular

example, the individuals selected for mating to generate a newer generation will be 1, 1,

3, 3, and 6 as shown in Fig. 2.2.

Positions of the selected random numbers


0.1 0.15 0.36 0.5 0.9

+ ---- h I * I
0.0 0.2 0.3 0.56 0.69 0.85 0.94 1.0
1 5 I 6 I 7 I
Selection probability of individuals in initial population

Fig. 2.2 - Selection using the roulette wheel method.

2.2.1.2 Stochastic Universal Sampling

The selection o f the fittest individuals from the initial population using the stochastic

universal sampling (SUS) is performed in a similar manner to that of the roulette wheel

method. However, equally spaced pointers are used instead of a single one. The pointers

are placed over a line representing the fitness values of all individuals in the population

and the individual whose segment maps any of the pointers is selected for mating. The

number o f pointers should be equal to the desired number of individuals.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 16

2.2.1.3 Tournament selection

This method consists o f randomly choosing a group of individuals from a population and

the fittest individuals o f the group are selected for mating. The number of individuals in

the group is called tournament size. The process continues until the desired number of

individuals (parents) is selected. The selected parents then mate to produce a new

generation of offspring. This method employs both random and deterministic features

simultaneously.

2 .2 .2 C r o s s o v e r (R e c o m b in a t io n )

Crossover is the basic operator to produce a new generation of offspring in GAs. It

simulates the natural genetic process of creating a child (offspring). This is performed by

combining genes (strings) from two parents to hopefully create a better genetic structure

of offspring. The amount of exchanged genes is controlled by the recombination

probability or crossover rate, which is defined as the ratio of the number of offspring

produced in each generation to the population size. The crossover rate should be carefully

chosen. A relatively high rate value permits the search to cover most of the solution space

and reduces the chances o f being trapped in local minima. Whereas, a too small or too

high rate value unnecessarily prolongs the time needed for the search process to converge

by either slowly exploring the solution space (too low rate value) or exploring fruitless

regions in the solution space (too high rate value). Many crossover or recombination

methods exist for both binary and real-value coding. Recombination methods for real

value coding such as discrete, intermediate, and linear combination are slightly more

complex than those o f binary coding. However, they are all based on the same principals.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 17

For binary-coding, another three methods of crossover exist: single-point crossover, two-

point crossover, and uniform crossover. Only the single point crossover is briefly

explained below while more detailed description on the other methods can be found in

Goldberg (1989) and Michalewicz (1992).

2.2.2.1 Single Point Crossover

This method is the simplest method of crossover operator. It constitutes of producing

offspring from two parents by simply merging genes (strings) on one side of a cut-off

single point from one parent with those on the other side of the cut-off point from the

other parent. Figure 2.3 shows a schematic representation of a single point crossover

method.

Cut-off point

h 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1

Parent 2 (string o f 15 bit) 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0


°\

\7

Offspring 1 (string o f 15 bit) |~T1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1


\° 0 0 0 0 0
Offspring 2 (string o f 15 bit) Yd_ 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1

Fig. 2.3 - Schematic representation of a single-point crossover.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 18

2 .2 .3 M u t a t io n

Mutation is considered as a background operator in GAs. Its role is to guarantee that the

probability o f searching any given string will never be zero and to recover good genetic

material that may have been lost through the action of selection and crossover (Goldberg,

1989). Mutation in natural evolution is a random process where one allele of a gene

replaces another to produce new genetic structures. In GAs, mutation is applied to modify

elements in the chromosomes with a given probability rate. This will introduce new genes

to the existing population and help guide the search. Again the mutation rate should be

carefully chosen so that useful genes in the chromosomes are not lost and/or the offspring

will not lose their resemblance to their parents. Wright (1991) and Janikow and

Michalewicz (1991) demonstrated how using a high mutation rate in real-coded GAs is

more advantageous than in binary coded ones.

2.3- NEURAL NETWORKS APPROACH

Artificial neural networks (ANNs) are powerful computational tools inspired by the

understanding and abstraction of the structure of biological neurons and the internal

operation of the human brain (Haykin, 1994). The concept and methodology of ANNs,

also known as connectionist models or parallel distributed processing, are not new.

Research in this field was first started in the early 1940’s after the introduction of

simplified neurons by McCulloch and Pitts (McCulloch and Pitts, 1943). However,

genuine applications o f ANNs effectively started in the early 1980’s with the work of

Hop field (1982) and the introduction of error back-propagation using the generalized

delta rule developed by Rumelhart et al. (1986). With new developments in learning

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 19

algorithms and enhanced computing technology, the computational capability of neural

networks and their ability to learn from examples and to capture hidden behaviour

between patterns o f inputs and outputs have been well recognized. Nowadays, the interest

in neural networks is reflected by the massive number of conferences, journals, and

institutions associated with their applications in several fields including construction

materials.

In general, a neural network can be most adequately characterized as a nonlinear data-

driven dynamic system consisting of a large number of highly inter-connected neurons or

processing units. Three important steps must be considered in constructing a successful

artificial neural network model: choosing network’s architecture, learning or training

process, and model validation. The architecture of any neural network is based on the

same building block (neuron), in which simple computation is performed and might

contains several neurons or processing units. Depending on its current activation level,

each processing unit send signals to other processing units in the network and through

propagation, the network learns and adapts to new examples and stores the knowledge it

has learned as strengths o f a large number of connections.

The nonlinear nature o f neural networks makes them suitable to solve virtually any

computational task, perform functional approximation, or carry out classification and

pattern recognition. For instance, a neural network has the ability to “learn” the mapping

between a set o f input data and its respective output, and to synthesize through training an

associative memory that may generate appropriate output when presented with an

unfamiliar set o f input. According to Rumelhart et al. (1986), the basic aspects that

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 20

constitute artificial neural networks are as follows: 1) processing units, 2) pattern of

connectivity among processing units, 3) state of activation for each processing unit, 4)

propagation rule, 5) activation function for each processing unit, and 6) rule of learning.

These aspects vary from one network to another leading to a wide variety of network

types. Some o f the well-known neural networks include the Hopfield network (Hopfield,

1982), Boltzmann machines (Ackley et al., 1985), the Kohonen network (Kohonen,

1982), and the Multi-layer back-propagation neural networks (Rumelhart et al., 1986).

The Multi-layer back-propagation networks are the most commonly used neural networks

in engineering applications and particularly in modeling properties and behaviour of

construction materials. The following paragraphs explore the applications of such

networks in modeling properties of cement-based materials and behaviour of special

concrete, illustrate some o f their important aspects, and also provide, through a case

study, important recommendations to optimize their performance.

2.3.1 N e u r a l N e t w o r k s A p p l ic a t io n s in M o d e l in g C e m e n t -B a s e d M a t e r ia l s

The engineering properties of cement-based materials and special concrete depend on

various parameters including the non-homogeneous nature of their components, the

inherently different properties of various elements, and, sometimes on the dual and/or

contradictory effects o f some ingredients on the overall material’s performance.

Therefore, a clear understanding of such complex behaviour is needed in order to

successfully use these materials in various engineered structures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 21

Mathematical models and/or regression analysis were traditionally used to describe

and/or predict the engineering properties of cement-based materials. Such techniques

consist mainly o f semi-empirical expressions derived from the analysis of limited

experimental data and/or based on simplifying assumptions. Furthermore, these methods

often lack the ability to either account for the effect of all parameters involved, or to

account for the combined effects of variables considered. Over the last decade, artificial

neural networks (ANNs) have been widely investigated as a tool for modeling and

predicting the behaviour of materials in many engineering applications. In particular,

feed-forward back propagation (FFBP) networks (defined in detail later in this text), have

shown exceptional performance in pattern recognition and functional approximation.

The attractiveness o f using ANNs in modeling materials behaviour arises because they

are trainable dynamic systems, capable of predicting the engineering properties of a given

material based on existing data, so that the researcher does not have to make assumptions

to fit the data to a certain model. Given adequate learning materials and proper training,

ANNs can be taught the embedded relationships between patterns of inputs and outputs,

and using its predictive capability to generalise to new domains in the neighbourhood of

the training data. Compared to traditional modeling techniques, the popularity of ANNs

has grown rapidly and applications in modeling the behaviour of cement-based materials

have been the focus o f significant research.

Ghaboussi et al. (1991) investigated the utilization of ANNs to model the stress-strain

behaviour o f plain concrete subjected to different loading conditions. Goh (1995), Sanad

and Saka (2001), Yeh (1998), Mukheijee and Biswas (1997), and Lee (2003) studied the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 22

feasibility o f using ANNs to predict the mechanical strength of concrete under different

conditions. ANNs have also been proposed as an effective tool to model concrete

durability. For instance, Glass et al. (1997) investigated the use of ANNs to model

chloride binding in concrete. Haj-Ali et al. (2001) and Buenfeld et al. (1995 and 1998)

proposed different neural network models to predict the durability of concrete subjected

to various degradation mechanisms. Recently, FFBP networks have also been used to

determine the mixture proportions of ordinary concrete (Oh et al. 1999), and for

predicting the rheological and hardened properties of special concretes such as self-

consolidating concrete / underwater concrete (El-Chabib et al. 2003), and cellular

concrete (Nehdi et al. 2001).

The interest in using back-propagation ANNs for modeling the behaviour of cement-

based materials and properties of special concrete is a relatively recent development and

the technique has been used by only a limited number of researchers. To date, there are

still no rules on how to choose a suitable architecture for a FFBP neural network and how

to optimize its performance. The rest of this chapter examines the important steps in

building a FFBP neural network-based model, the parameters that affect the behaviour of

the network during the training process, the acceptance/rejection of a trained neural

network and its performance.

2.3.2 F e e d -F o r w a r d B a c k -P r o p a g a t io n N e u r a l N e t w o r k s

Feed-forward back-propagation (FFBP) or multi-layer perceptron (MLP) networks are

the most widely used neural networks in engineering applications, e.g. in modeling the

behaviour of cement-based materials and properties of special concretes. Their popularity

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 23

lies in their ability to implement non-linear transformations for functional approximation

problems, recognize logic functions, and subdivide the pattern space for classification

problems. MLP networks are parallel structures consisting of multiple layers, and each

layer may contain a large number of perceptrons or processing units. The perceptron,

similar to the artificial neuron introduced by McCulloch and Pitts (Fig. 2.4), was first

presented by Rosenblatt (1958).

Fig. 2.4 - Rosenblatt’s perceptron (artificial neuron).

It receives inputs from an external input vector {A'}},

x.

(2 .2 )

calculates a weighed sum, and adds a threshold value dto form a net input U,

n
(2.3)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 24

where x, is an input parameter and w,- is the connection strength or weight between the

perceptron and each input. The result is then passed through a non-linear transfer

(activation) function as an output Y = /( £ /) . Since Rosenblatt’s perceptron uses a hard-

limit non-linear transfer function (Fig. 2.5), its capabilities were limited to the application

of simple logic functions and linear decision boundaries. However, grouping perceptrons

in layers to form a multilayer perceptron network and utilizing a sigmoid non-linear

function (Fig. 2.5) as an alternative to the hard-limit makes it possible to implement

complex decision boundaries and arbitrary Boolean expressions.

Rosenblatt’s perceptron constitutes the building block of a MLP network. However, its

implementation in modeling real applications is very complex and requires an advanced

understanding of all three stages necessary to build, train, and test such a network. First,

one has to decide on the appropriate architecture of the MLP network. Secondly, training

a MLP network is a complex operation and one has to balance the time consumed by

training against the anticipated performance. Finally, evaluating the performance of the

ANN and its ability to generalize its predictions to new data unfamiliar to the network is

a critical task that needs to be carefully performed.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 25

Hard limit
1.0

0 = 1.0
0.8

0 = 0.2

0.4

0.2

0.0
■10 -8 -6 ■4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10
U

Fig. 2.5 - Example o f activation functions: hard limit and logsig (sigmoidal functions).

2.3.2.1 Architecture of Multi-layer Perceptron Networks

A network’s architecture is described by its processing units (perceptrons) and their

relationships. A feed-forward MLP network consists of an input layer, an output layer,

and a number o f hidden layers. Each layer may contain several processing units that are

fully or partially connected to units in the subsequent layer with different strengths or

weights; no backward connection or connection between units in the same layer is

permitted. Fig. 2.6 shows a typical architecture of such networks. Although some

literature does not consider the input layer as an integral layer in the network architecture,

it is agreed that units in the input layer do not perform any computation and only serve as

a link between the input vector and units in the first hidden layer.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 26

The number o f units in the input and output layers depends on the input and output

parameters included in the training patterns, which are usually defined. However, there

are no commonly accepted rules to determine the optimum number of hidden layers or

the number o f hidden processing units (PUs) in each hidden layer used to optimize the

performance o f a particular MLP network in a given task; more research is still needed in

this area. It is understood, however, that the number of hidden layers and their respective

numbers of units depend on the number of patterns available for training along with the

complexity o f the task.

Input layer Hidden layer Output layer

Fig. 2.6 - Typical architecture o f MLP back-propagation network with one hidden layer.

There are few recommendations in the literature to determine an adequate number of

hidden units. However, this issue is normally resolved by trial and error and is left to the

experience o f the operator. One of the rough rules of thumb for determining the number

of hidden processing units in an MLP network (NeuralWare, 2001) is

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 27

# of PU = ---- ------ (2.4)


a(n + K ) K J

where: PU is hidden processing unit in the hidden layers, P is the number of patterns

(input-output pairs) in the training database, n and K are the number of units in the input

and output layers respectively, and a is a constant with recommended value varying

between 5 and 10.

Although equation (2.4) serves as a starting point for a process that to date is only

resolved by trial and error, the total number of processing units (PUs) in the hidden layers

cannot be chosen without guidelines and consideration of practical limitations. As

explained later, the performance of a trained MLP network depends on the final set of

connection strengths (weights) between its processing units: decreasing the number of

hidden PUs to an excessively small number may decrease the number of connections and

their associated weights, thus reducing the ability of the network to implement non-linear

transformations for functional approximation problems. Increasing the total number of

hidden PUs, however, to the point where the total number of connections and their

associated weights is much higher than the number of training patterns might slow down

the training process and reduce the ability of the network to generalize.

2.3.2.2 Training Multi-layer Perceptron Networks

As stated earlier, ANNs are attractive predictive tools because they are data-driven

trainable systems that have the ability to learn from examples and to adapt to unknown

behaviour. Training a MLP network is basically teaching it the embedded relationships

between a set o f inputs and outputs. However, this learning process is usually complex

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 28

and depends on several undefined parameters. The main objective in training (teaching) a

MLP network is to search for an optimum set of connections’ strengths (weights)

between its processing units for which the ANN can predict accurate values of outputs for

a given set o f inputs. Training is normally carried out either in a supervised or an

unsupervised manner. Unsupervised training means that the network is presented only

with input parameters and it must learn on its own the regularities and similarities among

training vectors, whereas supervised training provides the network with training patterns

that include both the input parameters and the corresponding outputs: the network is told

what to learn.

Training a MLP network involves two phases: i) feed-forward and ii) back-propagation.

In the feed-forward process, the data flow from the input units in a strictly forward

manner to predict network outputs and compare them to measured targets. In the back-

propagation process, the error between the predicted and measured outputs is propagated

backward from the output layer to modify the network connection strengths in order to

improve its performance. Fig. 2.7 schematically shows a typical flow pattern in the

training process o f MLP networks.

Neural network Predicted


Inputs output
model

"Weights^
Comparison
adjustmei

Measured
output

Fig. 2.7 - Flow of the training process of MLP networks.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 29

Computational activities in a MLP network essentially occur in the hidden and output

processing units, and the optimum set of connection weights after network convergence

(reaching a minimum global error) determines the network’s performance and its ability

to generalise. However, the training process is not only a function of the network

architecture and the learning method (supervised or unsupervised training) but it also

depends on the selection o f training data, as well as several other parameters that need to

be defined before training starts. These include the learning rate, the network momentum,

the transfer function, and the duration of training. These parameters will be discussed in

sequence below.

2.3.2.2.1 Selection and pre-processing of training data

ANNs are data-driven modeling systems, and their success largely depends on the

learning materials provided for their training. Therefore, it is vital to generate a training

database that contains adequate information necessary to teach the ANN to capture the

underlying relationships between a set of inputs and outputs. Two important principals

must be considered in generating such a database:

i. The training data should be comprehensive, meaning that it must contain relevant and

complete information on the relationships between the inputs and the outputs of the

application being considered.

ii. The training data should be large enough and continuous within the practical domain

of the application being studied. Furthermore, it should be free of outliers (data that

are uncharacteristic o f the application domain) to improve the training of the network

and assure its convergence and better performance.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 30

Although MLP networks can accept data from a broad range of sources, they are only

able to process such data in the way it is presented. Therefore, it is strongly

recommended to scale the training patterns (input and output vectors) in order to speed up

the training process and improve network generalisation. The transfer function

recommended for MLP networks is normally a sigmoid function with an upper limit of 1

and lower limit o f -1 (for tan-sigmoid function) or 0 (for log-sigmoid function).

Therefore, scaling the training data (and especially the outputs) to fall within the range of

the transfer function is critical and is usually performed using any desirable scaling

method. The following are examples of the most common techniques:

v (X ~ X m i n )
0 < x, < 1 (2.5)

x-x
0 < x, < 1 (2.6)

- 1<X, <1 (2.7)


max

where: x, is the scaled value of variable x, xmin, xmax, x , and Sd are the lower limit, the

upper limit, the average value, and the standard deviation of the training data,

respectively.

2.3 .2 2 .2 Learning rate

The learning rate (a scalar parameter) is the step size of weight and threshold changes

conducted by the learning algorithm in the back-propagation process for tracking down

the global minima in the error surface of the network. The error surface represents the

changes in network errors, calculated as the difference between the predicted outputs and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 31

the provided targets during the training process. A large learning rate tends to accelerate

the learning process. However, it may cause the network to diverge from the global

minima in the error surface to favour local minima or the network may never converge to

a desirable solution. Conversely, a small learning rate may dramatically reduce the

learning speed, hence limiting the ability of the network to escape local minima in the

error surface, and forcing it to diverge to an undesirable region of the weight space

(searching for undesirable values of connections’ strength). The selection of the learning

rate is usually case-dependent and it should be chosen to be as high as possible in order to

speed up the learning process without leading to network’s oscillations. In most cases, a

high learning rate is usually used along with a momentum term and it is normally set to a

numerical value between 0.1 and 1.

2.3.2.2.3 Momentum

The Momentum in a MLP network is another parameter in the learning algorithm that

controls changes in the weight space and ensures that the search movement for global

error minima is going in a determined direction. The momentum is also case-dependent

and it usually varies between 0 and 1. However, it is recommended (if the flexibility of

the software used permits) to either start with large values of learning rate and

momentum and then reduce them as the learning progresses or compliment a high

learning rate with a low momentum and vice versa (NeuralWare, 2001).

2.3.2.2.4 Activation functions

Each processing unit in a MLP network is assigned an activation function to process,

evaluate and transmit incoming signals to units in the subsequent layer. This function

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 32

must ensure the stability o f the network and allow non-linear transformations to be

implemented at each layer, otherwise the MLP network reduces to an equivalent single

layer network. A wide variety of activation functions are used in ANNs such as linear,

hyperbolic, exponential, sine, and sigmoid functions. However, it is recommended that a

sigmoid function (Fig. 2.5) be employed for MLP networks because it is non-linear,

differentiable, continuous, and it varies monotonically between 0 and 1 (log-sigmoid) or -

1 and 1 (tan- sigmoid) as U (the net input calculated by each processing unit), varies from

-oo to +oo. A typical log-sigmoid function is defined as follows:

(2 .8)

where /? is a constant that determines the steepness of the transition zone, that is, the zone

in whichf( U ) shifts from 0 to 1 or -1 to 1.

2.3.2.2.5 Duration of Training

The general rule-of-thumb is to keep training an MLP network until it converges to a

desired minimum error between its predicted outputs and the desired targets provided in

the training patterns. However, the performance of a MLP network is best evaluated by

its capability to generalize its predictions to unfamiliar data (new data not used in the

training process). A minimum training error does not necessarily assure a minimum

generalisation error and better network performance. If the network is over-trained, in

order to converge to a desired minimum error, it may accommodate weight values that fit

the relationships o f all training patterns, including the imprecise ones. This problem is

commonly known as over-fitting (Fig. 2.8); it may lead to a precise prediction of the

training patterns on one hand but poor generalisation of new patterns on the other hand.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 33

Conversely, if the training is stopped prematurely, the network might not adequately

learn the relationships between inputs and outputs, leading to unsatisfactory performance

on both training and new patterns.

2.5

Well-trained

x
-II 1.5
>* Over-trained

0.5

0 100 200 300 400 500 600


X

Fig. 2.8 - Over-trained vs. well-trained MLP networks.

The duration o f training a MLP network is data-dependent, and the user has to balance

the time consumed in the training process and the degree of accuracy needed for the

network generalization. The most recommended approach to decide on the duration of

training a MLP network is to divide the available database into training and validation

sets. The training set is used to teach the network the embedded relationships between

input and output data, while the validation set is used to monitor the generalization

capability o f the network during training. Training is usually stopped after the network

error generated from the validation set concurs with that generated from the training set

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 34

and jointly converge to a desired minimum error, or when the validation error starts to

deviate from that o f training.

Unfortunately training data, especially that generated experimentally, is often limited and

there is usually need for additional training information to achieve better network

performance. Therefore, it might not be feasible to create a validation set of data at the

expense o f reducing the training set. In such a case, the duration of training can be

decided by either a parametric study or by trial and error. Some of the mechanisms for

stopping training are: i) limiting the number of training epochs (each epoch equal to a

predetermined number o f training patterns after which a network error is calculated), ii)

setting a desired minimum error so that when it is reached the training is stopped and the

network is tested and iii) monitoring the trend of error improvement so that training is

stopped when little or no improvement in the training error is reported over a given

number o f epochs.

2.3.2.2.6 Training Process

Once suitable network architecture is selected and the training data has been screened and

normalized, training can start. The supervised training process involves presenting the

training data in a patterned format. Each pattern contains an input vector and its

corresponding outputs (targets). The network then tries to capture the effects that each

input exerts on the outputs by adjusting a randomly initialized weight space to minimize

the error between the network prediction and the specified targets. Training usually

progresses as follows:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 35

i) Initialize the weight space [W~ ] (usually by small random values between -0.1 and

+ 0 . 1).

....” 1
K ■ • wL
w 21 + 22 ■

fc]= (2.9)

.
X
.w m
‘ + fl2 •

3
i
Where: [W‘t ] is the weight matrix (strength of connections) between units in layer / and

/-I (/ varies from 2 to AO, w'j. is the strength of the connection between unit j in layer I

and unit i in layer /-l, N is the number of layers, and m and n are the number of units in

layer l-l and /, respectively.

ii) The network is presented with the first training pattern and each processing unit j in

the first hidden layer computes a net input as follows:


I
3 “

uf W2i
JS

V , •

U2 W 2, * 4 • • wL x\ el
>— X - >+ * > (2 . 10)
1=1

Ul. y » i + 4 • ■ wL_ xim o2

iii) Using the assigned activation functions {/j2}, each unit j in the first hidden layer

activates an output signal to form an output vector {Yj } that serves as an input vector

{ X 2j } to units in the second hidden layer:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 36

y2 \A2(u?) V '

y 2i fiW l) xl

tN
b
{Yj} = < ■ = {*)} = (2.11)

II

II
A

V
>

s
S.. fivl). *1

iv) The same process continues through all hidden layers until each unit k in the output

layer calculates an output Yk = f k(Uk) , as follows:

u ; w ,2 W l. xr' V

n
u 2 w 2, w 22 W 2„ xr (2 . 12)
+

>+ - V
II

. X <
p , ) = 2 v r
7=1


*r.
s*
V*. W t2

n
Where: £/* is the net input of unit k in the output layer, k is the number of units in the

output layer, n is the number of units in the last hidden layer, Xj~l is the input value from

unit j in layer N-l, and wkj is the strength of the connection between unit k in the output

layer and unit j in the last hidden layer.

With the network predictions listed as outputs in the output layer, the feed-forward phase

is completed. However, these predictions (based on the initially assigned weight space)

can substantially differ from the measured targets that were provided in the training

pattern. Therefore, the search must continue for a new set of weights that minimize the

difference between the outputs and the corresponding targets. This is when the back-

propagation phase starts, as described below:

i) From the output layer, the network calculates and stores an error vector {£/},

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
where: e* is the error at unit k in the output layer, o* and tk are the predicted output at unit

k in the output layer and the corresponding target of the first input vector, respectively.

ii) The network is presented with the second training pattern, the same procedure described

above is followed and the error vector {E2} is calculated and stored.

iii) The introduction of training patterns continues until all data available for training (or a

predetermined number of training patterns) is covered. This sequence is known as an epoch.

At the end of each epoch, the network calculates an average error (Esl) for all patterns as follows:

l 4 4
(2.14)

Est is the system error, p is a training pattern, P is the number of training patterns

assigned to one epoch, and opk and tpk are the predicted output and provided target of

pattern p at output unit k, respectively.

v) If Est reaches a desired minimum value, training is stopped and the performance of the

network is investigated. Otherwise, the calculated system error is back-propagated to the

network to adjust the weights and thresholds in a gradient search for the desired minimum

system error.

vi) The adjustment of the weight space takes place via an appropriate learning algorithm. The

most common learning algorithm in back-propagation (MLP) networks includes the

generalised delta rules: a gradient descent algorithm, in which the weights are adjusted

iteratively by:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 38

Wji (m + l) = w'7(m) + Aw',, (m) (2.15)

Where: w'(.(m) is the weight value at epoch m, w';(m + l) is the weight value at epoch

m+1, and Awlj i(m)is the weight adjustment generated by the system error at epoch m and

is equal:

Aw>)=z^ d ji
<2 1 6 >

where n is a positive constant called the learning rate and f — is the partial
dWji

derivative of the system error with respect to each weight value in the network. However,

solving equation (14) requires the implementation of the chain rules:

d (E J d (E „ )J U ‘
(2.17)
dw^ dUlj dwL

The weight between unit j in layer I and units in layer /-I should be changed by an

27? \
amount proportional to the term ■ and the input value provided by unit i in layer /-l.

The implementation o f the chain rules and weight adjustment using a back-propagation

algorithm is explained in detail in Rumelhart et al. (1986).

This iterative process continues until it finds a set of weights that minimizes the system

error to a desired value and/or leads to satisfactory performance of the network. If the

available training data are large enough to accommodate the creation of a validation set,

the network will calculate a validation error in a similar manner to calculating the training

error. However, this validation error plays no role in the adjustment of connection

weights and is only used to monitor the performance of the network during training.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 39

2.3.2.3 Validation of Trained MLP Networks

ANN prediction is often misinterpreted and mistakenly associated to the ANN

performance on the training data. In the latter case, the network is only trained to create

memory storage for all patterns used in training and to accurately match between each

input vector and its corresponding target. Whereas the acceptance/rejection of a

successfully trained MLP network rather depends on its response to new input data; the

network has neither prior knowledge of such data nor of its associated outputs. Therefore,

to evaluate the performance o f a MLP network after successful training, it must be used

to predict the outcomes o f new input data (testing data) and its response compared to

corresponding targets. Only then can the ability of the network to generalise and associate

be evaluated. For this purpose, new data sets (testing sets) containing information only

about input parameters are presented to the network. Using the final set of weights

obtained after successful training, the network will be able to generate an output for each

input vector in the testing data sets (equations 8, 9 and 10). The generated outputs are

compared with known targets and the percentage error is calculated using an appropriate

evaluation method.

2.3.3 C ase S t u d y ; E ffec t of MLP N e t w o r k A r c h it e c t u r e o n it s


Perform ance

As stated earlier, the performance of MLP networks depends on several parameters such

as the network architecture, the length of training, the activation and learning functions,

the learning parameter, and the momentum. The effect of the activation and learning

functions is known and recommendations on how to choose the appropriate learning

parameter and momentum are well documented (Haykin 1994 and NeuralWare 2001)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 40

though choosing such parameters is case-dependent. Conversely, the process of choosing

a suitable MLP architecture for a certain application and how long the training process

should continue are still unsolved problems, and this issue is normally resolved by trial

and error. The effect o f training duration, number of hidden units in one-hidden-layer-

networks, and number o f hidden layers on the performance of MLP networks is

investigated below.

A total o f 248 compressive strength data obtained on concrete cores drilled from various

concrete beams o f different compressive strengths and subjected to different drilling and

curing conditions were obtained from literature (Bartlett 1994). Such data are used herein

to study the ability o f MLP networks to predict the in-situ compressive strength of

concrete structures and to investigate the effect of network architecture on the training

and validation processes. The network in question has an input layer containing 9

elements (strength o f laboratory concrete cylinder, age of concrete at which laboratory

cylinder strength was measured, curing condition (i.e. wet, air, or sealed), duration of

curing, location in the beam from which the core was obtained, direction of drilling

(parallel or perpendicular to concrete casting), age of concrete at which the core was

tested, diameter, and length to diameter ratio of concrete core. The network also has an

output layer o f one element, which is the in-situ concrete strength.

Analysis of the database identified 17 data sets as outliers; these were disregarded. A data

set was considered as an outlier if it does not contain all required information about

input-output parameters, and/or if the value of any of its input parameters is isolated from

the cluster o f the associated parameter in other data sets. Table A .l (Appendix A)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 41

includes sample data from the database. A total of 19 data points (randomly selected from

the database, shaded rows in Table A .l) were used to evaluate the network’s

performance, while the remainder of the data was used for training. Numerical input and

output data were scaled between 0 and 1. Each parameter was divided by the largest

value in its set while variables such as curing condition (moist, air, or sealed cured) were

assigned qualititative values. After several trials, a network architecture was adopted

consisting o f an input layer, an output layer and a single hidden layer of 5 units; it

provided best network performance (lowest prediction error on testing data). The learning

rate considered in this case was 0.1, the momentum factor was 0.5, and each unit was

assigned a logarithm sigmoid function (logsig) as a transfer function. Fig. 2.9 shows the

performance o f this MLP network in predicting the in-situ concrete strength of the

training and testing data sets with an average absolute error of 2% and 3%, respectively.

o Training data
B Testing data
— Equity line

o>0.8

= 0.6

■g 0.4

a. 0.2
AAE (training) = 2 %
AAE (testing) = 3 %

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2


Actual normalised in situ strength

Fig. 2.9- Performance o f MLP network in predicting the in-situ strength o f concrete.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 42

2.3.3.1 Effect of Training Duration

Training a MLP network is achieved by teaching the network the embedded relationships

between a set o f inputs and their respective targets. In other word, the goal is to minimize

the differences between the outputs predicted by the network when it is presented with a

set of inputs and their respective specified targets. Perhaps due to the relatively recent

interest in using ANNs for modeling materials behaviour, new users might assume that

the smaller the training error (the error between the outputs predicted by the network and

the provided targets for the training data) the better the network will perform. However,

minimizing the training error does not necessarily assure better network performance and

one has to decide, through experience, on when to stop training and avoid over-fitting,

explained earlier in this text. If the database is large enough, a good method to decide on

when to stop the training process is to divide the database into two sets (training and

validation) and monitor the training and validation errors during the training process as

explained earlier.

In this study, the effect o f the training duration of a MLP network with one hidden layer

and 10 hidden units was investigated. Other network’s parameters and initial values of

weights (connection strengths) and biases were kept constant for each training process,

and the network was trained for different numbers of epochs. In this study, an epoch is

considered to be complete after all patterns available for training are presented to the

network. After each training process, network performance was evaluated by its ability to

predict the in-situ concrete strength of a set of testing data (not used in the training) and

the average absolute error (AAE) of training and testing data was calculated as per Eq.

(2 . 18).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 43

i * i yme<w
i„ . pred
AAE=-'Z (2.18)

Where 7meai = measured value o f in-situ concrete strength from experimental data, Ypred =

predicted value o f in-situ concrete strength by the network, and n = number of data

points.

It is clear from Fig. 2.10 that the training error decreased when the training time (number

of epochs) increased. However, the testing error decreased until a threshold number of

epochs around 500 beyond which it increased rapidly, probably due to over-training. As

explained earlier, there is no clear rule to accurately determine the duration of training

that provides best network’s performance (minimum testing error); this is best resolved

by providing a validation set, or by trial and error.

16.0 ■ Training error 15.W


14.89
□ Testing error /—7|
14.0 £23

12.0

10.0
o5N
■_ 7.37 7.65
O 8.0 6.84
u
ui
6.0

4.0
2.3< ■
2.0

0.0
200 400 800 1600 3000 5000
Number o f ep o ch s

Fig. 2.10 - Effect o f training duration (number of epochs) on the performance of MLP
network.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 44

2.3.3.2 Effect of number of hidden units

MLP networks with one hidden layer may be capable of modeling a large number of

engineering applications including those related to cement-based materials. However, the

optimum number o f hidden units that can provide best performance of such one-hidden-

layer networks is not easy to define. It is believed that using a large number of hidden

units could enhance the training process but might not be beneficial to the overall

performance. Therefore, the effect of the number of hidden units in a single-hidden-layer

MLP network was investigated in this study.

The study was based on the network’s architecture adopted earlier in predicting the in-situ

strength o f concrete structures, which consists of one hidden layer with 5 units.

Moreover, 6 additional single-layer MLP networks with the same network parameters but

having different numbers of hidden units were created from the above-adopted network.

All networks were trained for the same number of epochs (500), where each epoch

consisted o f all (212) training patterns. It should be mentioned that the number of epochs

(500) was chosen after each network was trained and evaluated separately for different

numbers o f epochs and it was observed that all networks performed best at around 500

epochs. Fig. 2.11 shows the effect of the number of hidden units on the performance of

the various networks. It can be observed that adding more hidden units consistently

enhanced the performance o f MLP networks in training, as demonstrated by a decreasing

training error with increasing number of hidden units. However the enhancement of

overall performance (generalization) of the network increased up to an optimal number of

units (5 units for this particular application) but decreased thereafter. Such a trial and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 45

error approach is recommended to define the number of hidden units that assures lowest

training and testing error for MLP networks.

8.0 ■ Training error


□ Testing error
7.0

6.0

5.0
g
£ 4 0
L_
LU
3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0
3 4 5 7 10 15 20
Number of hidden neurons (one hidden layer)

Fig. 2.11 - Effect o f number of hidden neurons on the performance of MLP network.

2.3.3.3 Effect of number of hidden layers

To study the effect o f the number of hidden layers on the performance of MLP networks,

a set of network architectures were trained and validated using the compressive strength

database discussed earlier. These 6 networks are represented by MLP-1-(30), MLP-2-

(15,15), MLP-2-(20,10), MLP-3-(l0,10,10), MLP-3-(15,10,5), and MLP-5-(6,6,6,6,6),

where MLP-«-(/, means that the MLP network has n hidden layers with

corresponding numbers o f hidden units i, j, .and k, respectively. All other parameters,

including the total number of hidden units, the minimum desired error, and the number of

training epochs were kept constant.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 46

Table 2.2 shows that the number of connections between units for the various networks

depends on the scheme of hidden layers and the number of units they contain. For the

same number o f epochs, the duration of training increased with the number of

connections but did not depend on the number of hidden layers. Moreover for the same

total number o f hidden units, training epochs, and constant network parameters, Fig. 2.12

shows that the number o f hidden layers and the number of connections between units did

not have a clear trend, whether on training error or testing error. This exercise shows that

the single layer network had significantly lower testing error. Therefore, no general

recommendation with regards to the number of hidden layers can be made and a similar

trial and error procedure is needed to define the best network architecture.

12.0 Training error


10.75 □ Testing error

10.0

8h .
UJ

*
S ' V '

Network architecture

Fig. 2.12 - Effect of number of hidden layers on the performance of MLP network
(constant number of hidden units).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 47

Table 2.2 - Effect o f number of connections and hidden layers on training and testing
error of MLP Networks (after 500 epochs)

Network Number Number of Duration AAE for AAE for


of layers connections of training training after testing
(minutes) (500 epochs)
MLP-1-(30) 2 300 6 1.52 6.61
MLP-2-(15,15) 3 375 10 1.16 10.51
MLP-2-(20,10) 3 390 10 1.23 10.75
MLP-3-(10, 10, 10) 4 300 6 1.23 9.50
MLP-3-(15, 10, 5) 4 340 7 1.32 9.28
MLP-5-(6, 6, 6, 6, 6) 6 204 4 1.51 9.91

2 .3 .4 O p t im iz i n g the Perform ance of M L P N etw orks

It is agreed upon that the selection of the learning material (training data) is the most

important factor in building a successful artificial neural network model. The

performance o f a MLP network and its ability to generalize its predictions depend to a

great extent on the quantity and quality of the database generated for training. The

quantity o f the learning material is important to continuously cover the practical range of

input data, while its quality helps the network to accurately learn the important factors

that affect the behaviour o f the phenomenon being modeled. In addition to the importance

of the learning material, the following recommendations should be considered to improve

the performance and generalization of MLP networks:

• If the data available for training is large enough, creating a validation set (separate

from the training set) and monitoring the performance of the network during

training is the most recommended approach to determine when the MLP network

is adequately trained so that over-training is avoided.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 48

• It is suggested that using a relatively large learning rate along with a small

momentum or vice versa can improve network effectiveness and performance.

• It is proposed that the learning rate and momentum should be reduced as training

progresses, to speed up the learning at the early stage but avoid network

escalation (reducing the step size of weight changes so that the network will not

skip the global minimum error) when training is near its end.

• Common applications are often solved using single-hidden-layer networks.

However, the most adequate number of hidden layers depends on the complexity

of the process being modeled. The general rule of thumb is to use more hidden

layers (up to an optimum number) to better approximate a complex function or a

relationship, and to use more hidden units (also up to an optimum number) in the

first hidden layer to reduce sharp variations in the approximated function.

Optimum numbers o f hidden layers and hidden units can be defined by operator

experience and/or trial and error.

• Using an epoch with fewer training patterns has proved to speed up the training

but had no clear effect on network performance.

It should be emphasized that, unlike traditional statistical and mathematical models,

ANNs do not provide simple rules or equations for predicting material behaviour. The

product o f the ANN methods is trained networks which when presented with new input

data can rapidly predict the corresponding output data. However, the process by which an

ANN conducts its predictions is very complex as explained earlier and cannot usually be

stated in a simple predictive rule or equation.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 49

2.4- CONCLUDING REMARKS

There is growing interest in using ANNs for predicting the behaviour of concrete

materials and structures. However, the method still remains obscure for many researchers

and a better understanding of its development and implementation is needed. In this

chapter, feed-forward back-propagation networks, the most widely used in such

applications, have been explained in detail. In particular, the mathematical basis, the

architecture, selection and pre-processing of training data, training process, and

validation o f such networks have been discussed and clarified. A number of

recommendations have been proposed to optimize the performance of MLP networks.

The ability o f MLP networks to predict the in-situ compressive strength of concrete

structures was used as a case study to investigate the effect of network parameters on its

overall performance. Using a database of 231 strength values obtained on concrete cores,

the MLP network was able to predict the in-situ compressive strength with an average

absolute error o f 3 %. It was shown that longer training and/or minimizing the training

error did not necessarily lead to a better network performance in the generalization of

predicting new data unfamiliar to the network, and it was recommended to optimize the

duration o f training using a validation set of data. It was also observed that the

performance o f MLP networks during training improved with higher numbers of hidden

units, whereas their generalization was best around an optimum number of hidden units.

For a constant number o f hidden units, there was no clear trend for the effect of the

number o f hidden layers and number of unit connections on the network’s performance.

Therefore, best network architecture could only be defined by trial and error.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 50

Unlike traditional modeling methods, no assumptions are needed in ANN model creation.

Thus, the use o f ANNs in concrete materials and structures modeling is expected to go

beyond its current infancy level. This chapter should clarify the method and make it more

accessible to the wide research community involved in this area.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 51

2.5- REFERENCES:

Ackley D. H., Hinton G. E., and Sejnowski T. J., (1985), “A Learning Algorithm fo r
Boltzmann Machines,” Cognitive Science, V. 9, No. 1, pp. 147-169.

Akkurt S., Ozdemir S., Tayfur G., and Akyol B., (2003), “The Use o f GA-ANNs in
Modeling o f Compressive Strength o f Cement Mortar,” Cement and Concrete
Research, V. 33, No. 7, pp. 973-979.

Ashour A. F., Alvarez L. F., and Toropov V. V, (2003), “Empirical Modeling o f Shear
Strength o f RC Deep Beams by Genetic Programming,” Computers and Structures, V.
81, No. 5, pp. 331-338.

Bartlett F. M. P., (1994), “Assessment o f Concrete Strength in Existing Structures,” Ph.D.


Thesis, University o f Alberta, 338 pages.

Buenfeld N. R. and Hassanein N. M., (1995), ‘‘'Neural Networks fo r Predicting the


Deterioration o f Concrete Structures,” NATO/RILEM Workshop on the Modeling o f
Microstructure and its Potential fo r Studying Transport Properties and Durability
(Jennings H, editor), Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, pp. 413—430.

Buenfeld N. R., Hassanein N. M. and Jones A. J. (1998), "An Artificial Neural Network
fo r Predicting Carbonation Depth in Concrete Structures," in "Artificial Neural
Networks for Civil Engineers: Advanced Features and Applications", (Flood I. and
Kartam N. editors), ASCE, pp. 77-117.

Chamiak E., and McDermott D., (1985), “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence,”


Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Reading Massachusetts, USA, 701 pages.

El-Chabib H., Nehdi M., and Sonebi M., (2003), “Artificial Intelligence Model fo r
Flowable Concrete Mixtures Used in Underwater Construction and Repair, ” ACI
Materials Journal, V. 100, No. 2, pp. 165-173.

Ghaboussi J., Garrett J. H., and Wu X., (1991), ‘‘‘K nowledge-Based Modeling o f Material
Behavior with Neural Networks,” Journal of Engineering Mechanics, V. 117, No. 1,
pp. 132-153.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 52

Glass G. K., Hassanein N. M., and Buenfeld N. R., (1997), “Neural Network Modeling o f
Chloride Binding,” Magazine of Concrete Research, V. 49, No. 181, pp. 323 - 335.

Goh A. T. C., (1995), “Prediction o f Ultimate Shear Strength o f Deep Beams Using
Neural Networks, ” ACI Structural Journal, V. 92, No. 1, pp. 28-32.

Goldberg D. E., (1989), ''Genetic Algorithm in Search, Optimization, and Machine


Learning, ’ Addison- Wesley Publishing Company, Reading Massachusetts, USA, 412
pages.

Haj-Ali R. M., Kurtis K. E., and Sthapit A. R., (2001), “Neural Network Modeling o f
Concrete Expansion During Long-term Sulphate Exposure, ” ACI Materials Journal,
V. 98, No. l,p p . 36-43.

Haykin S., (1994), “Neural Networks: a Comprehensive Foundation,” Macmillan, New


York, 842 p.

Holland J. H., (1975), “Adaptation in Natural and Artificial Systems,” University of


Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA.

Hopfield J. J., (1982), “Neural Networks and Physical Systems with Emergent Collective
Computational Abilities,” Proceedings, National Academy of Science, USA, V. 79,
No. 8, pp. 2554-2558.

Hush D. R., and Home B. G., (1993), “Progress in Supervised Neural Networks,” IEEE
Signal Processing Magazine, V. 10, No. 1, pp. 8-39.

Janikow C. Z., and Michalewicz Z., (1991), "An Experimental Comparison o f Binary and
Floating Point Representations in Genetic Algorithms,” Proceedings ICGA, 4, pp. 31-
36.

Kohonen T., (1982), “Self-Organized Formation o f Topologically Correct Feature


Maps,” Biological Cybernetics, V. 43, pp. 59-69.

Lee S-C., (2003), “Prediction o f Concrete Strength Using Artificial Neural Networks, ”
Engineering Structures V. 25, No. 7, pp 849-857.

Lim C-H, Yoon Y-S, (2004), “Genetic Algorithm in Mix Proportioning o f High-Strength
Concrete,” Cement and Concrete Research, V. 34, No. 3, pp. 409-420.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 53

Luger G., and Stubblefield W., (1998), “Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies
fo r Complex Problem Solving,'" Addison-Wesley Longman, Inc., Reading
Massachusetts, USA, 824 pages.

McCulloch W. S., and Pitts W., (1943), “A Logical Calculus o f the Ideas Immanent in
Nervous Activity,” Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics, V. 5, pp. 115-133.

Michalewicz Z., (1992), “Genetic Algorithms + Data Structures = Evolution Programs,”


Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Germany, 387 pages

Mukheijee A., and Biswas N. S., (1997), “Artificial Neural Networks in Prediction o f
Mechanical Behaviour o f Concrete at High Temperature, ” Nuclear Engineering and
Design V. 178, pp. 1-11.

Nehdi M., Djebbar Y., and Khan A., (2001), “Neural Network Model fo r Preformed-
Foam Cellular Concrete, ” ACI Materials Journal, V. 98, No. 5, pp. 402-409.

NeuralWare (2001), “NeuralWorks Professional II/Plus and NeuralWorks Explorer,”


NeuralWare inc., Carnegie PA, USA, 142 pages.

Newell A., Simon H. A., (1976), “Computer Science as Empirical Enquiry: Symbols and
Search,” Communications of the ACM, V. 19, No. 3, pp. 113-126.

Oh J. W., Kim J. T., and Lee G. W., (1999), “Application o f Neural Networks fo r
Proportioning o f Concrete Mixes, ” ACI Materials Journal, V. 96, No. 1, pp. 61-67.

Ramasamy J. V., and Rajasekaran S., (1996), “Artificial Neural Network and Genetic
Algorithm fo r the Design o f Industrial Roofs-A Comparison,” Computers and
Structures, V. 58, No. 4, pp. 747-755.

Rosenblatt F., (1958) “The perceptron: A Probabilistic Model fo r Information Storage


and Organization in the Brain, ” Psychological Review, V. 65, No. 6, pp. 386-408.

Rumelhart D. E., Hinton G. E., and William R. J., (1986), “Learning Internal
Representation by Error Propagation,” Parallel Distributed Processing, V. 1,
Foundation, MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass, pp. 318-362.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 2 54

Sanad A., and Saka M. P., (2001), “Prediction o f Ultimate Shear Strength o f Reinforced-
Concrete Deep Beams Using Neural Networks, ” Journal of Structural Engineering, V.
127, No. 7, pp. 818-828.

Smith B. C., (1985), “Prologue to Reflection and Semantics in a Procedural Language,”


Reading in Knowledge Representation and Inference, Chapter 3, (Brachman R. J., and
levesque H. J., editors), Morgan Kaufinann Publishers, Los Altos California.

Smithers T., Conkie A., Doheny J., Logan B., Millington K., and Tang M. X., (1990),
“Design as Intelligent Behavior: an A I in Design Research,” Journal of Artificial
Intelligence in Engineering, V. 5, No. 2, pp. 78-109.

Wright A. H., (1991), “Genetic Algorithms fo r Real Parameter Optimization,”


Foundations o f Genetic Algorithms, (Rawlins J. E., editor), Morgan Kaufinann, pp.
205-218.

Yeh I. C., (1998), “Modeling o f Strength o f High-Performance Concrete Using Artificial


Neural Networks, ” Cement and Concrete Research, V. 28, No. 12, pp. 1797-1808.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 55

CHAPTER 3

EFFECT OF MIXTURE INGREDIENTS ON PROPERTIES


OF FLOWABLE CONCRETE*

3.1-INTRODUCTION

The main objective o f using flowable concrete is to enhance the structural performance of

concrete members and to alleviate the construction process of challenging and complex

applications. The required workability of such concrete depends on the complexity and

shape of the formwork, type of structural member (reinforced, highly reinforced, or non­

reinforced), placement method, and type of construction. The focus of this chapter is on

investigating the behaviour and properties of a highly flowable special concrete called

self-consolidating concrete (SCC). By definition, SCC is a highly workable concrete that

can easily flow through congested reinforced concrete elements, compact itself, and

adequately fill voids and narrow formwork with minimal or no vibration and without

exhibiting segregation or bleeding. Freshly mixed SCC is best characterized by its

excellent deformability (high deformability of paste and low inter-particle friction of

aggregates) and good stability (minimal segregation and bleeding), Khayat (1999).

’Parts of this chapter have been published in SCC 2005 conference, Joint Second North American
Conference on the Design and Use o f Self-Consolidating Concrete and the Fourth RILEM International
Symposium on Self-Compacting Concrete, Centre for Advanced Cement-Based Materials, Chicago, IL,
2005. A substantial part o f this chapter was also submitted to ACI Materials Journal for review.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 56

However, achieving these properties simultaneously is highly complex and not precisely

defined. The successful development of SCC requires manipulating some of the mixture

variables, increasing the volume of fine materials in the mixture by incorporating

supplementary cementitious materials as partial replacement for cement, and/or

introducing some chemical admixtures such as high-range water reducing (HRWR) and

viscosity-modifying admixtures ( VMA).

The development o f SCC represents one of the most significant recent advances in

concrete technology (Zhu et al., 2001). Since its inception in the late 1980’s, it has

become a very active research topic. The superior workability of such a concrete allows it

to flow through congested structural elements under gravity and adequately fill voids and

formwork without segregation and/or excessive bleeding, and with little or no vibration.

The ability o f SCC to flow under its own weight can be achieved by the addition of

chemical admixtures such as high-range water reducing admixtures (HRWR). Its ability to

compact itself is enhanced by using properly graded aggregates, incorporating micro­

fillers and supplementary cementitious materials, and carefully manipulating the

proportions o f mixture ingredients. However, the required flowability of SCC is difficult

to achieve without decreasing the viscosity o f the mortar matrix, which reduces the

ability o f SCC to resist the segregation o f large and dense coarse aggregate particles.

Self-consolidating concrete has been gaining acceptance as a competitive alternative to

conventional concrete in various construction applications due to a number of factors

including: faster construction, reduction in site manpower, better surface finishing,

improved durability, thinner concrete section, safer working environment, etc.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 57

(EFNARC, 2002). The amount of research literature on SCC has also been growing

rapidly. However, its technology is still evolving and additional research is needed to

further improve its behaviour. Several reliable and widely accepted test methods have

been developed worldwide to evaluate the properties of SCC, and significant progress has

been made to standardize such methods. Table 3.1 includes the most commonly used test

methods in evaluating the properties of fresh SCC mixtures as classified by EFNARC

(2002).

Table 3.1 - Most common test methods used to measure the workability of SCC

Test method Property of fresh SCC


Slump-flow (Abrams cone) Filling ability (no obstacles)
Slump-floW ( T 50 c m ) Filling ability and rate of flowability
J-ring Passing ability
V-funnel Filling ability (narrow sections)
V-funnel at T 5m j n Segregation resistance
L-Box Passing ability (self-levelling)
U-Box Passing ability (self-levelling)
Fill-Box Passing ability
G T M screen stability test Segregation resistance
Orimet Filling ability

Unlike other properties o f SCC mixtures, which can be assessed using numerous non­

standard but fairly reliable and widely used test methods, there is still no consensus on

which technique can best characterize the potential of segregation in such mixtures. Thus,

the segregation tendency o f coarse aggregates during transportation, placement, and

setting remains the least understood property of SCC mixtures, and dedicated research is

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 58

still needed in this area. Previous research provided recommendations to either reduce

segregation in SCC by reducing the total volume of coarse aggregates (increasing the

volume o f powder materials) and/or by adding viscosity-modifying admixtures. Both

approaches usually lead to increases in production cost, therefore further hindering a

wider implementation of SCC.

Segregation is defined as the separation of coarse aggregate particles from the mortar

matrix during transporting, placement (dynamic state), and/or setting of fresh concrete

(static state). It is mainly due to the difference in materials densities and the relatively

low viscosity o f the mortar fraction considering the highly flowable nature of SCC

(Betancourt, 1988). A fresh SCC with poor segregation resistance can lead to a non-

uniform distribution o f coarse aggregates in the concrete skeleton, contributing to

blockage of concrete flow, honeycombing and even non-uniform mechanical properties

and durability at the hardened state (Fig. 3.1).

Fig. 3.1 - Honeycombing due to poor segregation resistance or inadequate vibration

(From Kosmatka et al., 2002).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 59

Several test methods have been proposed to assess the risk o f segregation in SCC

mixtures, none o f which is widely accepted. Some of these tests are only based on visual

observations and offer no quantitative rating of segregation (e.g. the slump-flow test in

which the risk of segregation is visually inspected for the formation of a mortar hallow or

a coarse aggregate pile after the slump cone is removed). Other tests have been recently

developed including the settlement column test (Rooney and Bartos 2001), the

penetration apparatus (Bui et al. 2002), the V-funnel test (Ozawa et al. 1995), and the

GTM screen stability test (EFNARC 2002), which are claimed to capture the segregation

mechanism and numerically evaluate the ability of SCC mixtures to resist segregation.

However, several o f these tests usually require a large concrete sample, are time-

consuming and relatively difficult to perform, and more data on both their laboratory and

field use are needed to prove their reliability.

The primary objective o f this experimental research is to develop a simple yet reliable

test method to assess the risk of segregation in SCC mixtures based not only on the

difference in materials densities and viscosity of the mortar compound (static state), but

also to resemble conditions during concrete placement, such as the free fall and concrete

discharge from the chute o f a ready-mix concrete truck. The test is based on analyzing the

variation of the coarse aggregate content along the height of a fresh concrete sample for

different SCC mixture proportions and different placement conditions. The results of this

test were correlated to the average penetration depth of four penetration heads using a

modified version o f the penetration apparatus developed by Bui et al. (2002) to

quantitatively assess the potential of segregation in SCC mixtures. Furthermore, the

effect o f mixture parameters on segregation resistance and other properties of SCC

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 60

mixtures, such as slump flow, slump flow T50cm, and compressive strength at various

ages were evaluated.

3.2- TEST METHODS

In addition to measuring compressive strength at 1, 7, 28, and 91 days, five test methods

were used in this study to evaluate the workability of fresh SCC mixtures. These tests are

briefly described below:

3.2 .1 S lu m p -F lo w a n d S lu m p -F lo w T 50Cm T e s t s

The slump-flow test was first proposed in Japan to evaluate the quality of underwater

concrete (JSCE, 1992). It is based on the conventional slump test method and consists of

using an ordinary slump cone as per ASTM C 143/C 143M “Standard Test Method for

Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete”. The average diameter of the concrete spread after

lifting the slump cone is considered as an indication of the ability of SCC to freely flow

under its self-weight in the horizontal direction with the absence of obstacles (Fig. 3.2).

The time for the SCC to reach a 50 cm spread (T50) is taken as an indication of the rate of

concrete deformability. In general, a slump flow value between 500 and 750 mm and a

value of T5o varying between 2 and 7 sec are considered acceptable for flowable concrete

design, whereas some associations require a minimum slump flow value of 600 mm for

concrete to be classified as SCC (EFNARC, 2002). Although the slump flow test has

been proposed as a method to assess the segregation resistance of SCC, it was not used

for such a purpose in the present study.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 61

50 cm
Slump-flow

Fig. 3.2 - Slump-flow test

3 .2 .2 L -B o x T est

The L-Box test (Fig. 3.3) was first developed by Mitsui et al. (1994) for the design of

underwater concrete. It consists of an L-shaped box with a gate separating the vertical

and horizontal parts. The vertical part is filled with approximately 12 liters of concrete

and the gate is opened to allow the concrete to flow between three 12 mm- diameter steel

bars spaced at 50 mm center-to-center. The distance between steel bars varies according

to the type o f construction and the maximum size of aggregate used. The ratio of concrete

height in the horizontal section to that in the vertical one, Ayft/ is an indication of the

passing ability o f concrete through obstacles. Previous research recommended a value of

lt2/hi > 0.8 for a concrete mixture to meet the passing ability of SCC. The time for the

concrete to reach 20 cm {T2 0 ) and 40 cm (T40 ) from the inside face of the gate are other

parameters that can be measured using this test and are considered as an indication for the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 62

SCC filling ability. However, no suitable values for such parameters have been generally

agreed upon.

3 or 4 <b12

F ig . 3 .3 - L-Box flow test

3 .2 .3 V -F u n n e l test

The V-funnel was also developed in Japan by Ozawa et al. (1995) and is used to

determine the filling ability of SCC. It simply consists of a V-shaped funnel (Fig. 3.4).

The funnel is filled with SCC and the flow-time (7>) needed for the concrete to discharge

from an opening at the bottom of the funnel is taken as an indication of the SCC filling

ability. A value o f Tv < 12 sec is considered appropriate for SCC design (EFNARC,

2002). The test has also been proposed in Japan to assess the segregation resistance of

SCC mixtures by measuring the difference between the initial flow-time {Tvo) and that

measured after a 5 min rest period (TVs).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 63

51,5

LD

Fig. 3.4 - V-funnel test (dimensions are in cm).

3.2.4 GTM S c r e e n S t a b il it y T e s t

The GTM screen stability test (Fig. 3.5) was developed by a French contractor to

quantitatively evaluate the stability of SCC mixtures and is described in detail in

EFNARC (2002). It attempts to determine the likelihood of concrete to segregate by

calculating a segregation ratio (Sr), which is the percentage of mortar passing through a 5

mm sieve o f a 2-litres concrete sample poured from a height of 50 cm. Empirical

observations suggest that 5% < Sr < 15% is acceptable for SCC design. Although the test

is simple, it requires around 25 - 30 minutes to complete. Its repeatability is questionable

and it might not be suitable for site use (EFNARC, 2002).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 64

»
K

Fig. 3.5 - GTM screen stability test (from EFNARC 2002).

3 .2 .5 P r o p o s e d S e g r e g a t io n A s s e s s m e n t M e t h o d

The segregation assessment method proposed herein is based on studying the profile of

the coarse aggregate content (particles larger than 9.5 mm) along the height of a SCC

sample. The apparatus simply consists of a PVC tube (300 mm in height and 150 mm in

diameter) and a modified version of the penetration apparatus proposed by Bui et al.,

(2002). The tube is divided into three (150 x 100 mm) equal parts using leak-free joints

that are hinged to a vertical steel rod for easy sliding (Fig. 3.6-a). The modified version of

the penetration apparatus consists of four penetration heads (instead o f one) mounted on a

steel frame. Each penetration head is about 25 g in mass and 20-mm in diameter with a

semi-spherical end (Fig. 3.6-b). First, the average depth o f the penetration heads is

measured by allowing the heads to penetrate under their self-weight into concrete just

after the cylinder is filled. The three parts of the cylinder are then separated after a rest

period o f about 30 minutes and concrete in each part is washed out over a 9.5 mm sieve.

Coarse aggregates with particle size larger than 9.5 mm in each part of the cylinder are

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 65

then retrieved and their mass is determined. The segregation index (SI) is taken as the

coefficient o f variation (COV) of the coarse aggregate content in all three parts and is

calculated using the following equation:

M .- M avg
xlOO (3.1)
/=! M avg

I 3
Where M avg = and M, = mass of coarse aggregate particles larger than 9.5 mm
3 i=i

in each part o f the cylinder. Results of SI are then correlated to the corresponding average

penetration depth (Pd) o f the penetration heads, which is a more rapid field-oriented test.

(a ) (b)

Fig. 3.6 - Proposed test set-up: (a) Three-compartment hinged cylindrical mould
and (b) modified penetration depth apparatus.

3.3- MATERIALS AND EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES

A total o f 123 flowable concrete mixtures were prepared and tested in this study. All

mixtures were proportioned to achieve an initial slump flow of 500 ± 10 to 750 ± 1 0 mm

and to satisfy generally recognized requirements of SCC (flowing ability and self-

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 66

compactibility). The GTM screen stability test and the segregation method proposed

herein were used in conjunction with the slump-flow and T50, L-box test, V-funnel test,

and compressive strength test to evaluate the properties of all prepared mixtures.

3.3 .1 M a t e r ia l s

A quaternary binder incorporating CSA Type 10 Canadian portland cement (similar to

ASTM C 150 Type I) with a combination of supplementary cementitious materials

including ground granulated blast furnace slag (GGBFS), class C fly-ash (FA-C), and

silica fume (SF) was used in all concrete mixtures investigated in this study. Table 3.2

lists the chemical composition and physical characteristics of the cement and cement

replacement materials. A continuously graded siliceous crushed stone with minimum and

maximum particle size of 5 and 19 mm respectively was used as coarse aggregate, and

well-graded silica sand was used as fine aggregate. The relative specific gravity and

water absorption o f the coarse aggregate (CA) were 2.68 and 0.7 %, respectively, whereas

the fine aggregate (FA) had a relative specific gravity o f 2.65, water absorption of 2.3 %,

and a fineness modulus of 2.67. Figure 3.7 shows the particle size distribution of coarse

and fine aggregates. A polycarboxylate-based HRWR with specific gravity of 1.08 was

used, in addition to a polysaccharide welan gum powder viscosity-modifying admixture

(VMA).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 67

Table 3.2 - Chemical and physical characteristics of cementitious materials

Type 10 Class-C GGBF Silica


Component/properties
Cement Fly Ash Slag Fume
Si02 20.4 33.0 35.0 93.7
A120 3 4.7 19.4 11.2 0.3
Fe203 2.3 5.8 0.5 0.4
CaO 62.5 28.5 36.1 0.3
MgO 3.0 4.8 11.4 0.5
Na20 0.3 2.0 0.5 0.2
K20 0.8 0.4 0.5 1.2
Na2O+0.658K2O 0\J. X 0\J, O
8 1.V
0
0
(equivalent total alkalis)
T i02 0.3 1.7 0.6 —
S03 3.1 3.3 3.3 0.3
Loss on ignition 2.8 0.4 — 2.7
c 3s 55.70 — — —
C2S 16.50 — — —
c 3a 8.60 — — —
c 4a f 7.00 — — —
Specific surface area (m2/kg) 408 420 459 21500*
Specific gravity 3.17 2.60 2.94 2.16
Passing 45 pm sieve (%) 89.70 81.20 97.80 99.70
Initial setting, Vicat test (min.) 180 -- — —
Final setting, Vicat test (min.) 350 — — —
Pozzolanic activity index 28 days, (% of
798O 99
77
control)
f c (MPa), standard cube
7 days 32.1 — 24.0 —
28 days 40.9 — 39.9 —
* Measured using Nitrogen adsorption.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 68

100
Fine aggregate
90 C oarse aggregate

80

o> 60

50
Q.
40

30

20
10

0.01 0.1 1 10 100


S eive size (mm)

Fig. 3.7 - Particle size distribution of fine and coarse aggregates.

3.3.2 M ix t u r e P r o p o r t io n s and M ix in g T e c h n iq u e

Concrete mixtures were prepared in accordance with ASTM C 192 (2000) “Standard

Practice for Making and Curing Concrete test Specimens in the Laboratory” using a 150

litre open-pan mixer. The mixing sequence consisted of mixing coarse aggregates and

silica fume for 30 sec, adding sand, and then homogenizing both fine and coarse

aggregates for another 30 sec. Cement and other cementitious materials were

subsequently added with the mixing water, and finally, the HRWR and VMA, which were

diluted with part o f the mixing water, were added and mixing resumed for another 3 min.

During testing, the mixer was covered with a plastic sheet and between two subsequent

tests, mixing was resumed for 1 min. Mixtures were proportioned to satisfy common

requirements o f SCC and cover a wide range of SCC mixture designs. The total

cementitious materials content varied between 350 and 600 kg/m3 of concrete, and the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 69

water to cementitious materials ratio (w/cm) varied between 0.35 and 0.60. Proportions of

other mixture ingredients were also varied to investigate their effect on the segregation

potential o f SCC mixtures. The minimum, maximum average and standard deviation

(STDV) values o f all mixture ingredients used are listed in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3 - Range and average values of mixture ingredients and test results

Ingredients Minimum Maximum Average STDV


Cement (% of total binder) 27.0 77.0 73.0 10.3
w/cm (%) 35.0 60.0 44.0 4.0
Fly-ash (% of total binder) 10.0 50.0 11.5 6.3
Slag (% of total binder) 10.0 60.0 12.2 8.6
Silica fume (% of total binder) 3.0 15.0 3.3 1.5
Fine aggregate (kg/m3) 700.0 1000.0 850.0 30.5
Coarse aggregate (kg/m3) 700.0 1000.0 850.0 30.5
HRWRA (% of binder) 0.23 2.47 0.53 0.50
VMA (% of binder) 0.01 0.05 0.02 0.01
Slump-flow (mm) / (Tso, sec) 480 (NA) 745 (10.00) 620 (5.60) 56(1.94)
L-Box (h2/hi) 0.77 0.98 0.88 0.08
28-day-fc (MPa) 33.0 62.0 46.0 3.7
SI-STATIC (%) 0.62 37.78 7.00 6.30
SI-DYNAMIC (%), (GTM, %) 3.2 (2.30) 64.3 (35.20) 17.2 (12.72) 12.2 (7.53)

3.3.3 T e s t in g P r o c e d u r e s

The objective o f this experimental study is to develop a simple and reliable test method to

evaluate the ability o f SCC mixtures to resist segregation and to investigate the effect of

basic mixture ingredients on segregation and other properties o f SCC. The focus is

mainly on examining the effect of the cementitious materials content, w/cm ratio, coarse

aggregate to total aggregate ratio (CA/TA), and dosages o f HRWR and VMA. To

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 70

investigate the effect o f each ingredient on the segregation of SCC, a set of mixtures was

prepared by changing the volume of the particular ingredient and the proportions of the

other ingredients accordingly. For example, in the case of studying the effect of cm

content, the w/cm ratio, and the dosages of HRWR and VMA as percentage of cm content

were kept constant, whereas the volume of total aggregates was decreased or increased to

accommodate the changes in cm and water volumes. However, the ratio of CA/FA was

maintained constant. On the other hand, in investigating the effect of the CA/TA ratio,

only the volumes o f CA and FA were changed, whereas the content and ratios of other

ingredients were kept constant. Proportions and test results of mixtures used to study the

effect of mixture ingredients on the properties of SCC are included in Tables B.l and B.2,

Appendix B.

The L-box and V-funnel tests were only used in this study to ensure that mixtures

conform to common requirements of SCC. The 1i2/hi values of the L-Box and the flow

time of the V-funnel, TVo varied from 0.78 to 0.97 and from 5 to 11 sec, respectively for

all mixtures tested. The slump flow, slump-flow (7}0), and GTM tests in addition to

compressive strength at 1, 7, 28, and 91 days were performed on all SCC mixtures. The

minimum, maximum, and average values of test results shown in Table B.2 (Appendix B)

for tested SCC mixtures are also included in Table 3.3.

Placement and/or transporting of concrete contribute to a great extent to the segregation

of coarse aggregate particles from the mortar compound. To capture the true nature of

segregation o f SCC in field applications, two separate values of 57 should be investigated.

First, SI-STATIC in which segregation occurs under normal placement conditions and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 71

during concrete setting, mainly due to settlement of large aggregate particles under

gravity because o f the difference in relative density of materials and the low viscosity of

the mortar. The second is SI-DYNAMIC in which transporting, placement, and

consolidation contribute additional total segregation in SCC mixtures to that caused by

static effects. Using the segregation method proposed in this study, two values of Pd were

established based on the type of segregation. SI-STATIC and SI-DYNAMIC were

determined using the same test procedure explained earlier, except for the way the

concrete sample was prepared. For SI-STATIC, the test cylinder was simply filled and left

undisturbed for 30 min before the aggregate content was analyzed, whereas for SI-

DYNAMIC the concrete sample was prepared using the V-funnel apparatus before it was

left undisturbed for 30 minutes. Using the V-funnel as a preconditioning method for

determining the dynamic segregation index of SCC mixtures was to account for dynamic

effects such as the discharge of SCC through a chute of a ready-mix concrete truck

(simulated by the 2:1 slope o f the V-funnel sides) and concrete subjected to free-fall from

a height during placement (simulated by placing the test cylinder at a distance d below

the bottom o f the V-funnel).

An important aspect in testing the resistance of fresh SCC to segregation is the quality

control in sampling and handling the tested SCC sample. Often during the sampling

process and before the SCC sample is left to rest undisturbed, it would have already

undergone significant segregation and had become no longer representative of the

original distribution o f aggregate particles. The results thus obtained could be misleading.

To overcome this difficulty, all concrete samples were filled in a similar manner directly

from the mixer, and all coarse aggregates used in the original batch were retrieved,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 12

washed, and surface dried for re-use in subsequent tests so that variation in coarse

aggregate properties and sample handling are no longer hidden variables. The saturated

surface dry mass o f the coarse aggregates did not change significantly for the 123 SCC

mixtures, and no coarse aggregate was added to that of the original batch during the

entire test program (Note: test specimens for compressive strength were made from a

duplicate batch for each mixture).

A few other segregation test methods that emerged recently, such as the settlement

column test (Rooney and Bartos 2001) and the column segregation test (Assaad et al.

2004), are also based on measuring the profile of coarse aggregate content along the

height o f a concrete sample. Since these methods require relatively large size SCC

samples, it was decided in the preliminary stage of this research to investigate the effect

of the sample size on segregation results. Thus, three SCC mixtures: Mi (highly

flowable), M 2 (moderately flowable), and M 3 (rich mixture) were prepared to investigate

the effect o f the specimen’s height on the vertical profile of coarse aggregate distribution.

Their mixture proportions are shown in Table 3.4-(a). The segregation resistance of the

above three SCC mixtures was investigated using three sample-tubes of different height

(300, 450, and 600 mm) but having similar 150 mm diameter cross-section. Three

specimens (S 3 0 0 , S450, and S 6 0 0 ) from each of the above three SCC mixtures were prepared

and tested. A constant free fall height was achieved by placing the bottom of each tube at

the same distance o f 750 mm from the bottom of the V-funnel. All specimens were cast

by pouring the concrete into the V-funnel on its inclined sides and were left undisturbed

for a period o f 30 min. The vertical profile of coarse aggregate content was determined

for each test tube and the segregation indexes were determined using equation (3.1). The

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 73

segregation results thus obtained are included in Table 3.4-(b). Each data point in Table

3.4-(b) is the average value obtained on three similar samples prepared from the same

batch.

Table 3.4- Proportions and test results of preliminary SCC mixtures

Proportions (kg/m3) Slump hrfhi


SCC H RW R VMA
w/cm Water Cement Sand Gravel L/m3 flow
mixture g/m3
(mm)
M, 0.4 170 425 900 900 2.0 0 720 0.98
m 2 0.4 190 480 875 875 4.0 100 650 0.93
m 3 0.4 200 500 850 850 3.0 100 580 0.78
(a)
Mixture Mj m 2 M3
Specimen S300 S450 S600 S300 S450 S600 S300 S450 S600
SI(% ) 33.83 44.19 40.49 9.41 9.22 10.30 3.92 4.75 3.97
(b)

Results show that variations o f coarse aggregate content along the height of all samples

prepared from the same mixture were generally similar. Thus, it was decided to use a

tube of 300 mm in height since it requires less material, is easier to handle, and makes the

test more practical and less time consuming. In addition, d (the distance between the top

of the tube and the bottom o f the V-funnel) was determined to be 300 mm. This value

was chosen because it proved to be the minimum free fall height that can allow capturing

the segregation tendency of various SCC mixtures, while it still permits a convenient

height to pour the concrete by the operator into the V-funnel. From visual inspection of

several SCC mixtures inside the mixer and their behaviour during slump-flow tests, and

by comparison o f segregation results obtained using the proposed test method and those

of two other existing test methods, namely the settlement column test and the GTM

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 74

screen stability test, it was concluded that a SCC mixture can be considered stable (no

significant segregation) if the coefficient of variation of coarse aggregate profile along

the height of a concrete sample, SI <10% .

Finally, the penetration depth, Pd and the static and dynamic SI values for all 123 SCC

mixtures prepared in this study were measured. A relationship between Pd and SI values

for both static and dynamic tests was established (Figs. 3.8 and 3.9) and a value of Pd at

which SCC mixtures are considered to be segregation resistant is determined. From

examining Figs. 3.8 and 3.9, two threshold values of Pd can be determined, depending on

the placement conditions o f SCC on site. Thus, a SCC mixture can be considered to be

segregation resistant if Pd < 10 mm when concrete is subjected to normal placement

conditions and Pd < 5 mm if the concrete is subjected to pumping, transporting and/or

free-fall from height during placement.

45

40

E 35

30

25

20
c 15

10 —■ Pd = 10 mm

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
SI (%)

Fig. 3.8 - Relationship between (Pd) and SI-STATIC.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 75

45

40 y = 0.0035X2 + 0.3821x
E 35 SI = 10% R2 = 0.8928

30

25

20
c 15

10
5 — — Pd = 5 mm

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
SI (%)

Fig. 3.9 - Relationship between (Pd) and SI-DYNAMIC.

3.4- EFFECT OF BASIC MIXTURE INGREDIENTS ON SCC PROPERTIES

As stated earlier, simultaneous achievement of acceptable SCC characteristics is difficult

to attain due to dual and sometimes contradictory effects of some mixture ingredients.

Thus, good understanding of the effect of basic SCC mixture design parameters on

segregation resistance as well as other properties is essential so that a better optimization

of SCC mixture design can be achieved. In this study, effects of the most influential

parameters, such as the cementitious materials content, w/cm ratio, coarse aggregate to

total aggregate ratio (CA/TA), and dosages of HRWR and VMA on the properties of SCC

are investigated.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 76

3 .4 .1 E ffect of C e m e n t i t io u s m a t e r ia l s Content

To investigate the effect o f the cementitious materials content on the properties of SCC

mixtures, a set o f eight SCC mixtures was prepared and tested (Mixtures CM1-CM8,

Table B.l). The w/cm ratio and dosages of HRWR and VMA (as percentage of the total cm

content) were kept constant for all mixtures, while the total content of cm varied between

350 and 550 kg/m3. The total aggregates content was adjusted to accommodate changes

in cm and water contents. However, a constant coarse/fine aggregate ratio was maintained

in all mixtures. Common practice of SCC mixture design often recommends increasing

the total content o f fine materials and decreasing the content of coarse aggregate to

reduce the inner-particle friction between large aggregate particles, thus increase the

flowability o f SCC mixtures and reducing the risk of blockage and/or segregation.

Results obtained from the slump-flow test (Fig. 3.10) confirm that increasing the cm

content increased the flowability of SCC mixtures. However, the rate of deformability of

such mixtures was slightly decreased, especially at high value o f cm content as shown in

Fig. 3.11.

The effect of cm content on the ability o f SCC mixtures to resist segregation and on their

compressive strength is shown in Figs. 3.12 and 3.13, respectively. Similar to

conventional concrete, the compressive strength of SCC mixtures increased when the cm

content increased as shown in Fig. 3.13. However, Fig. 3.12 shows that increasing the cm

content (at constant w/cm = 0.45) slightly increased the segregation tendency of coarse

aggregates, which is unexpected. Such a behaviour was observed in results of both the

GTM and SI-DYNAMIC methods. For SCC mixtures subjected to normal placement

conditions (SI-STATIC), such an effect was negligible or less significant.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3

650

600

550

Q.
E 500

450

400 4 -
350 375 400 425 450 475 500 525 550
cm (kg/m3)

Fig. 3.10 - Effect of cm content on the flowability of SCC mixtures.

o' 4

350 375 400 425 450 475 500 525 550


cm (kg/m3)

Fig. 3.11 - Effect of cm content on the rate of deformability of SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 78

20.0
♦ SI-DYNAMIC □ GTM a SI-STATIC
18.0

16.0
Slump flow < 500 mm , Slump flow > 500 mm
14.0

12.0

10.0
<0
8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0.0
350 375 400 425 450 475 500 525 550
cm (kg/m3)

Fig. 3.12 -Effect o f cm content on segregation resistance of SCC mixtures (w/cm = 0.45).

60

49.3
50
41.8
44.3 43.8
£40 42.9
ra 39.3

2 20
OL 19.8
17.5
15.72
14.7
10
♦ 1-day • 28-days a 91 -days

350 370 390 410 430 450 470 490 510 530
cm (kg/m3)

Fig. 3.13 - Effect o f cm content on the compressive strength of SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 79

Another set o f five SCC mixtures (Table B .l) were prepared and tested to investigate the

effect o f cm content on the segregation resistance of SCC mixtures having relatively

lower w/cm. Mixtures in this set were designed to have a constant dosage of VMA = 0.01

%, a constant w/cm = 0.40, and a dosage of HRWR varying between 0.22 % and 1.13 %

to achieve a similar slump flow of 615 ±15 mm. It was observed that for constant dosage

of VMA and w/cm, the SCC mixture with the highest amount of cm required the least

dosage o f HRWR to achieve the required slump flow. The influence of cm content on the

segregation resistance o f SCC mixtures having relatively lower w/cm was evaluated using

the proposed test method along with the GTM screen stability test, and results are shown

in Fig. 3.14. Results o f SI-DYNAMIC show that increasing the cm content slightly

reduced segregation in SCC mixtures, while those obtained using the GTM screen

stability test indicate a negligible increase of segregation when cm content increased. The

GTM screen stability test is based on the percentage of mortar passing through a 5-mm

sieve of a concrete sample, thus SCC mixtures with higher mortar fraction are expected

to exhibit higher percentage o f mortar passing. For SCC mixtures subjected to normal

placement conditions, the effect of cm content on SI-STATIC was negligible as shown in

Fig. 3.14.

It is believed that this discrepancy in the effect of the cm content on segregation in Figs.

3.12 and 3.14 is due to the fact that increasing the cm content in mixtures of the first set

while maintaining a constant w/cm = 0.45 increased the amount of free water. The HRWR

deflocculates agglomerated cement particles and also releases entrapped water, hence

increasing the amount o f free water available for fluidification. This can offset the

beneficial effect o f increasing the volume of the mortar compound due to increasing the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 80

cm content, thereby, slightly increasing the segregation o f coarse aggregate particles in

such mixtures. Conversely, the amount of free water in mixtures with w/cm = 0.40 is

relatively lower, thus reducing the ability of excess water to neutralize the beneficial

increase in mortar volume due to increasing the cm content.

20.0 n
♦ SI-DYNAMIC aGTM a SI-STATIC
18.0

16.0

14.0

12.0

8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0.0
350 375 400 425 450 475 500 525 550 575 600
cm (kg/m3)

F ig . 3 .1 4 - Effect o f cm content on segregation resistance o f SCC mixtures (w/cm = 0.4).

3 .4 .2 E ffect of W ater to C e m e n t it io u s M a t e r ia l s r a t io

To investigate the effect o f the w/cm ratio on properties of SCC mixtures, another set of

mixtures was prepared (Mixtures CM3 and W1-W6, Table B.l). Mixtures in this set had

constant dosages o f HRWR and VMA, a constant ratio of coarse/fine aggregates contents

and a w/cm ratio varying between 0.4 and 0.6. As expected, increasing the w/cm ratio

significantly increased the flowability o f SCC mixtures through reducing the viscosity of

the mortar compound, thus reducing the ability to maintain a uniform distribution of large

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 81

coarse aggregate particles. The effect of the w/cm ratio on the flowability and rate of

deformability o f SCC mixtures is shown in Figs. 3.15 and 3.16, respectively.

750

700

^ 650

X 600

550

500

450

400
35 40 45 50 55 60
w/cm (%)

Fig. 3.15 - Effect of w/cm ratio on the flowability of SCC mixtures.

3.5

2.5

0.5

35 40 45 50 55 60
w/cm (%)

Fig. 3.16 - Effect o f w/cm ratio on the rate of deformability of SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 82

It can be found from Fig. 3.15 that increasing the w/cm ratio linearly increases the

flowability of SCC mixtures. Such relationship is not as obvious in Fig. 3.16 due to the

scattered data points. However, it can be observed that the effect of the w/cm ratio on the

slump-flow (Tjo) of SCC mixtures is an inverse linear relationship.

The effect o f w/cm ratio on the segregation tendency of coarse aggregates in SCC

mixtures was also investigated using two segregation methods, namely the GTM screen

stability test and the proposed method. Test results are shown in Fig. 3.17, in which data

from both methods show a similar trend for the effect of the w/cm on SI. However, such

an effect was more pronounced in the case of SI-DYNAMIC for w/cm > 0.45. This is

likely due to the effect o f filling the concrete tubes using a free fall o f SCC from a V-

funnel, therefore increasing the possibility of coarse aggregate separation by subjecting

the concrete to more severe placement conditions. Figure 3.17 also shows that for the

particular dosages o f HRWR and VMA used, all test methods captured a significant

increase in segregation for w/cm > 0.45, whereas for w/cm < 0.45, the rate of increase in

segregation was less dramatic.

The effect o f w/cm ratio on the compressive strength of ordinary concrete is well

documented. However, all mixtures prepared in this study contain a variety of mineral

and chemical admixtures and the combined effect of such admixtures on the compressive

strength of SCC mixtures is not clear. Changes in compressive strength at various ages

due to variation in w/cm ratio are shown in Fig. 3.18. The figure shows that, similar to

ordinary concrete, increasing the w/cm ratio decreased the compressive strength

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3

regardless o f age. However, the rate of such effect is more significant at early age and

w/cm ratio less than 0.5.

50.0
♦ SI-DYNAMIC □ GTM A SI-STATIC
45.0

40.0

35.0
Slump flow > 550 mm ♦
30.0
Slum p flow < 550 mm
25.0
CO
20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0
35 40 45 50 55 60
w/cm (%)

Fig. 3.17 - Effect o f w/cm ratio on segregation resistance of SCC mixtures.

70.0
♦ 1-day • 28-days a 91-days

60.0
nT
Q. 51.40
49.84 49.42
§ . 50.0
£4-» 42.90
o> 41.34
c 39.00
.37.95.
£ 40.0
»
0>>
w 30.0
(0
£
“ ■ 20.0 15.72
O 13.17
O 11.02
9.50
8.44
10.0

40 45 50 55 60
w/cm (%)

Fig. 3.18 - Effect of w/cm ratio on compressive strength o f SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 84

3.4.3 E ffect of H R WR a n d VMA D o s a g e s

To examine the effect of HRWR and VMA dosages on properties o f SCC mixtures to

resist segregation, two sets of mixtures were prepared. The first set was intended to

investigate the effect o f the HRWR dosage and it included 10 mixtures (mixtures CM3

and HRWR1-HRWR9, Table B.l), while the second set contained 12 mixtures (mixtures

HRWR8 and VMA1-VMA11, Table B .l) and was prepared to investigate the effect of

the VMA dosage. Mixtures in both sets had similar proportions of all ingredients other

than the HRWR and VMA. Those in the first set were developed based on the control

mixture CM3 by gradually increasing the dosage of HRWR from 0.2 to 0.6 %. Similarly,

mixtures in the second set were developed based on mixture HRWR8 by gradually

increasing the dosage o f VMA from 0.01 to 0.03 %. Proportions and test results of these

mixtures are also listed in Tables B.l and B.2. The above values of HRWR and VMA

were chosen from within the practical range and to maintain the slump flow values of all

mixtures within the recommended range of SCC mixtures.

The effect o f HRWR and VMA dosages on the flowability of SCC mixtures is shown in

Figs. 3.19 and 3.20, respectively. As anticipated, the figures show that these admixtures

exhibit a contradictory effect on the flowability of SCC. For the range of dosages shown,

both admixtures showed a linear relationship for such effect. However, the rate of their

influence is slightly different. Increasing the slump flow value from 550 mm to 750 mm

required an increase in the dosage of HRWR of about 3 times (Fig. 3.19) whereas, only an

increase o f about 2 times o f the dosage of VMA was required to decrease the slump flow

value from 750 mm to 550 mm (Fig. 3.20). The objective of using VMA in the

development o f SCC is not to modify the workability o f such concrete, rather to enhance

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 85

the viscosity o f the paste and reduce segregation. However, understanding the reverse

effect of VMA on one o f the most important properties of SCC is vital for better design

and optimization of SCC mixtures.

800

750

s' 700

S 650

600

550

500
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
HRWR (%)

Fig. 3.19 - Effect of HRWR dosage on the flowability of SCC mixtures.

800 -i

750

700

E 650
s
o 600

550

500

450

400
0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025
VEA (%)

Fig. 3.20 - Effect of VMA dosage on the flowability of SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 86

Similar behaviour was observed for the effect of HRWR and VMA on the ability of SCC

mixtures to deform. Such effect is shown in Figs 3.21 and 3.22 as a relationship between

dosages of HRWR and VMA and the time needed for the concrete to reach a spread of 50

cm (Tso), respectively. The figures show that the ability of SCC mixtures to deform is

more sensitive to VMA dosages than that of HRWR. Figure 3.21 shows that increasing the

dosage o f HRWR by about 3 times only decreased T50 from 3.5 to 1.0 sec whereas, an

increase o f about 2 times o f the VMA dosage increased T50 from 2 to 7 sec (Fig. 3.22).

4.5

4.0

3.5

3.0

« 2.5

S2.0

1.5

0.5

0.0 4 -
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7
HRWR (%)

Fig. 3.21 - Effect o f HRWR dosage on the rate of deformability of SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 87

8.0

7.0

6.0

5.0

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.0
0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025
VEA (%)

Fig. 3.22 - Effect o f VMA dosage on the rate of deformability of SCC mixtures.

The effect o f HRWR and VMA dosages on the ability of SCC mixtures to resist

segregation is shown in Figs. 3.23 and 3.24, respectively. It is shown in Fig. 3.23 that for

constant w/cm ratio and VMA content, the ability of SCC mixtures to resist segregation

linearly decreased with increasing HRWR dosage regardless of the test method used.

Similar to the effect o f the w/cm ratio, higher HRWR dosage tended to decrease the

stability o f SCC mixtures and this effect was more pronounced in the case of dynamic

segregation. A reverse effect is exhibited by increasing the VMA dosage. Figure 3.24

shows that for constant w/cm ratio and HRWR dosage, higher VMA dosage increased the

ability o f SCC mixtures to resist segregation as expected. However, such a trend is shown

to be nonlinear (except for the GTM test) with a threshold VMA dosage, beyond which

the effect o f VMA in decreasing segregation became significant for a constant dosage of

HRWR. Figures 3.23 and 3.24 also show that for SCC mixtures with low risk of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 88

segregation, the difference between S I values obtained using different test methods

diminishes, showing that the test method proposed herein is reasonably sensitive to

distinguish between static and dynamic segregation based on the placement conditions of

SCC. In other words, measuring the SI o f an SCC mixture having a moderate viscosity

and low risk o f segregation using either the static or dynamic condition should yield

comparable values. It is important to note that the relationships shown in Figs. 3.23 and

3.24 reflect the effect of admixtures used in this study, and that other types of admixtures

might exhibit a different behaviour.

60.0 -i
♦ SI-DYNAMIC □ GTM A SI-STATIC

50.0

40.0

'-'30.0

20.0

a , a- . A
10.0

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7


HRWR (%)

Fig. 3.23 - Effect o f HRWR dosage on segregation resistance o f SCC mixtures.

For a constant w/cm ratio and cm content, changing the dosage of HRWR and VMA used

showed negligible effect on the compressive strength of SCC mixtures, especially at later

ages, as shown in Figs. 3.25 and 3.26, respectively.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3

50.0 i
♦ SI-DYNAMIC □ GTM A SI-STATIC
45.0

40.0

35.0

30.0

25.0

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0
0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025
VMA (%)

Fig. 3.24 - Effect of VMA dosage on segregation resistance o f SCC mixtures.

60.0

A
JL— 53.65
~ 50.0 . . . A . . .
52.33
n 51.40 51.54 50.83
Q.
•— 45.70 45.5
44.46 44.74
£ 40.0 42^0
o>
c
£
w 30.0
o>
'</>
(0
2 20.0
a.
E
o 15.72

° 10.0

♦ 1-day • 28-days a 91-days


0.0 i i
0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.55 0.6 0.65
HRWR (%)

Fig. 3.25 - Effect o f HRWR dosage on compressive strength of SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 90

60.0

^ 50.0 51.40 51.05


49.06
46.58

£ 40.0
o> 40.73

w 30.0

£ 20.0
Q.
15.72 15.75 16.07 15.36
14.02
10.0

♦ 1-day • 28-days a 91 -days


0.0
0.007 0.0095 0.012 0.0145 0.017 0.0195 0.022 0.0245
VMA (%)

Fig. 3.26 - Effect o f VMA dosage on compressive strength o f SCC mixtures.

3 .4 .4 E ffect of C o a r se to T o t a l A g g r e g a t e R a t io

General practice (with some exceptions) of SCC mixture design often recommends that

the ratio of coarse/total aggregate (CA/TA) content should be limited to 0.5. Such a limit

is imposed to reduce the inter-particle friction between coarse aggregate particles, thus

enhancing the ability o f SCC to flow. However, the effect o f the coarse aggregates

content on segregation of SCC needs to be quantified. For this purpose, a set of 7 SCC

mixtures with different CA/TA ratios were prepared and tested using the various

segregation methods used in this study. Mixtures in this set were based on the control

mixture (CM3) and generated by changing the coarse/total aggregate ratio from 0.4 to

0.6. The contents o f all other ingredients were kept constant and only the contents of

coarse and fine aggregates were adjusted. Mixtures proportions and test results of all

mixtures are included in Tables B.l and B.2, respectively. Changing the ratio of coarse

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 91

aggregate to total aggregate content showed a slight to negligible effect on the

flowability, rate o f deformability and compressive strength of SCC mixtures. The effect

of such ratio on the ability o f SCC mixtures to resist segregation is shown in Fig. 3.27,

which also indicates a slight to negligible increase in 57 values obtained from all test

methods over the range o f aggregate ratio investigated. The figure also shows that the

risk of dynamic segregation in SCC mixtures decreased when increasing the CA/TA ratio

below a threshold value of about 0.45, and increased beyond that value. CA/TA ~ 0.45

conforms to current recommendations regarding the coarse aggregate content in SCC

mixture design (EFNARC, 2002). The GTM test exhibited a more uniform increase of SI

with higher CA/TA ratio.

14.0 i
♦ SI-DYNAMIC □ GTM A SI-STATIC

0.0
0.40 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.60
C oarse aggregate /Total aggregate

Fig. 3.27 - Effect o f CA / TA ratio on segregation resistance of SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 92

3.5- CONCLUDING REMARKS

A simple segregation test for SCC was developed in this study based on quantifying the

profile o f coarse aggregate content along the height of a cylindrical concrete sample. In

addition to segregation caused by the settlement of large aggregate particles under gravity

(static segregation), the test also considers other dynamic aspects that can cause SCC to

segregate, including concrete discharge from the chute of a ready-mix concrete truck and

concrete free-fall from a height (dynamic segregation). The proposed test is easy to

conduct and offers a numerical value to decide on the acceptance/rejection of a SCC

mixture based on its resistance to segregation. This study also investigated the effect of

basic mixture ingredients on the ability of SCC mixtures to resist segregation using

various test methods. The following conclusions can be drawn:

• The Pd values recommended in this study for acceptance/rejection of SCC mixtures

were based on establishing a correlation between penetration depth and the COV of

coarse aggregate distribution along the height of concrete samples (SI) under both

static and dynamic conditions. The ability of SCC mixtures to resist segregation was

evaluated by limiting the COV of coarse aggregate distribution to 10 %.

• The ability o f SCC mixtures to resist segregation significantly decreases with

increasing w/cm and/or dosage of HRWR. Such an effect is more pronounced for

w/cm > 0.45 and at high dosages of HRWR for a constant dosage of VMA. A reverse

relationship was observed for the effect of w/cm and HRWR on the flowability of

SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 93

• As expected, VMA proved to be an effective tool for reducing the segregation of SCC

mixtures. For a certain w/cm and HRWR dosage combination, there seems to be a

threshold dosage o f VMA beyond which segregation is effectively controlled.

Moreover, VMA decreases the ability of SCC mixtures to flow and significantly

reduces the rate o f deformability.

• The coarse/total aggregate ratio showed a slight to negligible effect on all SCC

properties investigated, whereas the total content of cementitious materials had a

mixed effect on segregation, especially for the case of dynamic segregation.

Increasing the cm content caused an increase in segregation for SCC mixtures with

high w/cm, while for SCC mixtures having relatively lower w/cm, increasing the

content o f cm slightly enhanced the ability of SCC mixtures to resist segregation.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 94

3.6- REFERENCES:

Assaad J., Khayat K. H., and Daczko J., (2004), “Evaluation o f Static Stability o f Self-
Consolidating Concrete,” ACI Materials Journal, V. 101, No. 3, pp. 207-215.

ASTM C 143/C 143M, (2000), ‘‘'Standard Test Method fo r Slump o f Hydraulic Cement
Concrete,” American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, PA, V. 4.02,
pp. 88-90

ASTM C 192, (2000), “Standard Practice fo r Making and Curing Concrete Test
Specimens in the Laboratory,” American Society for Testing and Materials,
Philadelphia, PA, V. 4.02, pp. 117-123.

Betancourt G. H., (1988), “Admixtures, Workability, Vibration and Segregation,”


Materials and Structures, V. 21, pp. 286-288.

Bui V. K., Montgomery D., Hinczak I., and Turner K., (2002), “Rapid Testing Method
fo r Segregation Resistance o f Self-Compacting Concrete,” Cement and Concrete
Research, V. 32, No. 9, pp. 1489-1496.

EFNARC, The European Federation of National Trade Associations, (2002),


‘‘Specification and Guidelines fo r Self-Compacting Concrete,” Association House,
Famham, UK, 32 p.

JSCE, Japan Society o f Civil Engineers, (1992), “Recommendations fo r Design and


Construction o f Anti-washout Underwater Concrete,” Concrete Library of JSCE, 19,
89 p.
Khayat K. H., (1999), “ Workability, Testing, and Performance o f Self-Consolidating
Concrete,” ACI Materials Journal, V. 96, No. 3, pp. 346-353.

Kosmatka S. H., Kerkhoff B., Panarese W. C., Macleod N. F., and Mcgrath R., (2002)
“Designe and Control o f Concrete Mixtures,” EB101, 7th edition, Cement Association
of Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 368 p.

Mitsui K., Yonezawa T., Kinoshita M., Shimono T., (1994), “Application o f New
Superplasticizer to Ultra Strength Concrete,” Fourth CANMET/ACI International

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 3 95

Conference on Superplastisizers and Chemical Admixtures in Concrete, SP-148,


American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, Michigan, pp. 27-45.

Ozawa K., Sakata N., and Okamura H., (1995), “Evaluation o f Self-Compactibility o f
Fresh Concrete Using the V-funnel Test,” Concrete Library o f JSCE, 25, pp. 59-75.

Rooney M. J., and Bartos P. J. M., (2001), “Development o f the Settlement Column
Segregation Test fo r Fresh Self-Compacting C o n c r e te Proceedings of the Second
International Symposium on Self-Compacting Concrete, Tokyo, Corns Engineering
Corporation, pp. 109-116.

Zhu W., Gibbs J. C., and Bartos P. J. M., (2001), “Uniformity o f in Situ Properties o f
Self-Compacting Concrete in Full-Scale Structural E le m e n ts Cement and Concrete
Composites, V. 23, No. 1, pp. 57-64.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 96

CHAPTER 4

MODELING PROPERTIES OF FLOWABLE CONCRETE


USING ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS *

4.1- INTRODUCTION

The highly flowable nature and/or placement conditions of flowable special concrete

mixture, such as self-consolidating (SCC) and underwater concrete (UWC) can hinder

their in-place mechanical properties. Understanding the behaviour o f such concrete is

essential for better mixture design and structural performance. The effects of individual

ingredients on the behaviour of flowable special concrete mixtures are well known and

defined. However, some o f these ingredients have dual and sometimes contradictory

effects on the mixture performance, hence requiring the trial of several batches before

achieving simultaneously acceptable key mixture properties. In addition, most

international standards do not include specifications for SCC and only a few of them

provide guidelines and recommendations for the proportioning o f concrete mixtures

intended for casting under water. For example, the standards of the Japan Society of Civil

Engineers (JSCE, 1992) have recommended that the water-cement ratio (w/c) of concrete

mixtures designed for casting underwater reinforced concrete structure be limited to less

* A version o f this chapter was published in the ACI Materials Journal, V. 100, No. 2, 2003.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 97

than 0.50 and 0.55 in seawater and fresh water, respectively. They also require that

specimens cast under water should develop compressive strengths greater than 80% of

those cast and cured above water. However, these standards fall short in defining the

over-all relationship between mixture proportioning of underwater concrete and its

performance.

Because o f the contradictory effects of some of the mixture parameters and the absence

of a theoretical relationship between mixture proportioning and its measured engineering

properties, the effect o f mixture proportioning on the rheological behaviour and in-place

concrete properties are often described using regression analysis tools and statistical

models (Khayat et al. 1996). These methods are generally based on an assumed or

observed behaviour and do not have the capability to account for the effect of all

parameters involved in the development of such concrete. This chapter explores the

feasibility o f using artificial neural networks (ANNs) as an alternative approach to

predicting the rheological and mechanical properties of self-consolidating and underwater

concrete mixtures.

4.2- UNDERWATER CONCRETE

The growing need to simplify the relatively complex and costly operation of: 1) repairing

pre-existing underwater concrete structures, damaged by abrasion-erosion, such as

marine piles and hydraulic canals, or 2) constructing new underwater structures such as

building a base for a cofferdam or bridge foundations has lead to a growing interest in

developing a special type o f high performance concrete for underwater repair and

construction.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 98

Concrete intended for underwater repair and placement should have the ability to flow

readily into place to fill complex and narrow formwork, consolidate itself with minimal

or no external vibration, and most importantly, exhibit a good resistance to segregation

and water dilution to develop adequate in-place mechanical properties. The successful

development o f such concrete must ensure a good balance between deformability and

stability, hence requiring a better understanding of the effect o f the mixture variables on

its performance and sometimes necessitating the manipulation of those variables to

ensure acceptable rheological behaviour, adequate structural performance and long-term

durability. Previous research concluded that sound and adequate in-place properties of

underwater-cast concrete are directly related to the enhancement in washout (dilution)

resistance (Yamaguchi et al. 1986, and Khayat 1995).

Washout resistance o f underwater concrete is evaluated by dropping a standard

perforated basket filled with 2.2 ± 0.2 kg of fresh UWC sample in a 1.7 m column of

standing water. The basket is dropped and slowly retrieved after it remains 15 sec at the

bottom. Washout is the mass of concrete diluted in water after three drops (mass loss) as

a percentage o f the initial mass of the sample (CRD C61 1989). While some researchers

stated that the incorporation of anti-washout /viscosity modifying admixtures (AWA /

VMA) can significantly enhance concrete resistance to washout and segregation (Kawai,

1987, and Ghio et al. 1994), others suggested that the composition of cementitious

materials, water-cementitious materials ratio (w/cm), and the dosages of A WA and high-

range water reducing admixtures (HRWRA) directly affect, with different magnitudes, the

stability of highly flowable underwater concrete (Khayat et al. 1997, and Sonebi and

Khayat 2001).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 99

4.3- APPLICATION OF ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS

As stated in chapter 2, the basic methodology for developing an effective ANN model is

to train a neural network to learn the relationship between a set of inputs and

corresponding outputs. In other words, the network should be trained using reliable

experimental data, that are comprehensive enough to capture all essential aspects that

might influence the input/output relationship, and large enough to effectively cover the

practical range o f all input parameters. A well-trained neural network should have the

capability of accurately predicting an output when it is presented with a new set of inputs

from within the practical range of the training data. ANN does not assume a relationship

between a set o f input parameters (mixture ingredients in this case) and the modeled

output (a concrete property). This relationship is rather generated based on the

experimental data provided to build and train the network model. Accordingly, it is

believed that ANNs will have the ability of discovering unknown and hidden behaviour

and therefore, they should offer a superior capability in modeling concrete properties. Six

ANN-based models were developed in this chapter to predict properties of both SCC and

UWC and to evaluate their sensitivity to variations in mixture ingredients as explained

below.

4 .3 .1 S e l e c t io n and P r e -P r o c e s s in g of D a tabase

The selection o f the database to train a neural network is of paramount importance, and

for a neural network to actually capture the relationship between the parameters of

flowable concrete mixture and its engineering properties, it must be trained on large and

comprehensive sets o f reliable experimental data that contain the influential factors on

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 100

flowable concrete properties. Basic parameters that affect the behaviour of flowable

concrete properties such as cement, water, silica fume, fly ash, slag, fine and coarse

aggregates contents, and dosages of high-range water reducer and viscosity modifying /

anti-washout admixtures (VMA/AWA) were used for the development of the ANN

models. The models were trained to predict properties of flowable concrete such as

slump-flow, washout, segregation resistance, and 28 days compressive strengths.

The segregation database generated in this study (see chapter 3) was used in the

development o f MLP network models to predict the potential of segregation in flowable

SCC mixtures. Sample data is included in Appendix B. On the other hand, an extensive

literature review has identified a great deal of experimental data on flowable underwater

concrete including results o f slump-flow, washout, and 28 days compressive strength of

concrete cast in air and underwater. However, only data having mixture ingredients with

similar physical and chemical properties were considered in the development of the

network models for UWC. Moreover, a wide spanning discontinuity of some of the

mixture variables can destabilize the training process and reduce the prediction capability

of the network. This has prompted to disregard isolated data and reduce the range of

variables. Figures 4.1 and 4.2 show an example of the screening process based on HRWR

dosages in the data sets used to model the washout property (mass loss of flowable

concrete cast underwater). The final database consists of 175 flowable underwater

concrete mixtures. Table 4.1 includes the range, mean value, and standard deviation of all

input and output variables, while Table C.l (Appendix C) includes proportions and test

results for sample mixtures in the final database. The distribution of the selected database

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 101

between training and testing along with their corresponding original source are listed in

Table C.2, Appendix C.

0.90

0.80

0.70

0.60

>_-------
0.50 ♦ ♦
♦ ♦♦
0.40 »» ___
♦ ♦♦♦
0.30
♦ ♦ ♦♦«►♦
0.20
♦♦ ■r «** ♦ ♦
0.10

0.00
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Mixtures

Fig. 4.1 - Values of HRWR in original mixtures collected to model the washout property
(before data screening).

0.60

0.50
♦♦
a. .
5 0.40 4
O'
x ♦ A ♦

1 0.30
♦ ^ m a * *
« 1 ♦ A* ♦♦ ♦
A *
o 0.20 ♦ *-* ♦♦ ♦♦♦
z

0.10

♦ a
0.00
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Mixtures

Fig. 4.2 - Values o f HRWR in the selected mixtures used to model the washout property
(after data screening).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 102

Table 4.1 - Range, average, and standard deviation (STDV) of measured input and
output variables (data shown is normalized)
Variables Training data Testing data
Range Average STDV Range Average STDV
Cement1 11.83 -25.27 18.70 4.06 12.55-25.23 19.06 3.96
Water1 5.50-11.26 9.35 1.68 6.94-11.25 9.40 1.76
Fly Ash1 0 .0 0 -5 .0 0 1.22 1.95 0 .0 0 -5 .0 0 0.96 1.80
Slag1 0.00 - 12.57 1.12 3.55 0.00 - 12.50 0.84 3.24
Silica fume1 0 .0 0 -5 .0 0 0.97 1.13 0.00 - 2.40 1.08 0.98
FA1 26.70-39.57 30.45 1.96 29.46-35.21 30.53 1.59
CA1 25.24-50.22 37.90 4.63 29.94 - 44.89 37.83 4.81
HRWR1 0.00 - 0.60 0.32 0.22 0.02 - 0.50 0.29 0.2
AWA1 0.00 - 0.06 0.02 0.01 0.00 - 0.04 0.02 0.01
Slump-Flow2 0.20 - 0.67 0.46 0.09 0.28 - 0.58 0.43 0.09
Washout3 0 .0 1 -0 .1 6 0.07 0.05 0.01 -0.13 0.06 0.03
/ c (28-d)4 0 .1 3 -0 .5 3 0.52 0.08 0.38 - 0.62 0.51 0.08
1Normalized as percentage of total weight of mixture;2 mm/1000;3 % weight loss; 4 MPa /100.

4.3.2 A N N -B a s e d M o d e l s for S e g r e g a t io n R e s is t a n c e of S C C M ix t u r e s

Two MLP neural network models were developed to predict the potential of segregation

in highly flowable concrete mixtures. The first model, ANN-STATIC (includes an input

layer with 9 units, one hidden layer with 5 units, and an output layer with one unit) was

trained to predict the segregation resistance of SCC mixtures under static conditions. The

second model ANN-DYNAMIC (includes an input layer with 9 units, one hidden layer

with 9 units, and an output layer with one unit) was trained to predict the segregation

resistance of SCC mixtures subjected to dynamic conditions (transporting, pumping,

and/or free fall). Figures 4.3 and 4.4 show the architecture of network models developed

for ANN-STATIC and ANN-DYNAMIC, respectively. Both models were trained and

tested using the database (123 SCC mixtures) generated in this study (see chapter 3).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 103

Sample data is also included in Appendix B. The database includes the various SCC

mixture ingredients along with measured segregation index and covers a wide range of

mixture proportions usually used in the development of SCC. The chemical and physical

properties o f cementitious materials and chemical admixtures used along with the

physical properties o f aggregates are also included in chapter 3. The minimum,

maximum, average, and standard deviation of mixture ingredients and segregation results

are shown in Table 3.3. Full forward connection and variable learning and momentum

parameters were adopted for both models. Logarithm sigmoid function was also used as a

transfer function for all units in the hidden and output layers.

The database was compiled in a patterned format. Each pattern consists of an input vector

containing mixture ingredients (cement, water, fly-ash, Slag, silica fume, coarse and fine

aggregates, HRWR, and VMA) and an output vector containing the corresponding SI (SI-

STATIC or SI-DYNAMIC). All variables in the database were scaled between 0 and 1.

The database was then randomly divided into a training set containing 99 patterns and a

testing set o f 24 patterns. The training process of the ANN models consisted of teaching

the networks the embedded relationships between SCC mixture ingredients and its

corresponding SI. The generalization of the network was investigated using the testing

patterns (SCC mixtures unfamiliar to the network) whereby only the input vector

(mixture ingredients) is provided, and the network is asked to predict the corresponding

SI.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4

Cement

Water

FA-C
SL

SF SI-STATIC

CA
FA

HRWR

VMA

Input layer Hidden layer Output layer

Fig. 4.3 - Architecture o f ANN-STATIC.

Cement

Water

FA-C

SI-DYNAMIC

HRWR

VMA

Input layer Hidden layer Output layer

Fig. 4.4 - Architecture o f ANN-DYNAMIC.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 105

4.3.2.1 Perform ance o f ANN-STATIC a n d ANN-DYNAMIC

The ability o f an ANN model to estimate the risk of segregation in SCC mixtures

depends on its capacity to generalize its predictions beyond mixtures used in the training

process to new mixtures so far unfamiliar to the network (see chapter 2). Good

generalization however, greatly depends on the degree o f success of the training process.

Thus the performance o f the ANN on both training and testing patterns should be

evaluated. Because no clear trend of either over or underestimating the property being

modeled was observed, the accuracy of ANN predictions was evaluated using the average

absolute error given by:

1 v »n |\Ymeas - Y prea,
(4.1)
Y„meas

Where Ymeas represents the measured value of segregation index from experimental data,

Ypred is the predicted value o f segregation index by ANN, and n = number of data points.

Both network models (ANN-STATIC and ANN-DYNAMIC) were trained and tested on

data from 99 and 24 SCC mixtures, respectively. Their performance in predicting the SI

of training mixtures and that o f new mixtures is shown in Figs. 4.5 and 4.6, respectively.

The figures show measured versus predicted SI values and clearly demonstrate that most

training and testing data points are located along the equity line with an average error of 4

to 8 %. Therefore, both networks have successfully learned to map between mixture

ingredients and associated S I values of the training mixtures and were able to generalize

their predictions to new mixtures proportioned from within the range of mixture

proportions used in the design of training mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4

25
o Training data
A Testing data

20

ris
■o

AAE (training) = 6 %
AAE (testing =8 %

0 5 10 15 20 25
Measured SI (%)

Fig. 4.5 - Performance of ANN-STATIC in predicting 57 o f SCC mixtures.

70
o Training data
A Testing data
60

50

<0 40
T3

£ 30
°o
20

10
AAE (training) = 4 %
AAE (testing) = 7 %

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Measured SI (%)

Fig. 4.6 - Performance o f ANN-DYNAMIC in predicting 57 of SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 107

4.3.2.2 Sensitivity Analysis of ANN-DYNAMIC

While both ANN models (ANN-STATIC and ANN-DYNAMIC) were successfully able

to quantitatively predict the SI of SCC mixtures, it is important to also investigate

whether the models have captured the embedded effects of basic mixture ingredients (e.g.

w/cm ratio, and dosages o f HRWR and VMA) on the ability o f SCC to resist segregation.

To evaluate the response o f ANN models in predicting the effect of the above

ingredients, three sets o f mixtures (one set for each ingredient) were generated from a

single mixture randomly selected from the database. Proportions of all ingredients were

kept fairly constant except for the ingredient of interest, which was assigned different

values from within the range used in building the experimental database (Table C.3,

Appendix C). The newly generated mixtures were presented to the networks to predict

the associated S I values. The response of ANN-DYNAMIC to variations in w/cm ratio,

and HRWR and VMA dosages along with measured SI-DYNAMIC values of several SCC

mixtures are shown in Figs. 4.7,4.8, and 4.9, respectively.

The network’s response in Fig. 4.7 shows that for constant dosages of HRWR and VMA,

the risk o f segregation in SCC mixtures increased significantly for w/cm > 0.45, in

agreement with experimental data. Such a behaviour is also similar to that obtained from

the experimental investigation presented in Fig. 3.17 (chapter 3). Figure 4.8 shows that at

constant w/cm ratio and VMA dosage, the tendency of SCC mixtures to segregate

increased with increasing dosage of HRWR, especially for dosages between 0.35 % and

0.7 %. Beyond a HRWR dosage of 0.7 %, the segregation tendency of SCC mixtures

seemed to reach a threshold value corresponding to the well-known saturation dosage of

HRWR. Again, the response o f ANN-DYNAMIC in simulating the effect of HRWR on

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 108

the segregation tendency o f SCC mixtures is in agreement with experimental findings

shown in Fig. 3.23, chapter 3. Similarly, Fig. 4.9 shows that at constant w/cm ratio and

HRWR dosage, the risk o f SCC mixtures to segregate decreased with increasing dosage of

VMA, and that such an effect was more pronounced for moderate to high values of VMA

dosage (see also Fig. 3.24, chapter 3). This suggests that the network has adequately

captured the influence o f the w/cm ratio, the HRWR and VMA dosages on the ability of

SCC mixture to resist segregation.

50
□ ANN prediction
45 • Experimental points

40

0 30
§ 25
1 20
<0
15

10

0
30 35 40 45 50 55 60
w/cm (%)

Fig. 4.7 - Performance o f ANN-DYNAMIC in predicting the effect of w/cm on


SI-DYNAMIC of SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 109

□ ANN prediction
• Experimental points

U 40

1 30
Q
J
</>

0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9
HRWR (%)

Fig. 4.8 - Performance o f ANN-DYNAMIC in predicting the effect of HRWR on


SI-DYNAMIC of SCC mixtures.

45
□ ANN prediction
• Experimental points
40

35

?30

25

10

0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030


VMA (%)

Fig. 4.9 - Performance o f ANN-DYNAMIC in predicting the effect of VMA on


SI-DYNAMIC of SCC mixtures.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 110

4.3.3 A N N -B a s e d M o d e l s for P r o p e r t ie s of UWC M ix t u r e s

Several MLP network architectures were trained to predict properties of UWC mixtures.

However, analysis o f networks performance demonstrated that an architecture of 2

hidden layers offered better predictions than a large number of other variations. The

network architecture adopted herein to model properties of UWC is shown in Fig. 4.10. It

consists o f an input layer, an output layer and two hidden layers. The input layer contains

9 units representing the influential parameters of UWC mixtures (same parameters used

in the case o f SCC). The output layer contains one unit representing the property of UWC

at hand. The first hidden layer includes 10 processing units while the second hidden layer

has only five processing units. Again, full connection between processing units in

adjacent layers was adopted and a sigmoid function logsig was assigned as the transfer

(activation) function for all processing units in the hidden and output layers.

Cement

Water

HRWR

VMA

Input layer First hidden layer Second hidden layer Output layer

Fig. 4.10 - Architecture of MLP network used to model properties of UWC.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 111

4.3.3.1 Performance of ANN Models in Predicting Properties of UWC Mixture

The network architecture shown in Fig. 4.10 was trained to predict the slump-flow,

washout, and 28-day compressive strength of concrete mixtures designed for underwater

construction and repair. The network was first trained to predict the slump-flow value of

UWC mixtures using a total of 133 training patterns selected from seven different sources

(Table C.2, Appendix C). Each training pattern contains an input vector (mixture

ingredients of UWC) and an output vector containing the corresponding slump-flow

value. The training process was terminated by choosing a minimum desired mean

squared error (MSE) o f 10"4. After 2400 epochs, the desired error was reached and

performance o f the network on the training data was evaluated. Again, because there is

usually no clear trend in neural network predictions for either over-or underestimating the

property at hand, the reliability of its predictions was evaluated using the average

absolute error (AAE) given by equation (4.1). Figure 4.11 shows the normalized

measured slump-flow values o f the training mixtures versus the predicted ones by the

network. Clearly all data points are located along the equity line with an AAE = 1.9 %

and the model response in predicting the slump flow of UWC mixtures in the training

data was considered satisfactory.

After a successful training, the ability of the network to generalize its prediction to new

data was evaluated using new 14 UWC mixtures not used in the training process (Table

C.4 and C.5 show the normalized values of mixture ingredients and the normalized

measured and predicted slump-flow of mixtures used in the testing process). The network

was presented with only the input vector of each mixture and was asked to predict the

associated slump-flow. The predicted slump-flow values of mixtures in the testing data

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 112

are also plotted against the normalized measured ones in Fig. 4.11. Again, it is shown that

all testing points are located within the cluster formed by the training data points and

slightly over or under the equity line with an AAE = 10.6 %.

0 .8 i
♦ Training data
0.7 A Testing data

0.6

a. 0.5

0.4

0.3

0.2

AAE (training) = 1.9 %


AAE (Testing) = 10.6 %

0.00 0.10 0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80


Normalized m easured slum p-flow

Fig. 4.11 - ANN response in predicting slump-flow values of UWC mixtures.

A similar strategy was adopted in training the same network architecture (Fig. 4.10) to

predict the washout values of UWC mixtures using a total of 139 training patterns

selected from nine different sources as shown in Table C.2, Appendix C. After

completion o f training, the performance of the network model in predicting the washout

values o f the training mixtures is shown in Fig. 4.12. The difference between the network

predictions and the measured washout values of the training mixtures was slightly higher

than that of the slump-flow with an AAE = 13.5 %. The slightly lower performance o f the

network model in this case is believed to be due to the numerically very small values of

the washout; even small prediction errors would lead to high AAE. It could also be due to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 113

the higher variability in the experimental data itself, which is more delicate to obtain in

the lab compared to slump-flow values. It is important to note herein that different

training strategies were attempted to lower the training error. However, they all lead to

poor generalization due to over-fitting phenomena (see chapter 2).

0.18
♦ Training data
0.16 A Testing data

0.14

I
.c
0.12
(0
I 0.10

1o 0.08
u
2> 0.06
Q.
0.04

0.02 AAE (training) = 13.6 %


AAE (testing) = 10.6 %
0.00 V -
0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 0.14 0.16 0.18
Measured w ashout

Fig. 4.12 - ANN response in predicting washout values of UWC mixtures.

The performance o f the network model in predicting the washout values of new UWC

mixtures not used in the training process is also shown in Fig. 4.12. In addition to the

washout values o f training mixtures, the figure also show the predicted versus measured

washout values o f 16 new mixtures (Table C.4 and C.5, Appendix C). Again good

agreement between measured and predicted washout values can be observed for all

testing data points with an AAE = 10.6 %.

Finally, the same network architecture was also trained on 106 training patterns from six

different sources and 55 training patterns from two different sources to predict the 28-day

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 114

compressive strength of UWC mixture cast in the air and underwater, respectively. The

network performance in predicting the 28-day f c (air) for the training and testing

mixtures are plotted in Fig. 4.13. The figure shows satisfactory performance for both

cases with an AAE o f 1.2 % and 4.4 %, respectively. Figure 4.14 shows the performance

of the ANN model in predicting the 28-day f c (water) of UWC mixtures (training and

testing). Again good agreement can be observed between measured and predicted

compressive strength with an AAE of 1.0 % for training data and 2.1 % for testing data.

0.8
♦ Training data
A Testing data
0.7

-4.° 0.6
co
CM
■o 0.5

= 0.4

0.3
AAE (training) = 1.2 %
AAE (testing) = 4.4 %
0.2
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

Normalized m easured 28-d fe

Fig. 4.13 - ANN response in predicting the 28-day f c o f UWC mixtures


(air-cast specimens).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 115

0.6
♦ Training data
□ Testing data
0.5

oo
eg
"5 0.3

0.2

0.1
AAE (training) = 1.0 %
AAE (testing) = 2.1 %
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Normalized m easured 28-d f c

Fig. 4.14 - ANN response in predicting the 28-day f c of UWC mixtures


(underwater-cast specimens).

4.3.3.2 Sensitivity of ANN Model to Variations of UWC Ingredients

Because the neural network model thus developed showed satisfactory performance and

demonstrated its ability to predict the properties of UWC mixtures designed within the

practical training range, it would be worth investigating whether the model has captured

the sensitivity o f mixture properties to the most influential individual ingredients on the

washout property (AWA and HRWR). Therefore, a set of six mixtures was created from a

randomly selected single mixture from the database by only changing the dosage of the

(AWA) and maintaining all other ingredients unchanged. Normalized ingredients of the

base mixture include 21.6 % cement, 11.07 % water, 1.87 % silica fume, 30 % sand, 35.2

% coarse aggregate, 0.005 %VMA, and 0.241 % HRWR. The six new mixtures were

presented to the ANN model to predict the associated washout and the model response is

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 116

shown in Fig. 4.15. It is indicated that by increasing the dosage of anti washout

admixture, the washout value decreases as anticipated.

0.2

0.18

0.16

0.14

» 0.12

0.1

•2 0.08

CL. 0.06

0.04

0.02

0.000 0.005 0.010 0.015 0.020 0.025 0.030 0.035 0.040


AWA (%)

Fig. 4.15 - Sensitivity o f ANN model to A WA in predicting washout values.

The effect o f HRWR dosage on the washout resistance o f UWC mixtures was

investigated in a similar fashion and results are illustrated in Fig. 4.16. The figure

presents the predicted washout values of eight UWC mixtures created by only changing

the dosage o f HR WR and maintaining all other ingredients constant. It is shown that at

low dosage, the HRWR has limited effect on washout. A slight decrease of washout was

observed as the HRWR dosage increased from 0.05 to 1 % likely due to the improved

homogeneity o f the mixture. As the HRWR dosage increased beyond this range, the

vulnerability o f concrete to dilution increased and washout increased as a consequence.

The effect o f the HRWR dosage on washout is, however, much less significant than that

o fth eAWA.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 117

0.09

0.08

0.07

(0
g 0.05
■o
o 0.04
T3
£ 0.03
Q.
0.02

0.01

0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4


HRWR (%)

Fig. 4.16 - Sensitivity of ANN model to HRWR in predicting washout values.

4.4- CONCLUDING REMARKS

Based on the investigation conducted in this chapter, the following conclusions can be

warranted:

1- This study demonstrated the feasibility of using feed-forward MLP neural networks

to predict properties and behaviour of flowable special concrete mixtures with good

accuracy. The models thus developed were not only able to predict mixtures

behaviour but also illustrated their ability to recognize the influence of basic mixture

ingredients on properties such as segregation and washout resistance.

2- The trained ANN models can predict properties of flowable concrete mixtures such as

SCC and UWC with good accuracy, so that the operator needs to carry out laboratory

testing only on a limited number of mixtures. This allows saving time and associated

costs of large testing programs.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 118

3- Predicting the properties of flowable concrete mixtures as a function of mixture

ingredients is difficult to achieve analytically, whereas a successfully trained neural

network model can predict such a behaviour instantly and accurately. Therefore,

ANNs can provide a powerful alternative approach to the available traditional

methods.

4- The models developed herein had a demonstrated ability to recognize and evaluate

the effects of individual ingredients on the properties of flowable concrete. Thus, it

could be used to develop concrete mixtures with tailor-made properties without need

for a large number o f trial batches as in the case of current practice; and

5- The present models did not incorporate durability characteristics o f flowable concrete

mixtures and did not account for the mixing, handling, and curing methods, which

may be easily incorporated provided that adequate experimental data for training the

network on these aspects become available in the future.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 119

4.5-REFERENCES

CRD C61-89-A, (1989), “Test Methods fo r Determining the Resistance o f Freshly-Mixed


Concrete to Washing out in Water,” Handbook for Concrete, U. S. Army Experiment
Station, Vicksburg, Miss., 3 pages.

Ghio, V.A., Monteiro, P.J.M., and Gjorv, O.E., (1994), “Effects o f Polysac-Charide
Gums on Fresh Concrete Properties, ” ACI Materials Journal, V. 91, No. 6, pp. 602-
606.

JSCE, Japan Society of Civil Engineer, (1992), “Recommendations fo r Design and


Construction o f Anti-Washout Underwater Concrete,” Concrete Library of JSCE,
V.19, 89 pages.

Kawai, (1987), “Non-Dispersible Underwater Concrete Using Polymers,”


T.,
fh
Proceedings, 5 International Congress on Polymers in Concrete, Brighten, England,
V. 5, Chapter 11,6 pp.

Khayat K.H., and Assaad J., (2003), “Relationship between Washout Resistance and
Rheological Properties o f High-Performance Underwater Concrete,” ACI Materials
Journals, V. 100, No. 3, pp. 185-193.

Khayat K.H., (1995), “Effects o f Antiwashout Admixtures on Fresh Concrete,” ACI


Materials Journal, V. 92, No. 2, pp 164-171.

Khayat K.H., and Hester H.T., (1991), “Evaluation o f Concrete Mixtures fo r Underwater
Piles Repairs,” ASTM Cement, Concrete, and Aggregates, V. 13 No. 1, pp. 32-41.

Khayat K.H., El Gattioui M., and Nmai C., (1997), “Effects o f Silica Fume and Fly Ash
Replacement on Stability and Strength o f Fluid Concrete Containing Anti-Washout
Admixtures,” Superplasticizers and other Chemical Admixtures in Concrete, 5th
International CANMET/ACI Conference, SP-173, (Malhotra V. M., editor), American
Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, Mich., pp 695-718.

Khayat K.H., Sonebi M., Yahia A., and Skaggs C.B., (1996), “Statistical Models to
Predict Flowability, Washout Resistance, and Strength o f Underwater Concrete,”

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 4 120

Proceedings, RILEM International Conference on Production Methods and


Workability o f Concrete, V. 3, Glasgow, England, pp. 463-481.

Sonebi M., and Khayat K.H., (1999), “Effect o f Water Velocity on Performance o f Self-
Consolidating Underwater-Cast Concrete,” ACI Materials Journal, V. 96, No. 5, pp
519-528.

Sonebi M., and Khayat K.H., (2001), “Effect o f Free-Fall Height in Water on
Performance o f Flowable Concrete,” ACI Materials Journal, V. 98, No. 1, pp 72-78.

Sonebi, M., (1997), “Development o f High Performance, Self-Compacting Concrete fo r


Underwater Repair o f Hydraulic Structures,” PhD Thesis, Universite de Sherbrook,
Quebec, Canada, 451 pages.

Sonebi, M., and Khayat K.H., (2001), “Effects o f Mixture Composition on Relative
Strength o f Highly Flowable Underwater Concrete,” ACI Materials Journal, V. 98,
No. 3, pp 233-239.

Yamaguchi M., Tsushida T., and Toyoizumi H., (1986), “Development o f High-Viscosity
Underwater Concrete fo r Marine Structures,” Marine Concrete, International
Conference on Concrete in Marine Environment, Concrete Society, pp. 235-245.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 121

CHAPTER 5

APLLICATION OF ANN IN PREDICTING SHEAR CAPACITY


OF NSC AND HSC SLENDER BEAMS WITHOUT STIRRUPS *

5.1-INTRODUCTION

High-strength concrete (HSC) emerged in response to the increasing demand for high-

performance construction materials and has been employed in various challenging

applications such as offshore structures (Jackobsen 1989), tall buildings (Walther, 1987),

highway bridges, and hazardous waste storage facilities. Current advances in concrete

technology allowed using very low water/cement ratio mixtures along with ultrafine

supplementary cementing materials and microfillers in concrete production, therefore

reshaping the internal characteristics and microstructure of concrete, and enhancing, in

particular, the transition zone between aggregates and cement paste. HSC exhibits a much

stronger bond between cement paste and aggregate particles and less internal micro

cracking than does NSC.

Despite the fact that concrete properties generally improve as its compressive strength

increases, some o f the mechanical characteristics of HSC need to be cautiously evaluated

* A version o f this chapter has been published in the Journal of Computers and Concrete, V. 2, No. 1, 2005.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapters 122

for adequate use in current design procedures and empirical equations. For instance, due

to the enhancement o f the aggregate-cement paste transition zone in HSC, micro cracks

tend to propagate through aggregates rather than around them, and the fracture surface is

therefore smoother than that in NSC as shown in Fig. 5.1. Moreover, the stress-strain

relationship o f HSC under uniaxial compression shows an increase in the linear segment

of its ascending portion and that the failure of HSC is more brittle than that of NSC as

shown in Fig. 5.2. This behaviour might have serious implications especially in the shear

design o f reinforced HSC beams not containing shear reinforcement.

Fig. 5.1 - Crack propagation in normal-strength and high-strength concrete.

eo

so
g
I 40

20

I 0002
Concrete «raln. mm/mm

Fig. 5.2 - Stress-strain relationship of NSC and HSC (MacGregor and Bartlett, 2000).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 123

Shear transfer mechanisms that constitute the shear capacity of RC beams are well known

and established. The 1998 ACI-ASCE committee 445 identified these mechanisms as

follows: 1) Shear resisted by the uncracked concrete compression zone; 2) shear

transferred by friction across shear cracks or aggregate interlock; 3) the dowel action of

the longitudinal reinforcement; 4); the shear resisted by residual tensile stresses across

cracks; 5); arch action; and 6) the shear carried by the shear reinforcement. Shear

contribution due to arch action mechanism is associated with the shear span to depth ratio

(a/d) and is o f significant value for a/d <2.5. The focus of this study is on slender beams

with a/d > 2.5, and therefore the arch action mechanism was not discussed. Fig. 5.3

shows a schematic o f shear parameters and internal forces across an inclined crack in RC

slender beams.

Current shear design procedures and standards estimate the nominal shear capacity of

reinforced concrete (RC) slender beams V„ by simply adding the contribution of all shear

transfer mechanisms mentioned earlier using equation (5.1).

(5.1)

Vs represents the shear capacity carried by the shear reinforcement, and Vc (concrete

contribution) is equal to the total shear resisted by all other shear transfer mechanisms

considered in slender beams. Vs is well understood and can be quantified. However, the

significance o f shear mechanisms through which concrete contribution is transferred still

remains unresolved despite the numerous studies carried out on this subject since the start

of last century.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 124

ci

t>T

Fig. 5.3 - Shear components of a reinforced concrete beam.

Several shear calculation techniques for RC beams without shear reinforcement have

appeared in the literature since the original method proposed by Ritter (1899) and the

subsequent method o f Morsch (1909). These techniques include semi-empirical,

statistical, and analytical methods. Semi-empirical and statistical methods are normally

based on observations from available experimental data, whereas analytical methods use

more rational approaches yet they often require extensive calculations. Most current shear

design specifications adopt semi-empirical equations to estimate the shear capacity of

reinforced concrete beams without shear reinforcement. Their accuracy (especially in

estimating the shear capacity of large, lightly reinforced beams) is still debatable

(Angelakos et al. 2001). Moreover, such methods have typically been developed for NSC

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 125

with compressive strength o f less than 50 MPa, and their validity to estimate the shear

strength o f HSC members still needs to be proven.

Shear friction due to aggregate interlock, Va across fracture surfaces in reinforced

concrete slender beams without shear reinforcement (Fig. 5.3) constitutes a significant

part of the total shear resisted by concrete. The aggregate interlock mechanism usually

contributes about 35-50 % o f the total shear capacity of reinforced concrete beams

without shear reinforcement (Taylor, 1970). Thus, the shear behaviour o f such beams can

be greatly affected by the cracking mechanism which is usually transgranular in HSC,

leading to smoother fracture surfaces and hence reducing the contribution of the

aggregate interlock mechanism to the total shear strength by up to 35 % compared to that

in NSC (Duthinh and Carino 1996, and Walraven 1995). This imposes constraints on

using current shear design methods to calculate the shear strength o f HSC beams.

This chapter presents a study to investigate the feasibility o f using artificial neural

networks (ANNs) to predict the shear capacity of reinforced NSC and HSC slender

beams (a/d > 2.5) without shear reinforcement, and to compare such predictions to results

obtained from five different existing methods namely, Zsutty’s equation, Response 2000

(based on the modified compression field theory), the shear provisions of ACI building

code (ACI-318-03), the simplified method of the Canadian Standards Association (CSA.

A23.3-94), and the method provided by the final draft of Eurocode-02. A sensitivity

analysis to evaluate the ability of the various methods to accurately capture the effects of

basic shear design parameters on the shear capacity of NSC and HSC beams is also

included in this chapter.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 126

5.2- SHEAR EVALUATION TECHNIQUES INCLUDED IN THIS STUDY

Several shear calculation methods have been developed during the last century and they

all concur that the shear strength of reinforced concrete slender beams without shear

reinforcement depends on the compressive strength o f concrete, f c, the ratio of

longitudinal steel, pi, the beam’s effective depth, d, and the shear span to depth ratio, a/d.

However, these methods vary considerably in evaluating the effects of the above

parameters on shear strength. These methods were developed based on equilibrium

trusses, exact solutions, plastic analysis, shear friction, or statistical approaches. They

went through series o f refinements since their initial development and are described in

detail elsewhere (Duthinh and Carino 1996). Only the shear methods that have been used

in the present study are briefly discussed below.

5.2.1 S t a t is t ic a l and A n a l y t ic a l M e t h o d s

Zsutty (1968 and 1971) formulated semi-empirical equations for predicting the shear

capacity o f RC beams using regression analysis of experimental data. Despite the

empirical nature o f these equations, they have proven to be relatively accurate in

estimating the shear strength o f NSC beams without stirrups (MacGregor and Bartlett,

2000). Thus, this statistical method has become widely used in the literature. The

equation proposed by Zsutty to estimate the shear capacity of reinforced concrete slender

beams not containing shear reinforcement is expressed as follows:

r • \ 1/ 3

V„ = 2.2 bwd (5.2)


\ a j

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapters 127

where, d is the effective beam’s depth (mm), bw is the beam’s width (mm), a is the shear

span (mm), f c is the compressive cylinder strength of concrete (MPa), pi is the

longitudinal reinforcement ratio, and Vu is the ultimate shear at failure (N).

Recently, Bentz and Collins (2000) developed a computer program called Response 2000

(R2K), which is a versatile tool for sectional analysis of reinforced concrete members. It

is an extension o f the modified compression field theory MCFT (Vecchio, and Collins,

1986), which explicitly incorporates rigid slipping along crack surfaces into compatibility

relations. The MCFT accounts for the load deformation responses o f structural elements,

and determine the angle of shear cracks by considering the deformation compatibility of

the vertical shear reinforcement, the longitudinal reinforcement, and the diagonally

stressed concrete. It is also the foundation of the CSA A23.3 general method, and is

considered as one o f the most refined analytical methods for shear analysis of reinforced

concrete members.

5.2.2 D e s ig n S p e c if ic a t io n s

Three commonly used shear design methods: The A C I318 (2003), the simplified method

of CSA. A23.3 (1994), and the final draft of Eurocode-2, (2002) were employed in this

study. The ACI 318-03 and the simplified method of CSA A23.3 consider the shear

capacity of reinforced concrete beams without web reinforcement, Vc, as the shear value

at which diagonal cracking is initiated. ACI 318 calculates Vc using one of two equations.

The first one, ACI 11-3, (approximate method) directly relates the contribution of

concrete to the shear resistance of a beam to the concrete compressive strength / tensile

strength as follows:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 128

K = \4 T :b J , 4 7 ^ 8-3 MPa (5.3)

while the second equation, ACI 11-5, takes into account the effect of longitudinal

reinforcement and shear span to depth ratio and is expressed as:

'v d "
K = 0 . 1 5 8 ^ + 17.2^ — M * 0.3J f e b j i (5.4)
v M jj

where M and V are the moment and shear force, respectively at a section subjected to

factored load, and f c < 70 MPa.

The simplified method o f CSA A23.3 however, calculate Vc as follows:

Vc =Q.2X J f ebwd d < 300, mm (5.5.)

260
V. = ^ y J 7 ^ b wd <0.\A^[f^bwd d> 300m m (5.5b)
1000 + d

Where X is a factor to account for the density of concrete.

The final draft o f Eurocode-2, EC-2 was adopted in April 2002 and includes several

changes from its predecessor in terms of the shear design procedure. The expression

provided by EC-2 to calculate the shear resistance of concrete members not requiring

shear reinforcement is as follows:

Vr d ,c = 0.18* (I0 0 p ,fcky 3 + 0.15 O-cp K d > vrdMa = 0.035 k ^ f cky bwd (5.6)

where/& is the characteristic cylinder compressive strength < 1 0 0 MPa,

* = 1+ J ^ < 2.0, 0.02, a cp = ^ - <0.2 f ed (MPa),

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapters 129

Ngd is the axial force at the cross-section (N), Ac is the area of the concrete cross-section

(mm2), and VRd is the shear value (N).

5 .2 .3 A r t if ic ia l N e u r a l N e t w o r k s

As mentioned in chapter II, the main objective in building a neural network-based model

is to train a specific network architecture using experimental data to search for an

optimum set of connection strengths (weights) between its processing units. Using the

final set o f weights, the trained ANN can predict accurate values of outputs for a given

set of inputs within the range of the training data. The performance of ANNs depends, to

a great extent, on the learning material provided for their training. Therefore, an adequate

database must be generated to train a network model to predict the shear capacity of

reinforced concrete beams. The training database should be large enough, accurate,

comprehensive, and must contain the necessary information to assist in capturing the

embedded relationships between the influential parameters of reinforced concrete beams

and their corresponding shear capacity.

5.2.3.1 Development of Database

Experimental shear strength results for 523 reinforced concrete beams without shear

reinforcement that have been tested in different laboratories were collected from the

literature, 358 o f which were made of NSC and 165 were made of HSC. Only slender

beams with a shear span to depth ratio (a/d > 2.5) that exhibited shear failures during

testing were considered. All beams were simply supported and subjected to either three-

point or four-point loading acting symmetrically with respect to the centreline of the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapters 130

beam. The database thus generated was further screened to eliminate outliers and beams

having one or more o f their design parameters isolated from the range of values of the

same parameter for the rest of the beams were disregarded. The final database was made

of 387 beams (263 NSC and 124 HSC). Table 5.1 includes the maximum, minimum, and

average values o f all shear design parameters and shear capacity at failure for beams in

the final database. Details o f beams used to evaluate the ANN model and shear

calculation methods are provided in Table D .l, Appendix D.

Table 5.1 - Statistical data for shear design parameters and shear capacity of beams used
in database

Training data Testing data


Parameters
Minimum Maximum Average Minimum Maximum Average
d (mm) 40.60 1097.28 332.90 135.00 930.00 387.69
bw (mm) 38.10 400.00 186.65 38.10 400.00 212.30

P/(%) 0.48 5.04 2.15 0.50 5.04 2.21


f ’c (MPa) 10.50 99.00 42.55 18.00 99.00 46.57
a/d 2.40 6.05 3.31 2.41 4.49 3.15
Vu (kN) 2.69 386.10 87.83 8.38 332.10 112.78

5.2.3.2 ANN Model

Two feed-forward back-propagation MLP networks having the same input and output

variables were developed. The first network, (2 hidden layers) was trained on

experimental results o f 329 beams (226 NSC and 103 HSC) and tested on 58 different

beams (37 NSC and 21 HSC). The second network (one hidden layer) was trained and

tested on results obtained from 124 HSC beams only (103 beams for training and 21

beams for testing). The performance of both networks in predicting the shear capacity of

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 131

reinforced HSC beams without web reinforcement and their sensitivity analysis (ability to

capture the effect of basic shear design parameters on shear strength) were found to be

similar. Therefore, only the first model is considered herein for its robustness and ability

to study the effect o f basic shear design parameters on the shear strength of beams made

of either NSC or HSC.

The ANN model considered (Fig. 5.4) consists of an input layer containing 5 variables

representing the basic shear design parameters (d, bw, a/d, pi, and f c), an output layer with

one unit representing the ultimate shear value ( Vu), and two hidden layers having 10 and

5 units, respectively. Full forward connection (between units of one layer and those of the

subsequent layer) was adopted and variable learning rate and momentum were used to

avoid lengthy training and ensure global convergence. The transfer function used for all

units in this model was a logarithm sigmoid function (see chapter 2) with outputs values

varying between 0 and 1. Therefore, prior to the training process, all variables in the

generated database were scaled between 0 and 1, using equation (2.5) to speed up the

training process and improve the network’s generalization.

vu

Input layer Hidden layer 1 Hidden layer 2 Output layer

Fig. 5.4 - Architecture of neural network model.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapters 132

5.3- RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The acceptance or rejection of the proposed ANN model is based not only on its ability to

accurately predict the shear failure load of beams used for training, but more importantly

on its ability to generalize its predictions to new beams, not familiar to the network, but

having input variables from within the range of input variables of the training data.

Therefore, the performance o f the ANN model thus developed was evaluated based on its

ability to predict the shear strength of a new set of beams (testing data) not used in the

training process and randomly selected from the collected beams in the database.

The ANN model along with equation 11-5 of ACI 318, the simplified method of CSA

A23.3, Response 2000, Zsutty’s equation, and shear provisions of Eurocode-2 were

employed to calculate the shear strength of all beams selected for testing (Table D .l,

Appendix D). The performance of each method in calculating the shear capacity of NSC

and HSC beams was evaluated using the average absolute error (AAE) calculated using

equation (5.7) and the ratio o f measured to calculated shear capacity ( V„/Vcai).

IV -V I
AAE = ^-ix lO O (5.7)
Vm

where Vm and Vcai are the measured and calculated/predicted shear capacity, respectively.

The average, standard deviation (STDV), and coefficient of variation (COV) of measured

/ calculated shear strength ratio and average absolute error (AAE) for all shear calculation

methods investigated herein are listed in Table 5.2. It is shown that the ACI (11-5) and

the CSA simplified method provided the least accurate shear capacity values for both

reinforced NSC and HSC beams without shear reinforcement with AAE values varying

between 22 % and 34 %. These are followed by Zsutty’s method and the Eurocode-2 with

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 133

AAE values o f 26 % and 21 % (in the case of HSC), and 14 % and 13 % (in the case of

NSC), respectively. R2K provided relatively more accurate results with lower AAE

values o f 19 % and 13 % for HSC and NSC, respectively. The ANN model outperformed

all of the above methods with an AAE of 10 % in the case of HSC beams and 9 % in the

case of NSC beams. Table 5.2 also shows that the ANN model had the lowest COV

values in predicting shear strength. It is of particular interest that the AAE and COV of

the shear calculation methods considered herein in calculating the shear capacity of

reinforced HSC beams are significantly higher than the corresponding ones for NSC

beams, which indicates that the applicability of such methods for HSC is questionable.

Table 5.2 - Performance of shear calculation methods considered in this study

High strength concrete (HSC) Normal strength concrete (NSC)


Method Vmeasured ! V calculated Vmeasured ! Vcalculated
AAE (%) AAE (%)
Average STDV COV Average STD V COV

ACI 11-5 34.0 1.24 0.47 38.05 24.7 1.30 0.31 23.64
CSA (simp) 28.0 1.12 0.42 37.11 21.8 1.22 0.30 24.42
EC-2 21.0 1.07 0.35 32.54 13.2 1.08 0.20 18.74
R2K 19.0 1.20 0.35 28.82 13.1 1.15 0.19 16.47
Zsutty 25.5 1.02 0.31 30.25 14.2 1.04 0.20 19.44
ANN 10.0 1.03 0.17 16.77 9.0 0.99 0.12 12.08

The calculated shear capacities of NSC and HSC beams by the various shear calculation

methods are also plotted against the experimentally measured ones in Figs. 5.5 to 5.16. It

can be observed that the data points predicted by the ANN are located either on or

slightly over/under the equity line for both NSC and HSC (Figs. 5.10 and 5.16), whereas

those calculated by the other methods are scattered over a relatively wider range. For

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapters 134

slender reinforced concrete beams without web reinforcement having shear capacity of

up to 200 kN, Figs. 5.5, 5.6 5.11, and 5.12 illustrate that the ACI (11-5) and the CSA

simplified method, tended to underestimate the shear capacity of such beams for both

NSC and HSC, whereas the R2K, EC-2, and Zsutty’s method provided comparatively

more accurate results as shown in Figs. 5.7 - 5.9 and 5.13 - 5.15. For beams having shear

capacity larger than 200 kN (beams with either large d and/or having a large amount of

longitudinal steel), all five methods (other than ANN) demonstrated poor estimation

ability with data points scattered over a wide range away from the equity line. In most

cases, especially for HSC beams, the ACI 11-5, the CSA simplified method, and Zsutty’s

equation in particular, tended to overestimate shear capacity as shown in Figs. 5.11, 5.12,

and 5.15, respectively which can have serious implications in designing high-shear

capacity beams using these methods.

450
o Training data
400 a Testing data

■5 200

■S 150
Training data : AAE = 25%
Vm/ V c = 1.3

50 Testing data : AA E = 25%


Vm/Vc =1.3

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450


Measured sh ear capacity (kN)

Fig. 5.5 - Performance o f ACI-11 5 in predicting the shear capacity of NSC beams.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 135

450
o Training data
400 a Testing data

sh ear capacity (kN)


350

300

250
A O

200
Calculated

150
Training data : A A E = 22 %
100
Vm/V c = 1.22
50 Testing data : AAE = 22 %
Vm/Vc = 1.23
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
M e a su re d s h e a r c a p a c ity (kN)

- Performance o f CSA A23.3 in predicting the shear capacity of NSC beams.


o\

450
o Training data
400 a Testing data
(kN)

350
shear capacity

300

250

200
Calculated

150
CA
Training data : A A E = 13 %
100 V m/V c = 1.08

Testing data : A A E = 14 %
Vm/Vc =1.11

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450


M e a su re d s h e a r c a p a c ity (kN)

Fig. 5.7 - Performance o f EC-2 in predicting the shear capacity o f NSC beams.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 136

450
o Training data
400 a Testing data

350

p 250
■= 200
oo
150
Training data : A A E = 13 %
« 100 V m/V c = 1.15

50 Testing data : A A E = 15 %
Vm/Vc = 1.16

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450


Measured sh ear capacity (kN)

Fig. 5.8 - Performance o f R2K in predicting the shear capacity o f NSC beams.

450
o Training data
400 a Testing data

■S 150
Training data : A AE = 14 %
■=100 V „ /V c =1.04

Testing data : A A E = 14 %
Vm/Vc = 1.02

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450


Measured sh ear capacity (kN)

Fig. 5.9 - Performance o f Zsutty’s equation in predicting the shear capacity of NSC
beams.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 137

450
o Training data
400 a Testing data

350

o 300

<■> 250

-£ 200

Training data : A A E = 8 %
■S 100 V m/V e = 0.99

Testing data : A A E = 11 %
Vm/Vc = 0.97

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450


Measured sh ear capacity (kN)

Fig. 5.10 - Performance o f ANN model in predicting the shear capacity of NSC beams.

550
o Training data
500 a Testing data
Z 450

300
£ 250
200

3 150 Training data : AA E = 33 %


100 V m/V c = 1.24

50 Testing data : A A E = 35 %
Vm/Vc = 1.18

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
Measured sh ear capacity (kN)

Fig. 5.11 - Performance of ACI-11.5 in predicting the shear capacity of HSC beams.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 138

550
o Training data
500
a Testing data

Z 450

S. 350

300
250
"S 200
150 Training data : A A E = 28 %
100 V m/V c = 1.12

Testing data : A AE - 27 %
Vm/Vc =1.11

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
M e a su re d s h e a r c a p a c ity (kN)

Fig. 5.12 - Performance o f CSA A23.3 in predicting the shear capacity of HSC beams.

550
o Training data
500
a Testing data

? 450

§.350
300
250
■g 200
150 Training data : A A E = 22 %
100 QDJ V „ /V c = 1.07

Testing data : A A E = 21 %
Vm/Vc =1.06

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
M e a su re d s h e a r c a p a c ity (kN)

Fig. 5.13 - Performance of EC-2 in predicting the shear capacity of HSC beams.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 139

o Training data
a Testing data

o
re
a.
re
o
re
re
.c
</>
TJ
re
■*-<
re
3 Training data : A A E = 19 %
O
re V m/ V c = 1.22
O
Testing data : A A E = 17 %
Hw/Kc = 1.15

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
Measured sh ear capacity (kN)

Fig. 5.14 - Performance of R2K in predicting the shear capacity of HSC beams.

550
o Training data
A Testing data

£•400

” 300
S. 250 0-40 / 0

3 150 Training data : A A E = 27 %


Vm/V c = 1.02

Testing data : A A E = 26 %
Vm/Vc = 0.96

50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
Measured sh ear capacity (kN)

Fig. 5.15 - Performance of Zsutty’s equation in predicting the shear capacity of HSC
beams.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 140

550
o Training data
500
a Testing data

Z 450

£>400
o
§.350
m
“ 300

f 250

200

3 150 Training data : A A E = 9 %


Vm/V c = 1.03
100
Testing data : A A E =11 %
50
Vm/Vc = 0.98

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550
Measured sh ear capacity (kN)

Fig. 5.16 - Performance o f ANN model in predicting the shear capacity of HSC beams.

5.3.1 E ffect of C o m p r e s s iv e S t r e n g t h of C oncrete

All shear design provisions and other developed shear models account for the effect of

concrete compressive strength ( f c) in their calculation o f the ultimate shear strength of

reinforced concrete beams without web reinforcement. While these methods can be

adequate for NSC slender beams ( /J < 50 MPa), results discussed above and some

literature (Ahmad et al., 1986) indicate that current design codes could be unconservative

in calculating the shear capacity of HSC beams (/J > 50 MPa). As stated earlier, about

35-50 % o f the ultimate shear capacity of slender concrete beams without shear

reinforcement is supplied by aggregate interlock along inclined cracks (Taylor, 1970).

Since the shear fracture surface in HSC members is usually smoother than that in NSC

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapters 141

members (cracks propagate across aggregates), the ultimate shear strength of HSC beams

is expected to be negatively affected.

To investigate the effect o f compressive strength of concrete on the ultimate shear

strength o f slender reinforced concrete beams without web reinforcement, a set of ten

beams (Table D.2, Appendix D) was generated from the properties of a randomly

selected single beam (shaded row in Table D.2) from the database. All design parameters

were kept constant except f'c, which was varied between 36 and 80 MPa. Figure 5.17

illustrates the effect o f concrete compressive strength on the ultimate shear strength of

concrete beams without shear reinforcement as simulated by the various shear equations

used in this study. It is shown from the ANN analysis that the shear strength of concrete

beams without web reinforcement increased with the increase of the concrete

compressive strength up to 70 MPa. The shear strength however, tended to slightly

decrease with increasing f c beyond that value, thus capturing the effect of loss in shear

friction provided by aggregate interlock due to smoother fracture surfaces in HSC. This

behaviour is confirmed by experimental results for beams having similar properties to

those in the generated set as shown in Fig. 5.17, and is also supported by a previous

experimental investigation in which Walraven (1995) indicated that the shear friction in

HSC beams is up to 35 % lower than that in NSC beams. Thorenfeldt and Drangsholt

(1990) also stated that the shear strength of concrete decreases as its compressive strength

increases beyond 80 MPa.

Similar behaviour to that o f the ANN results is exhibited in results obtained using

Response 2000 in which the reduction in shear carried by aggregate interlock due to

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapters 142

smooth fracture surfaces in HSC is accounted for by introducing an additional shear

design parameter representing the maximum size of aggregate, which is reduced as the

concrete compressive strength increases. Conversely, EC-2, the CSA (simplified

method), and Zsutty’s equation tended to seriously overestimate the effect of concrete

compressive strength on the shear strength of reinforced concrete beams in the high f c

range. On the other hand, the limitation proposed by the ACI 11-5 on concrete

compressive strength ( / c < 70 MPa) seems to be reasonable since the decrease in shear

strength o f reinforced concrete beams without shear reinforcement started in the region of

f'c~ 70 MPa. For over a 100 % increase in f c, the ACI 11-5, the CSA (simplified

method), Eurocode-2, and Zsutty’s equation provided an increase in shear strength of 43

%, 48 %, 30 %, and 30 % respectively, versus a 19 % and 12 % increase calculated by

Response 2000, and the ANN model, respectively.

-a-A C I
-a-C S A
2.0
Zsutty
— R2K
-K-EC-2
-©-ANN
1.7 • Exp. points
O) Reference beam
5 1-5

1.4

1.2

bw = 203 mm d = 356 mm
p , =0.0173 a/d = 3.0

30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0


Concrete com pressive strength (MPa)

Fig. 5.17 - Effect o f f c on shear strength of RC slender beams without web

reinforcement.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 143

All methods other than the ANN model and Response 2000 failed to accurately capture

the impact o f high compressive strength on the shear strength of concrete beams without

web reinforcement, showing unconservative predictions for HSC beams. This is also

confirmed by findings o f Ahmad et al. (1986) who argued that existing shear design

methods (including ACI 11-5) overestimate the effect of concrete compressive strength

and might be unconservative in calculating the shear strength of HSC slender beams (a/d

> 2.5) having a low flexural reinforcement ratio (pi ^ 2 %).

5 .3 .2 E ffect of T e n s il e S t e e l R a t io

This section explains the effect of the tensile steel ratio, pi on the ultimate shear capacity

o f reinforced concrete slender beams without web reinforcement, two sets of beams were

generated using a single beam from the database (Table D.3, Appendix D). Beams in the

first set have a compressive strength of 36.2 MPa and share the same design parameters

except the tensile steel ratio, which was varied between 1.13 % and 3.50 %. Beams in the

second set have the same design parameters of those in the first set but have a concrete

compressive strength of 70 MPa. Figure 5.18 shows the effect of pi on the shear strength

of NSC beams (set # 1). It includes the calculated shear strength o f the generated beams

along with the experimental shear strength of three additional beams having similar

properties. Contrary to some o f the current shear design methods in which the effect of

the tensile steel ratio on shear strength was ignored (e.g. the CSA simplified method and

ACI 11-3), such an effect is evident in experimental results and in results of the ACI (11-

5), R2K, Zsutty’s equation, and the ANN model. Figure 5.18 also shows that the ANN

model provided more accurate predictions of experimental shear strength data.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 144

-B-ACI
-ir-C S A
2.0 - o - Zsutty
~«"-R2K
-* -E C -2
• Exp
ANN

o>
Reference beam
1.4

bw = 203 mm d = 356 mm
f ' = 36 MPa a/d = 3.0
0.9 4 -
0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
T ensile steel ratio (%)

Fig. 5.18 - Effect of pi on shear strength of RC slender beams


without web reinforcement (NSC).

Figure 5.19 shows that the impact of the tensile steel ratio on the shear capacity of HSC

beams is more pronounced than in the case of NSC beams. It is shown in Figs. 5.18 and

5.19 that increasing the tensile steel ratio from 1.13 % to 3.0 % increased the shear

capacity o f concrete beams without web reinforcement by 33 % and 49 % in the case of

NSC and HSC, respectively. The rate of increase however, is noticeably lower for both

NSC and HSC beams having tensile reinforcement ratio, pi > 2.5 %. As stated earlier, the

CSA simplified method does not consider the effect of longitudinal tensile reinforcement

in the calculation o f shear strength, whereas ACI 11-5 includes a slight effect as shown in

Figs. 5.18 and 5.19. Zsutty’s equation and Response 2000 however, recognize such an

effect and capture the variation in shear strength of NSC and HSC beams for different

tensile steel ratios in a comparable fashion to that of the ANN model. On the other hand,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 145

the Eurocode-2 reasonably accounts for the effect of pi < 0.02, but the recommended

upper limit o f pt can lead to more conservative predictions of shear strength. The

relatively higher values o f shear strength predicted by Zsutty’s equation in Fig. 5.19 are

due to the fact that such a method, which was developed in the late 1960’s, overestimates

the shear strength o f beams made with concrete having high compressive strength values

as discussed in the previous section.

2.0

Reference beam
e-1.7

1.4

b w = 203 mm d = 356 mm
f' = 70 MPa a/d = 3.0

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5


T ensile steel ratio (%)

Fig. 5.19 - Effect o f pi on shear strength o f RC slender beams


without web reinforcement (HSC).

5.3.3 E ffect of B e a m ’ s E f f e c t iv e D e p t h

A similar approach to that used to investigate the effect of f c and pi was carried out to

study the influence o f the effective beam’s depth, d on the ultimate shear strength of

slender reinforced concrete beams without web reinforcement. All beams used in this

investigation share the same design parameters except the effective depth, which was

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 146

varied between 219 and 466 mm (Table D.4, Appendix D). Figure 5.20 shows the

influence o f the beam’s effective depth, d on the shear strength of NSC beams as

calculated by the various methods considered in this study. It is apparent from this figure

that the ANN prediction best correlated with experimental data, showing a significant

effect of the beam’s depth on the ultimate shear strength. Similar behaviour was also

reported in several previous experimental investigations (Kim and Park 1994) and

fracture-mechanics based analysis, especially those carried out by Bazant and Kim,

(1984) and Bazant and Kazemi (1991). Experimental results and results obtained by the

ANN model and the Eurocode-2 in Fig. 5.20 illustrate that for a constant shear span to

depth ratio, the ultimate shear strength decreases as the beam’s effective depth increases.

However, such an influence becomes less significant for beams with large depth. The

CSA (simplified method) and R2K were somewhat able to capture this behaviour for

beams with depth larger than 300 mm. However, these methods seemed to ignore such an

effect for d < 300 mm. Conversely, the ACI 11-5 and Zsutty’s equation seemed to

disregard the effect o f d on the ultimate shear strength of beams with constant shear span

to depth ratio regardless o f the size of the beam.

The influence o f the beam’s effective depth, d on the ultimate shear strength of HSC

beams is illustrated in Fig. 5.21. It can be observed that for beams with relatively small

depths (d < 300 mm), there is no clear difference in the effect of beam’s effective depth

on the shear strength o f reinforced concrete beams without shear reinforcement with

increasing compressive strength. However, for beams with d > 300 mm, it is shown that

the effect o f the beam’s depth on the shear strength was less significant at low

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapters 147

compressive strengths. This is confirmed by findings of Fujita et al. (2002) who argued

that the effect o f beam’s size on the shear capacity differs depending on the compressive

strength of concrete and that the shear strength of NSC is proportional to the effective

depth to the power o f -1/4, while that of HSC is proportional to the effective depth to the

power o f -1/2.

2.1
-e -A C I
—A—CSA
b w = 203 mm fc = 36 MPa
2.0 ■ o Zsutty Pi =0.0173 aid =3.0
R2K
—#—EC-2
— ANN
— Exp.

o Reference beam
£ 1-5 ' ” 7 ......... ............................ .. .............

1.4

1.2

0.9
150.0 200.0 250.0 300.0 350.0 400.0 450.0 500.0
Beam's depth (mm)

F ig . 5 .2 0 - Effect of d on shear strength o f RC slender beams


without web reinforcement (NSC).

5 .3 .4 E ffect of S h e a r S pan to D e p t h R a t io

The shear span to depth ratio (a/d) has been determined to have little effect on the shear

strength o f slender NSC beams with a/d > 2.5 and therefore, can be neglected (Rebeiz et

al. (2001). However, some shear design methods such as the ACI 11.5 and Zsutty’s

equation consider such an effect in their proposed formulations.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 148

2.1
—o- f c = 80 MPa b w = 203 mm p, = 0.0173
"" A ' f c ■ 70 MPa a/d = 3.0
1.9 - o - f c = 36 MPa

1.7

O)
£1-5

® 1.3

0.9
100.0 150.0 200.0 250.0 300.0 350.0 400.0 450.0 500.0
B e a m 's d e p th (m m )

Fig. 5.21 - Effect of d on shear strength o f HSC slender beams


without web reinforcement for different f c.

An investigation was carried out to evaluate the influence that a/d exerts on the shear

strength of HSC beams. The response of all shear calculation methods considered in this

study in capturing the effect o f a/d on the shear strength of reinforced HSC slender beams

not having shear reinforcement are plotted in Fig. 5.22. All methods show a satisfactory

agreement in evaluating the effect of shear span to depth ratio for a/d > 3.5. However, for

lower values o f shear span to depth ratios, 2.5 < a/d < 3.5, these methods differ in

evaluating the magnitude of such an effect, which is minimal for ACI 11-5, does not exist

for the CSA simplified method and the Eurocode-2, and is somewhat significant for ANN

model, R2K, and Zsutty’s equation as shown in Fig. 5.22.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 149

2.0

o>
Reference beam
1.4

1.2

bw = 200 mm d = 359 mm
p, = 0.0224 f c = 87 MPa
0.9
2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
S h e a r s p a n to d e p th ra tio (a /d )

Fig. 5.22 - Effect of aId on shear strength of HSC slender beams


without web reinforcement.

5.4- CONCLUDING REMARKS

This chapter investigated the feasibility of using artificial neural networks as an

alternative method for predicting the ultimate shear capacity of reinforced NSC and HSC

beams without web reinforcement, and to compare its results to those of several existing

shear design and calculation methods. Furthermore, a sensitivity analysis was carried out

to evaluate the effects o f basic shear design parameters on the shear strength of concrete

members as simulated by various methods including the ANN model. The following

conclusions can be made.

The ANN approach outperformed all other methods considered herein and reasonably

predicted the shear capacity o f concrete beams regardless of their compressive strength.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapters 150

The ANN approach adequately captured the influence of compressive strength on shear

capacity o f reinforced concrete beams without web reinforcement. It showed that shear

strength tends to decrease when concrete compressive strength increases above 70 MPa.

Conversely, current shear design and calculation methods, except the R2K, tended to

overestimate the shear capacity of HSC beams, and their applicability for HSC should be

re-evaluated.

This investigation showed that the amount of longitudinal tensile steel influences the

ultimate shear strength o f concrete beams without shear reinforcement in general, and

that this influence is more pronounced for HSC beams. This observation is supported by

results of the ANN model, Response 2000 and Zsutty’s equation regardless of pi, and by

Euro-2 for pi < 2 %. Conversely, the A C I11-5 underestimates such an effect, while the

CSA simplified method does not account for it

For beams with a relatively small effective depth (d < 300 mm), the effective depth

exerts a similar effect on the ultimate shear capacity for both NSC and HSC beams

without web reinforcement. However, for high compressive strength, such an effect

becomes more significant as the depth of the beam increases.

Finally, the ANN analysis showed that similar to the case of NSC beams, the shear span

to depth ratio, a/d slightly affects the shear strength of HSC beams, and that such an

effect diminishes at higher values of a/d ratio. This behaviour is also observed using R2K

and Zsutty’s equation, whereas other methods either ignored this effect or underestimated

it.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 151

5.5- REFERENCES:

Adebar P., Collins M. P., (1996), “Shear Strength o f Members without Transverse
Reinforcement,” Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, V. 23, pp. 30-41.

Ahmad S. H., Khaloo A. R., and Poveda A., (1986), “Shear Capacity o f Reinforced High-
Strength Concrete Beams,” ACI Journal, V. 83, No. 2, pp. 297-305.

American Concrete Institute, (2003), “Building Code Requirements fo r Structural


Concrete,” (ACI 318), Farmington Hills, Michigan, USA, 369 p.

Angelakos D., Bentz E. C., and Collins M. P., (2001), “Effect o f Concrete Strength and
Minimum Stirrups on Shear Strength o f Large Members,” ACI Structural Journal, V.
98, No. 3, pp. 290-300.

Bazant Z. P., and Kazemi M. T., (1991), “Size Effect on Diagonal Shear Failure o f
Beams without Stirrups,” ACI Structural Journal, V. 88, No. 3, pp. 268-276.

Bazant Z. P., and Kim J-K., (1984), “Size Effect in Shear Failure o f Longitudinally
Reinforced Concrete Beams,” ACI Journal, Proceedings V. 81, No.5, pp. 456-468.

Bentz E., and Collins M. P., (2000), http://www.ecf.utoronto.ca/~bentz/r2k.htm

“Response 2000, Load-Deformation Response o f Reinforced Concrete Sections, Version


1.0.5,”

Bohigas A. C., (2002), “Shear Design o f Reinforced High-Strength Concrete Beams,”


Ph.D. Thesis, University Politecnica de Catalunya, Spain, 168 p.

Canadian Standards Association, (1994), “Design o f Concrete Structures,” (CSA A23.3),


Rexdale, Ontario, Canada, 199 p.

Chana P. S., (1981), “Some Aspects o f Modeling the Behaviour o f Reinforced Concrete
under Shear Loading,” Tech. Rep. No. 543, Cement and Concrete Association,
Wexham Springs, 21 p.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 152

Collins M. P., and Kuchma D. (1999), “How Safe are Our Large, Lightly Reinforced
Concrete Beams, Slabs and Footings?” ACI Structural Journal, V. 96, No. 4, pp. 482-
490.

Duthinh D., and Carino N. J., (1996), “Shear Design o f High-Strength Concrete Beams:
A Review o f the State-of-the-Art”, Research Report NISTIR 5870, National Institute of
Standards and Technology, Building and Fire Research Laboratory, Gaithersburg,
MD, 198 p.

Elzanaty A. H., Nilson A. H., and Slate F. O., (1986), “Shear Capacity o f Reinforced
Concrete Beams Using High-Strength Concrete,” ACI Journal, V. 83, No. 2, pp. 290-
296.

European Committee for Standardization, Eurocode-2, (2002), “Design o f Concrete


Structures, Part 1: General rules and rules fo r buildings,” Revised Final Draft, 226 p.

Fujita M., Sato R., Matsumoto K., and Takiki Y., (2002), “Size Effect on Shear Capacity
o f Reinforced Concrete Beams Using HSC without Shear Reinforcement,” Proceedings
of the 6th International Symposium on Utilisation of High Strength/High Performance
Concrete,” Edited by Koenig, Dehn, and Faust, Leipzig, Germany, pp. 235-245.

Ghannoum W. M., (1998), “Size Effect on Shear Strength o f Reinforced Concrete


Beams,” M.Eng. Thesis, Department of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics,
McGill University, Canada, 115 p.

Islam M. S., Pam H. J., and Kwan A. K. H., (1998), “Shear Capacity o f High- Strength
Concrete Beams with Their Point o f Inflection within the Shear Span”, Proceedings of
the Institution o f Civil Engineers, Structures and Buildings, V. 128, No. 1, pp. 91-99.

Jackobsen B., (1989), “High Strength Concrete in Offshore Structures,” Design Aspects
of HSC, CEB Bulletin d ’Information, No. 193.

Kani M. W., Huggins M. W., and Wittkopp R. R., (1979), “Kani on Shear in Reinforced
Concrete,” Department o f Civil Engineering, University o f Toronto Press, Toronto,
Canada, 225 p.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 153

Kim J. K., and Park Y. D., (1994), “Shear Strength o f Reinforced High Strength Concrete
Beams without Web Reinforcement,” Magazine of Concrete Research, V. 46, No. 166,
pp. 7-16.

MacGregor J. C., and Bartlett F. M., (2000), “Reinforced Concrete: Mechanics and
Design,” First Canadian edition, Prentice-Hall, Scarborough, Ont., Canada, 1042 p.

Morsch E., (1909), “Concrete Steel Construction,” 3rd ed., (1st ed. In 1902), translated to
English by E. P. Goodrich of Der Eisenbetonau, Engineering News Publishing Co,
New York, 368 p.

Mphonde A. G., and Frantz G. C., (1984), “Shear Tests o f High and Low-Strength
Concrete Beams without Stirrups,” ACI Journal, V. 81. No. 4, pp. 350-357.

Papadakis G., (1996), “Shear Failure o f Reinforced Concrete Beams without Stirrups,”
Ph.D. Thesis, Department o f Civil Engineering, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki,
Greece, (in Greek).

Pellegrino C., Bemardini A., and Modena C., (2002), “Shear Failure o f HSC Beams with
Variable Shear Span-to-Depth Ratio,” Proceeding of the 6th International Symposium
on Utilisation o f High Strength/High Performance Concrete,” Edited by Koenig,
Dehn, and Faust, Leipzig, Germany, pp. 473-485.

Podgomiak-Stanik B., (1998), “The Influence o f Concrete Strength, Distribution o f


Longitudinal Reinforcement, Amount o f Transverse Reinforcement, and Member Size
on Shear Strength o f Reinforced Concrete Members,” M.A.Sc., Thesis, Department of
Civil Engineering, University of Toronto, Canada, 369 p.

Rebeiz K. S., Fente J., and Frabizzio M. A., (2001), “Effect o f Variables on Shear
Strength o f Concrete Beams,” Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering, ASCE, V. 13,
No. 6, pp. 467-470.

Ritter W., (1899), “Die Bauweise Hennebique, Schweizerische Bauzeitung,” V. 33, No. 7,
pp. 59-61.

Taylor H. P. J., (1970), “Investigation o f the Forces Carried Across Cracks in Reinforced
Concrete Beams in Shear by Interlock o f Aggregate,” Technical Report 42.447,
Cement and Concrete Association, London, UK, 22 p.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 5 154

Taylor H. P. J., (1972), “Shear Strength o f Large Beams,” Journal of the Structural
Division, ASCE, V. 98, No. ST11, pp. 2473-2489.

Thorenfeldt E., and Drangsholt G., (1990), “Shear Capacity o f Reinforced High Strength
Concrete Beams,” ACI 2nd International Symposium on HSC, ACI SP 121.8,
American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, Michigan, pp. 129-154.

Vecchio F. J., and Collins M. P., (1986), “The Modified Compression Field Theory fo r
Reinforced Concrete Elements Subjected to Shear,” ACI Structural Journal, V. 83, No.
2, pp. 219-231.

Walraven J. C., (1978), “The Influence o f Depth on the Shear Strength o f Light Weight
Concrete Beams without Shear Reinforcement,” Stevin Lab. Rep. No. 5-78-4, Delft
University o f Technology, the Netherlands.

Walraven J. C., (1995), “Shear Friction in High Strength Concrete,” Progress in


Concrete Research, Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands, V. 4, pp. 57-65.

Walther R., (1987), “Potentiality o f Using High Strength Concrete in Structures,” First
International Symposium on Utilization of High Strength Concrete, Stavanger,
Norway, pp. 365-378.

Zsutty T. C., (1968), “Beam Shear Strength Prediction by Analysis o f Existing Data,”
ACI Journal, V. 65, No. 11, pp. 943-951.

Zsutty T. C., (1971), “Shear Strength Predictions fo r Separate Categories o f Simple


Beam Tests,” ACI Journal, V. 68, No. 2, pp. 138-143.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 155

CHAPTER 6

EFFECT OF STIRRUPS ON SHEAR DESIGN PARAMETERS


OF REINFORCED CONCRETE SLENDER BEAMS *

6.1- INTRODUCTION

Current shear design practice assumes that the shear capacity o f reinforced concrete (RC)

slender beams varies linearly with the amount of shear reinforcement, and that the

addition o f stirrups does not alter the basic effects of shear design parameters and the

contribution o f other shear carrying mechanisms. The shear capacity, Vn is therefore

calculated simply by superimposing the concrete contribution, Vc (shear strength of a

similar beam not containing shear reinforcement), to that of stirrups, Vs. Concrete

contribution to shear, Vc is calculated using semi empirical equations as explained in

chapter 5 and Vs is simply determined based on the parallel truss model with 45° constant

inclination diagonal shear cracks using the following equation:

Vt =<hL =pj (6 . 1)
s

*A version o f this chapter has been submitted for review to the Canadian Journal o f Civil Engineering.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 156

Where Av is the cross-sectional area of stirru p s,^ is the yield strength o f stirrups, d is the

beam’s effective depth, s is the spacing between stirrups, and p v is the ratio of shear

reinforcement.

Previous studies conducted by (Mphonde 1989 and Russo and Puleri 1997) reported that

the addition of stirrups significantly enhances the resistance of concrete to shear and

usually leads to a higher Vc than that determined from the equilibrium consideration of

the 45° truss model. Moreover, Chana (1987) suggested that the shear failure mechanism

o f RC beams with shear reinforcement is fundamentally different from that of beams

without shear reinforcement, and therefore Vc and Vs mutually influence each other.

Simply adding these parameters to determine the shear capacity of RC beams with

stirrups can induce significant error and has not been theoretically validated.

Furthermore, high-strength concrete (HSC) with compressive strength higher than 70

MPa has been employed in various challenging applications and its use is growing

rapidly. The mechanical properties of HSC are different from those of normal-strength

concrete (NSC) as explained in chapter 5. Thus, empirical design equations, which are

mostly based on experimental data developed using NSC, needs to be cautiously

evaluated for HSC. Despite the numerous studies investigating the shear behaviour of RC

slender beams, the mechanism of shear failure is not yet fully understood. The effect of

basic shear design parameters, such as longitudinal reinforcement and compressive

strength of concrete on shear resistance of RC slender beams without stirrups, is yet to be

fully embedded in the shear design equations, and the influence of stirrups on other shear

resisting mechanisms is simply not accounted for. Therefore, the ability of current shear

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 157

design methods to accurately predict the shear resistance of RC slender beams and

especially those made o f HSC is still debatable (Russo and Puleri 1997).

Chapter 5 demonstrated that shear design equations and prediction models, which were

developed for NSC slender beams are not suitable for calculating the shear capacity of

beams made with HSC. Moreover, previous comparative studies (Russo and Puleri 1997,

and Chana 1987) concluded that current shear design techniques are either very

conservative in calculating the shear capacity of slender concrete beams with stirrups by

just adding Vc and Vs, or simply not applicable for RC beams made of HSC. In this

chapter, the artificial neural network methodology is used as an alternative approach to

predict the shear strength of RC slender beams, Its results are compared to those obtained

from five different shear strength calculation methods namely, the provisions of the

American Concrete Institute (ACI 318 2003) and the Canadian Standards Association

(CSA A23.3 1994), Zsutty’s equation (Zsutty 1971), Bazant and Kim’s equation (Bazant

and Kim 1984), and Mphonde’s equation (Mphonde 1989). A parametric study was also

carried out to evaluate the effect of stirrups on other shear resisting mechanisms of

slender beams having shear reinforcement, and the ability of shear prediction techniques

to quantitatively account for the effects of basic shear design parameters on the shear

strength of reinforced NSC and HSC slender beams with or without shear reinforcement.

6.2- SHEAR EVALUATION TECHNIQUES INCLUDED IN THIS STUDY

Most current RC design codes use semi-empirical or statistically derived equations to

calculate the shear capacity Vc, of RC beams without shear reinforcement, and simply add

the contribution o f stirrups Vs, which is calculated based on the parallel truss model with

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 158

45° constant inclination diagonal shear cracks, to obtain the shear capacity of RC beams

with stirrups. These codes vary considerably in evaluating the effect of basic shear design

parameters on Vc. Moreover, it has been argued that stresses in stirrups are consistently

lower than those predicted by the 45° truss model (Duthinh and Carino 1996) and that

other shear resistance mechanisms interact with that of stirrups in different ways, leading

to variable contribution o f the truss mechanism and to some enhancement of the beam

action contribution (Russo and Puleri 1997), which leads to underestimating the shear

strength o f RC slender beams. The various shear prediction methods used in this study

are briefly discussed below.

6.2.1 ACI a n d CSA C o d e s

Similar to all other specifications and codes, the shear design provision of the ACI

building code (ACI 318-03) and the simplified method o f the Canadian Standards

Association (A23.3) assume that the shear capacity of RC slender beams with shear

reinforcement is simply equal to the superposition of the contribution of concrete (Vc) and

that of stirrups (Vs). Vs is calculated using equation (6.1) and Vc is assumed to be equal to

the shear capacity o f a similar beam that has no shear reinforcement, and is calculated

using the expressions discussed in chapter 5.

The ACI method (ACI 11-5) applies only for concrete with compressive strength f'c < 70

MPa and limits the shear contribution of stirrups Vs, to 0.66-Jf^bwd , while the CSA

simplified method requires a minimum shear reinforcement of \ =0.06


yv

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 159

6 .2 .2 E m p ir ic a l and other M ethods

Two semi-empirical equations developed by Zsutty (1971) and Mphonde (1989), and one

equation (derived based on fracture mechanics) developed by Bazant and Kim (1984)

were used in this study to predict the shear strength of reinforced NSC and HSC slender

beams. Zsutty’s equation assumes that the shear capacity of RC slender beams with web

reinforcement is equal to the summation of Vc and Vs whereas, equations provided by

Mphonde and Bazant-Kim were developed to account for the effect of stirrups on other

shear transfer mechanisms. They are expressed as follows:

/ , \ 1/3

V=K+V=2.2
L pi A A f y v d
(N) Zsutty (6.2)
M +
a

K. = ( l . 5 1 ^ + 90 + 1.6p v/ J m (lb) Mphonde (6.3)

yv
V = 0.83 f z 3J p i + 1.67 ^ P vf> M (N) Bazant-Kim (6.4)

where ^ and %are functions to account for the size effect and effectiveness of stirrups,

respectively, and are calculated as follows:

1
# = ■
(6.4a)
1+ -
25 d„

X = J7c +250 p, (6.4b)

and rfais the maximum size o f coarse aggregate (mm).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 160

6 .2 .3 A r t if ic ia l N e u r a l N e t w o r k s A p p r o a c h

As explained in chapter 2, several parameters contribute to the success of an ANN-based

model. However, the learning material provided for training remains the most important

factor that affects the network’s performance and generalization. To capture the

embedded relationship between the most influential parameters of RC slender beams and

their corresponding shear capacity as well as the influence of stirrups on other shear

carrying mechanisms, it is essential that the network is trained on a comprehensive and

sufficiently large shear database that include data on beams with and without shear

reinforcement.

6.2.3.1 Development of Database

The database developed to investigate the feasibility of ANN to predict the influence of

vertical shear reinforcement on shear capacity of reinforced concrete slender beams and

on the effect o f other shear design parameters consists of shear strength results for 656

reinforced NSC and HSC beams with or without shear reinforcement. The database

includes shear results for the 387 beams (without stirrups) used in chapter 5 and another

269 beams (with stirrups) collected from literature. Only simply supported beams with a

shear span to depth ratio (a/d > 2.4) that exhibited shear failures were considered. About

60% of the database represent shear results obtained on NSC beams (36% of which are

with shear reinforcement and 64% are without shear reinforcement). The remaining 40%

of the database represent results obtained on HSC beams (53% of which are shear

reinforced and 47% are without shear reinforcement). The database was compiled in a

patterned format and normalized between 0 and 1 as explained in chapter 2. Each pattern

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 161

consists o f an input vector containing the geometrical and mechanical properties of the

beams, and an output vector containing the corresponding shear capacity of the beam.

Table 6.1 provides the range and average values of all parameters used in the database.

Table 6.1 - Statistical data for shear design parameters and shear capacity of beams used
in database

Training data (542 beams) Testin g data (114 beams)


Parameters
Minimum Maximum Average Minimum Maximum Average
d (mm) 40.60 1097.28 332.56 95.00 930.00 366.85
bw (mm) 38.10 457.00 196.71 38.10 457.00 215.61
a/d 2.40 6.05 3.26 2.40 5.00 3.12
Pi(%) 0.48 5.80 2.35 0.50 5.04 2.43
p (MPa)
/y v 0.00 2.24 0.36 0.00 2.53 .46
f c (MPa) 10.50 125.30 46.26 13.70 125.00 49.05
V„ (kN) 2.69 749.30 134.34 8.38 787.55 162.32

6 .2 .3 .2 A N N M o d e l

Several ANN architectures were trained and tested to develop a feed-forward back-

propagation MLP network that can accurately predict the shear strength of RC slender

beams. The network’s architecture that was adopted consists of an input layer containing

6 variables representing the commonly known shear design parameters (d, bw, a/d, p f yv,

pi, and f c), an output layer with one unit representing the shear capacity (V„), and a

hidden layer o f 10 processing units (Fig. 6.1). The ANN was trained using 542 data

patterns and tested on the remaining 114 patterns. The testing patterns were randomly

selected from the original database and were not used in the training process. Among the

testing patterns 58% were NSC beams (32% without shear reinforcement and 26% with

shear reinforcement) and 42% were HSC beams (19% without shear reinforcement, and

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 162

23% with shear reinforcement). Table E.l in Appendix E includes beams characteristic

and shear strength results of all beams used as testing data. Again, Variable learning rate

and momentum were used to avoid lengthy training and ensure global convergence of the

network.

Input layer Hidden layer Output layer

Fig. 6.1 - Architecture of neural network model.

6.3- RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

The performance of the ANN model thus developed and trained was evaluated using the

testing database described earlier. The network was presented with the input vectors of

the testing patterns and asked to predict the corresponding shear capacities. The predicted

shear capacities were subsequently compared to the experimentally measured values and

the performance o f the network was evaluated based on the average absolute error (AAE)

and a performance factor calculated using equations (6.5) and (6.6), respectively.

AAE = l y f e t. Vca‘\ x 100 (6.5)


n Vm

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 163

V
PF = — ( 6 .6)
cal

where Vm and Vcai are the measured and calculated/predicted shear capacity, respectively.

The shear capacities o f all beams in the testing database, which was used to evaluate the

performance o f the ANN model, were also calculated using the five shear strength

calculation procedures discussed earlier. The average, standard deviation (STDV), and

coefficient o f variation (COV) for the performance factor (PF) and the average absolute

error (AAE) o f all shear design methods investigated are listed in Table 6.2 for both NSC

and HSC beams.

Table 6.2 - Performance o f shear design methods considered in this study (beams with
shear reinforcement)

NSC (30 beams) HSC (26 beams)


Shear
method ^measured ! Vcalculated Vmeasured / Vcalculated
AAE (%) AAE (%)
Average STDV COV Average STDV COV
ACI 11-5 23.11 1.29 0.30 23.56 26.7 1.36 0.36 26.77
CSA (simp) 19.63 1.24 0.28 22.82 22.12 1.28 0.33 25.66
Zsutty 14.74 1.10 0.23 21.06 17.44 1.13 0.27 23.90
Mphonde 24.48 0.90 0.23 25.43 21.37 1.03 0.31 30.04
Bazant-Kim 12.07 1.00 0.18 17.69 16.11 0.96 0.20 20.59
ANN 12.33 1.00 0.19 19.09 12.50 1.00 0.18 18.45

It is shown that the ACI (11-5) and the simplified method of the CSA are fairly

conservative in predicting the shear capacity of RC slender beams as indicated with

stirrups with an AAE varying between 20% and 27% and an average PF reaching as high

as 1.36 in the case o f HSC beams. Zsutty’s equation provided reasonably accurate

predictions and tended to underestimate the measured shear capacity by about 10% in the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 164

case of NSC beams. However, its accuracy is clearly lower for HSC beams with an AAE

of 17% and average PF o f 1.13. Table 6.2 also shows that the ANN model and Bazant-

Kim’s equation provided the most accurate shear capacity predictions in the case of NSC

beams with an AAE o f 12% and average PF of 1. However, the accuracy of Bazant-

Kim’s equation in predicting the shear capacity of HSC beams is lower than that for NSC

beams, while that o f ANN was similar for both NSC and HSC beams.

Figures 6.2 to 6.7 illustrate the calculated/predicted shear capacities of reinforced NSC

and HSC beams with shear reinforcement versus the corresponding experimentally

measured ones. It can be observed that the data points for the ANN (Fig. 6.7) and Bazant-

Kim’s method (Fig. 6.6) are the closest to the equity line, whereas those for the other

methods (Figs. 6.2 - 6.5) are scattered over a relatively wider range, especially for beams

having shear capacity values larger than 200 kN (beams with either large effective depth,

large amount o f longitudinal and/or transverse reinforcement). Figures 6.2 and 6.3 also

show that in most cases, the ACI (11-5) and the simplified CSA methods underestimate

the shear capacity o f RC beams with shear reinforcement, and that their accuracy in

predicting the shear capacity of HSC beams is slightly lower than that for NSC beams.

Despite its relatively accurate predictions in the case of NSC beams without shear

reinforcement (Mphonde 1989), Zsutty’s equation provided conservative predictions in

the case o f RC beams containing shear reinforcement (Fig. 6.4). The conservative

predictions provided by the CSA simplified method, ACI (11-5), and Zsutty’s equation

are partially due to the fact that all three methods assume that no interactions occur

between stirrups and other shear transfer mechanisms and simply calculate the shear

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 165

capacity o f RC beams containing stirrups by superimposing the contribution of stirrups to

that of concrete.

900
OHSC ANSC
800

700

o 600

o 500

£<0 400
I 300
HSC: AAE = 23%
S> 200 Vm/V c =136
NSC: AAE = 27 %
100 Vm/Vc = 1JO

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900


Measured shear capacity (kN)

Fig. 6.2 - Performance o f ACI method in calculating the shear capacity of RC beams
with stirrups (only testing points are shown).

900
OHSC A NSC

HSC: AAE =22%


*88 K„/Kc =1.28
NSC: AAE =20%
Vm/Vc = 1.24

100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900


Measured shear capacity (kN)

Fig. 6.3 - Performance o f the simplified method of CSA method in calculating the shear
capacity o f RC beams with stirrups (only testing points are shown).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 166

900
OHSC A NSC
800

700

Predicted shear capacity (kN)


600

500

400

300

200 HSC: AAE =17%


Vm/Vc = 1.13
100 NSC: AAE = 15 %
Vm/Vc =1.10

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900


M easured s h e a r c a p acity (kN)

4 - Performance o f Zsutty’s equation in calculating the shear capacity of RC


p\

beams with stirrups (only testing points are shown).

1000
O HSC A NSC
900
(kN)

800

700
sh ea r capacity

600

500

400
Predicted

300
HSC: AAE =21 %
200 Vm/V c = 1.03
NSC: AAE =25%
100
Vm/Vc = 0.9

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
M e a s u re d s h e a r c a p a c ity (kN)

Fig. 6.5 - Performance o f Mphonde’s equation in calculating the shear capacity of RC


beams with stirrups (only testing points are shown).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 167

900
OHSC A NSC
800

700

o 600

o 500

f 400

£ 300 o .

£ 200 HSC: AAE = 16 %


V m/V c = 0.96
100 NSC: AAE = 12 %
Vm/Vc = 1.0

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900


M e a su re d s h e a r c a p a c ity (kN)

Fig. 6.6 - Performance o f Bazant-Kim’s equation in calculating the shear capacity of RC


beams with stirrups (only testing points are shown).

900
OHSC A NSC
800

O 600
CO
o 500

j= 400

a> 300
HSC.- AA E = 12 %
S 200
Vm/Vc = 1-00
100 NSC: A AE =12 %
Vm/Vc = 1.00

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900


M e a su re d s h e a r c a p a c ity (kN)

Fig. 6.7 - Performance o f ANN model in predicting the shear capacity of RC beams with
stirrups (only testing points are shown).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 168

6.3.1 E ffect of S t ir r u p s on S hear Strength of RC B e a m s

Shear provisions o f design codes and standards generally assume that adding shear

reinforcement to a RC slender beam will only enhance its shear strength by the shear

capacity o f stirrups calculated using equation (6.1). Such a practice ignores the influence

of stirrups on the contribution of other shear design parameters and assumes that the

presence o f stirrups does not interfere with other shear resisting mechanisms, which

presumes a linear relationship between the amount of shear reinforcement and shear

strength. A sensitivity analysis was conducted in this study to investigate the effect of

stirrups on the shear strength of RC slender beams using the various shear prediction

procedures discussed earlier. A set of beams was generated from a NSC beam randomly

selected from the database, in which all beams share the same geometrical and

mechanical properties, except for the amount of shear reinforcement. Properties of the

original beam and all generated beams in this set along with their calculated shear

strength are included in Table E.2, Appendix E.

The shear strength o f the generated beams (calculated using the various shear design

methods) along with the experimentally measured shear strength of beams tested by

Placas and Regan (1971) are also plotted versus the capacity o f stirrups in Fig. 6.8. It can

be observed that the ANN response was the closest to the experimentally measured data

points and that the effect o f stirrups on the shear strength of beams was greater at low

shear reinforcement ratio than that at relatively higher ratio. This behaviour was also

reported by Mphonde (1989) based on experimental studies conducted by Bresler and

Scordelis (1963), and Haddadine et al. (1971), in which they found that stirrups were

more efficient at low to moderate shear reinforcement ratio than at higher reinforcement

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 169

ratio. Figure. 6.8 also show that shear strengths predicted by the ANN are 65% to 75%

higher than those calculated by the ACI. These values are similar to findings of Bresler

and Scordelis, and Haddadine et al. who reported that the shear strength of RC beams

having moderate shear reinforcement are 75% to 80% higher than corresponding values

calculated using the provisions of ACI 318.

5.5
E — ANN
5.0 -®— Bazant-Kim
M phonde
4.5
Q - Zsutty
O - C SA simplified
A - ACI
1 . 3.5 • E xperim ental points

0 ) 3 .0
c
4)
= 2.5
CO
i! 2.0
a>
</5 1.5
1.0

0.5
0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4
Shear reinforcem ent p vfyv (MPa)

Fig. 6.8 - Effect o f shear reinforcement, p vf yv on shear strength of RC beams (NSC).

Similar behaviour was observed in the case of HSC beams (Fig. 6.9). Again the ANN

response was the closest to the experimental shear strength of beams having similar

geometrical and mechanical properties tested by Kong and Rangan (1998). Figure 6.9

also show that the Bazant-Kim’s equation overestimates the shear strength of HSC beams

in agreement with data o f Table 6.2. This appears to be due to an overestimation of the

effect of the concrete compressive strength on the shear capacity at high strength values.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 170

a -A N N
■®— Bazant-Kim
■A— M phonde
- £> Z sutty
O - C SA simplified

Experim ental points

b 2.5

1.0
d = 294 mm bw =250 mm a/d = 3.3
0.5
Pz= 4.4 f c = 75 MPa
0.0
0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6
Shear reinforcement p vfyv (MPa)

Fig. 6.9 - Effect of shear reinforcement, p j yv on shear strength o f RC beams (HSC).

6 .3 .2 Influence of S t ir r u p s on E ffect of C o n c r e t e C o m p r e s s iv e S t r e n g t h

It is generally accepted that an increase in the compressive strength o f concrete increases

the shear strength o f RC slender beams. This is particularly true for NSC slender beams.

However, chapter 5 and several experimental studies (i.e. Duthinh and Carino 1996, and

Thorenfeldt and Drangsholt 1990) demonstrated that the shear strength of RC beams

without shear reinforcement slightly decreases with increasing f c beyond 70 MPa due to

loss in the shear resisting mechanism of aggregate interlock. Furthermore, most current

shear design techniques either do not acknowledge such a variation in the effect of

concrete compressive strength on the shear capacity of beams or simply do not account

for the influence o f adding shear reinforcement on other shear transfer mechanisms.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 171

Prior to investigating the impact of stirrups on the contribution of compressive strength to

the shear strength of RC slender beams, the success of the ANN model in capturing the

relationship between the compressive strength of concrete and the shear strength of RC

beams without stirrups ought to be evaluated. The shear strengths of a set of RC beams

generated from a single beam randomly selected from the database were calculated using

all shear prediction methods adopted in this study, including the ANN method. All beams

share the same geometrical and mechanical properties, except for f c which varies from

25 MPa to 90 MPa (Table E-4, Appendix E).

The shear strength o f the generated beams along with the experimentally measured shear

strength o f 3 beams having similar properties and tested by Mphonde (1989) is plotted

versus the compressive strength of concrete in Fig. 6.10. The figure shows that while all

methods considered herein (except that of Mphonde) captured the trend of the effect of

compressive strength on the shear strength of RC beams relatively well (regardless of

their accuracy), the predictions provided by the ANN model are the closest to the

experimentally measured shear strength values, followed by those o f the Bazant-Kim’s

equation. Moreover, results from an experimental investigation conducted by Johnson

and Ramirez (1989) indicate that for a constant low amount of shear reinforcement, the

overall reserve shear strength after diagonal cracking diminishes with an increase in

concrete compressive strength. Only the ANN model response captured such a behaviour,

while all other methods failed to show a decrease in the rate of growth of shear strength

with higher f 'c . (Note that shear provisions of ACI does not capture this effect, but simply

impose a limit on / c <70M Pa).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 172

5.0
—• —ANN
• Bzant-Kim
4.5 —A—Mphonde
- • G - • Zsutty

^ 4.0 ■- O- - CSA simpified


A ACI
• Experimental points
S . 3.5
ra

-••A
2.0

1.5 d = 298 mm b* = 152 mm a/d = 3.5


p, = 3.36 Pyfyy = 0.692 MPa

20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0


C om pressive strength (MPa)

Fig. 6.10 - Effect of concrete compressive strength, f c on shear strength


of RC beams with stirrups.

To investigate the impact o f stirrups on the effect of concrete compressive strength on

shear capacity, the shear strengths of three sets of beams calculated using Bazant-Kim’s

equation and the ANN model (the two methods that best captured the relationship

between f 'c and the shear strength of RC beams) were plotted versus f c in Fig. 6.11.

Beams in each set share the same properties except f c, and beams in different sets with

similar f c share the same properties except the amount of shear reinforcement, Pyfyv.

Each set also contains experimental shear strengths for three beams having similar

properties tested by Mphonde (1989). Characteristics o f the generated beams and those

tested by Mphonde are shown in Table E.5, Appendix E.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 173

5.0
■•-ANN

4.5 •-B azan t-K im


■ Experimental points-0.344
♦ Experimental points-0.692
4.0
A Experimental points-1.034 pv f yv =1.034 MPa
3.5 pv fyv -"fl;692 MPa

3.0 1 \. P v fy v =0.344 MPa

2.0

1.5 d = 298 mm bw =152 mm


a/d = 3.57 p, =3.36
1.0
20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0 100.0 110.0
C o m p re s s iv e s tr e n g th (MPa)

Fig. 6.11 - Influence o f stirrups on the effect of concrete compressive strength, f c on


shear strength o f RC beams.

Experimental results in Fig. 6.11 show that increasing p / yv by 100 % from 0.345 MPa

(set #1) to 0.69 MPa (set #2) leads to an average increase in shear strength of about 60 %,

while increasing p / yv by 50 % from 0.69 MPa (set #2) to 1.034 MPa (set #3) leads to an

average increase in shear strength of about 12 %. This is in agreement with previous

observations from the ANN response, that the effect of stirrups is less significant at

higher value o f p / yv. Figure 6.11 also shows that the contribution of f c to shear strength

of NSC slender beams is not significantly affected by the amount of shear reinforcement,

p j yv. However, such contribution in the case of HSC slender beams decreases at higher

values of p / yv.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 174

6 .3 .3 Influence of S t ir r u p s on E ffect of T e n s il e S t e e l R a t io

A similar analysis to that used in investigating the influence of stirrups on how

compressive strength of concrete contributes to the shear capacity of concrete slender

beams was carried out to determine the effect of the longitudinal reinforcement ratio on

the shear strength, and the influence of stirrups on such an effect. Figure 6.12 shows the

relationship between longitudinal reinforcement ratio and the calculated shear strength of

a set of beams (Table E.6, Appendix E) using all shear design methods considered herein.

The figure also includes experimental shear strength values for three similar beams tested

by Sarsam and Al-Musawi (1992). It can be observed that the ANN model provided the

most accurate shear strength predictions among all shear design methods. The figure also

show that only the equations proposed by Zsutty and Bazant-Kim captured the trend of

the effect o f longitudinal steel ratio on the shear strength of RC slender beams with shear

reinforcement, but their quantitative predictions were less accurate than those of the ANN

model.

Shear strength values predicted by Zsutty’s equation for RC slender beams with shear

reinforcement were considerably lower than both experimental values and predictions of

the Bazant-Kim’s equation and the ANN model. This is due to the fact that the equation

proposed by Zsutty does not account for the influence of stirrups on other shear resisting

mechanisms, and, like most current design codes simply superimposes the capacity of

stirrups to the shear capacity of a similar beam not containing shear reinforcement in

calculating the shear capacity of RC beams having stirrups. On the other hand, Fig. 6.12

shows that not adequately considering the effect of longitudinal steel ratio on shear

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 175

resisting mechanisms (e.g. ACI and the CSA simplified method), leads to even more

conservative shear strength estimates for RC slender beams with shear reinforcement.

6.5
-B-ANN
6.0 -® - Bazant-Kim
-A -M phonde
5.5 - B - Zsutty
-e -C S A
5.0 - A - ACI
• Experimental points
4.5
4.0
o>
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
d = 233 mm b* = 180 mm a/d = 2.5
1.0 Pyfyy = 1.14 MPa f c = 73 MPa

0.5
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
T ensile steel ratio (%)

Fig. 6.12 - Effect of longitudinal steel ratio pi on shear strength


of RC beams with stirrups.

The ANN model and Bazant-Kim’s equation show a similar effect of the longitudinal

reinforcement ratio, pi on the shear strength of typically reinforced slender beams (pi <

2.5 %). However, for highly reinforced beams, such effect is noticeably larger for the

ANN response than that for the Bazant-Kim’s equation. Nevertheless, the ANN response

is in agreement with results obtained from an experimental investigation conducted by

Kong and Rangan (1998) in which they stated that increasing the longitudinal

reinforcement ratio from 1.66 % to 2.79 % leads to a small increase in shear strength, yet

a sharp increase in the shear strength was reported when increasing the longitudinal steel

ratio from 2.79 % to 3.69 %.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 176

The influence of stirrups on the effect of pi on the shear strength of RC slender beams is

shown in Fig. 6.13. The figure illustrates the shear strength of three sets of beams versus

pi for different values o f Pyfyv- All beams have the same properties of beams in Table E.6

except for pj~yv, which has been changed from 1.14 MPa (set # 3) to 0.74 (set # 2) and

0.00 MPa (set # 1 ). Figure 6.13 also show the measured shear strength of 6 similar beams

tested by Sarsam and Al-Musawi (1992). All tested beams contain shear reinforcement;

three have pJyV= 0.75 MPa and the other three have pj'yv =1.14 MPa. Although the ANN

model and Bazant-Kim’s equation offered a nearly identical response in the case of RC

slender beams without shear reinforcement, their response was different for beams with

shear reinforcement. The Bazant-Kim’s equation assumes that the effect of pi on the shear

strength is independent o f p / yv, whereas the ANN response shows a significant

enhancement to such effect for pi > 2.5 %. Such enhancement in the effect of pi due to the

addition o f stirrups, as predicted by the ANN model, is in agreement with experimental

results reported by Sarsam and Al-Musawi (1992) and Kong and Rangan (1998) as

mentioned earlier. The improvement in the effect of longitudinal steel reinforcement on

the shear capacity o f RC beams with stirrups is believed to be due to the fact that stirrups

help confining the longitudinal steel bars in place, thus preventing shear cracks from

widening, and therefore allowing an increase in dowel action.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 111

6.5
-B-ANN
6.0 -© - Bazant-Kim
♦ Experimental points-1.14
5.5
B Experimental polnts-0.754
_ 5.0
m
I 45
J= 4.0
O)
m 3.5
Pvfyv = 0.00 MPa
3.0
® 2.5
2.0
1.5
d = 233 mm b* = 180 mm
1.0 a/d = 2.5 f , = 73 MPa
0.5
1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5
T ensile steel ratio (%)

Fig. 6.13 - Influence o f stirrups on the effect of tensile steel ratio, pi on shear
strength o f RC beams.

6 .3 .4 Influence of S t ir r u p s on E ffect of Sh ea r Span to D e p t h R a t io

The effect o f shear span to depth ratio on the shear strength of RC slender beams and the

influence o f stirrups on such an effect are illustrated in Figs. 6.14 and 6.15, respectively.

Figure 6.14 shows the variation in shear strength of a RC beam with variable shear span

to depth ratio (a/d) as predicted by the various shear prediction methods considered in

this study. While some of these methods disregard the effect of a/d on the shear strength

of RC beams (Mphonde and the simplified CSA methods), others incorporate a slight

variation in shear strength for 2.5 < a/d < 3.5 that becomes negligible for a/d > 3.5. The

largest variation in shear strength versus a/d was captured by the ANN model and

Zsutty’s equation (Fig. 6.14), yet such a variation is still relatively minor. On the other

hand, Fig. 6.15 shows the impact of adding stirrups on the effect of a/d on the shear

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 178

strength o f RC slender beams. The figure presents variation in shear strength with a/d for

different values o f p / yv (0.0, 0.5, and 1.3 MPa) as predicted by the ANN model, Bazant-

Kim and Zsutty’s equations. Responses of all three methods show similar relationship

between the shear strength o f RC slender beams and a/d, regardless of the amount of

shear reinforcement. Therefore, increasing the amount of stirrups will have no impact on

an already insignificant effect o f a/d on the shear strength o f RC slender beams.

—B — ANN
—®— Bazant-Kim
—A— Mphonde
- a - Zsutty
- o - CSA
- A - ACI
• Experimental points

o>
5 3.5
2
Is 3.0
A - -A -A
(0 2.5

2.0 d = 351 mm bw=200 mm pt = 2.29


Pyfyy = 1.29 MPa f c = 87 MPa
1.5
2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00 4.25
a/d

F ig . 6 .1 4 - Effect of shear span to depth ratio a/d on shear strength


of RC beams with stirrups.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 179

5.0
-a-A N N d =351 i b,, = 200 mm
-® - Bazant-Kim Pi = 2.29 r c = 87 MPa
4.5
- a - Zsutty

4.0

3.5
p v f y v = 1 .2 9 M P a

O)
3.0
•© p v f y v = 0 .5 0 M P a

2.0 p v f y v = ( J .O O M P a

1.5

2.00 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.25 3.50 3.75 4.00 4.25 4.50
a/d

Fig. 6.15 - Influence o f stirrups on the effect of shear span to depth ratio a/d
on shear strength of RC beams.

6.4- CONCLUDING REMARKS

This chapter investigated the applicability of several existing shear calculation methods

in predicting the shear capacity of reinforced concrete slender beams with shear

reinforcement. The feasibility of using artificial neural networks for predicting the shear

capacity o f reinforced NSC and HSC slender beams with or without shear reinforcement

was also investigated. Furthermore, a parametric study was carried out to evaluate the

effect o f basic shear design parameters on the shear strength of RC beams and the

influence of stirrups on such effects. The following conclusions can be drawn:

The ANN approach outperformed all other shear capacity calculation methods

considered in this chapter. It adequately captured the effect of shear reinforcement on

shear capacity o f RC beams. As expected, it showed that shear strength increases with

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 180

increasing amount of shear reinforcement. However, unlike existing shear prediction

methods, the ANN model predicted that such an increase diminishes at higher values

of shear reinforcement, which is in agreement with experimental results.

Experimental results along with results obtained using the ANN model and Bazant-

Kim’s equation showed that the shear strength of RC slender beams with shear

reinforcement is more than 50 % higher than values calculated using shear provisions

o f ACI and the simplified method of CSA. It was shown that calculating the shear

strength o f RC beams containing shear reinforcement by simply superimposing the

capacity o f stirrups to the shear capacity of a similar beam without shear

reinforcement is not accurate and leads to unnecessarily conservative results.

The ANN approach adequately captured the influence of compressive strength { f c) on

shear capacity o f RC slender beams with shear reinforcement. It showed that shear

strength increases with increasing f c up to 70 MPa, but such an increase tends to

diminish above that value. It also showed that increasing the capacity of stirrups does

not impact the effect o f f c on the shear strength of NSC beams. However, for HSC

beams, the effect of f c on shear strength tends to decrease with increasing capacity of

stirrups.

The ANN model also showed that the amount of longitudinal tensile reinforcement

influences the ultimate shear strength of RC beams with shear reinforcement in

general, and that this influence is more pronounced for higher values of longitudinal

reinforcement ratio. This observation is also supported to a lesser extent by Bazant-

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 181

Kim and Zsutty’s equations. Conversely, the shear provisions of the ACI code

underestimate such an effect, while the CSA simplified method does not account for it.

Finally, the ANN analysis showed that the shear span to depth ratio, a/d slightly

affects the shear strength of RC slender beams with shear reinforcement, and that such

an effect diminishes at higher values of a/d. This behaviour is somewhat consistent for

all methods considered in this study that account for the effect of a/d on shear strength

regardless o f the amount of shear reinforcement.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 182

6.5- REFERENCES:

Adebar P., Collins M. P., (1996), “Shear Strength o f Members without Transverse
Reinforcement,” Canadian Journal of Civil Engineering, V. 23, pp. 30-41.

Ahmad S. H., Khaloo A. R., and Poveda A., (1986), “Shear Capacity o f Reinforced High-
Strength Concrete Beams,” ACI Journal, V. 83, No. 2, pp. 297-305.

American Concrete Institute, (2003), “Building Code Requirements fo r Structural


Concrete,” (ACI 318), Farmington Hills, Michigan, USA, 369 p.

Anderson N. S., and Ramirez J. A., (1989), “Detailing o f Stirrup Reinforcement,” ACI
Structural Journal, V. 86, No. 5, pp. 507-515.

Angelakos D., (1999), “The Influence o f Concrete Strength and Longitudinal


Reinforcement Ratio on the Shear Strength o f Large-Size Reinforced Concrete Beams
with and without Transverse Reinforcement,” MSc. Thesis, Department of Civil
Engineering, University of Toronto, Canada, 181 p.

Bazant Z. P., and Kazemi M. T., (1991), “Size Effect on Diagonal Shear Failure o f
Beams without Stirrups,” ACI Structural Journal, V. 88, No. 3, pp. 268-276.

Bazant Z. P., and Kim J. K., (1984), “ Size Effect in Shear Failure o f Longitudinally
Reinforced Beams,” ACI Structural Journal, V. 81, No. 5, pp. 456-468.

Bohigas A. C., (2002), “Shear Design o f Reinforced High-Strength Concrete Beams,”


Ph.D. Thesis, University Politecnica de Catalunya, Spain, 168 p.

Bresler B., and Scordelis A. C., (1963), “Shear Strength o f Reinforced Concrete Beams,”
ACI Journal, Proceedings V. 60, No. 1, pp. 51-72.

Canadian Standards Association, (1994), “Design o f Concrete Structures,” (CSA A23.3),


Rexdale, Ontario, Canada, 199 p.

Chana P. S., (1981), “Some Aspects o f Modeling the Behaviour o f Reinforced Concrete
under Shear Loading,” Tech. Rep. No. 543, Cement and Concrete Association,
Wexham Springs, 21 p.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 183

Chana P. S., (1987), “Investigating o f the Mechanism o f Shear Failure o f Reinforced


Concrete Beams,” Magazine o f Concrete Research, V. 39, No. 12, pp. 196-204.

Collins M. P., and Kuchma D. (1999), "How Safe are Our Large, Lightly Reinforced
Concrete Beams, Slabs and Footings?” ACI Structural Journal, V. 96, No. 4, pp. 482-
490.

Debaiky S. Y., and Elniema E. I., (1982), “Behaviour and Strength o f Reinforced
Hunched Beams Using High Strength Concrete,” ACI Journal Proceedings, V. 79, No.
3, pp. 184-194.

Duthinh D., and Carino N. J., (1996), “Shear Design o f High-Strength Concrete Beams:
A Review o f the State-of-the-Art”, Research Report NISTIR 5870, National Institute of
Standards and Technology, Building and Fire Research Laboratory, Gaithersburg,
MD, 198 p.

Elzanaty A. H., Nilson A. H., and Slate F. O. (1986), '’''Shear Capacity o f Reinforced
Concrete Beams Using High-Strength Concrete,” ACI Journal, V. 83, No. 2, pp. 290-
296.

Ghannoum W. M., (1998), “Size Effect on Shear Strength o f Reinforced Concrete


Beams,” M.Eng. Thesis, Department of Civil Engineering and Applied Mechanics,
McGill University, Canada, 115 p.

Haddadine M., Hong S. T., and Mattock A. H., (1971), “Stirrup Effectiveness in
Reinforced Concrete Beams with Axial Force,” Proceedings, ASCE, V. 97, ST9, pp.
2277-2297.

Hsiung W., and Frantz G. C., (1985), “Transverse Stirrup Spacing on RJC Beams,”
Journal o f Structural Engineering, ASCE, V.l 11, No. 2, pp. 353-362.

Islam M. S., Pam H. J., and Kwan A. K. H., (1998), “Shear Capacity o f High- Strength
Concrete Beams with Their Point o f Inflection within the Shear Span”, Proceedings of
the Institution o f Civil Engineers, Structures and Buildings, V. 128, No. 1, pp. 91-99.

Johnson M. K., and Ramirez J. A., (1989), “Minimum Shear Reinforcement in Beams
with Higher Strength Concrete,” ACI Structural Journal, V. 86, No. 4, pp. 376-382.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 184

Kani M. W., Huggins M. W., and Wittkopp R. R., (1979), “Kani on Shear in Reinforced
Concrete,” Department o f Civil Engineering, University o f Toronto Press, Toronto,
Canada, 225 p.

Karayiannis C. G., and Chalioris C. E., (1999), “Experimental Investigation o f the


Influence o f Stirrups on the Shear Failure Mechanism o f Reinforced Concrete Beams, ’
Proceedings o f the 13th Hellenic Conference on Concrete, Rethymnon, Greece, V. 1,
pp. 133-141, (in Greek).

Kim J. K., and Park Y. D., (1994), “Shear Strength o f Reinforced High Strength Concrete
Beams without Web Reinforcement,” Magazine of Concrete Research, V. 46, No. 166,
pp. 7-16.

Kong Y. L. K., and Rangan B. V., (1998), “Shear Strength o f High-Performance


Concrete Beams, ” ACI Structural Journal, V. 95, No. 6, pp. 677-688.

Mattock A. H., and Wang Z. H., (1984), “Shear Strength o f Reinforced Concrete
Members Subjected to High Axial Compressive Strength,” ACI Journal Proceedings,
V. 81, No. 3, pp. 287-298.

McGormley J. C., Creary D. B., and Ramirez J. A., (1996), “The Performance o f Epoxy-
Coated Shear Reinforcement,” ACI Structural Journal, V. 93, No. 5, pp. 531-537.

Mphonde A. G., (1989), “Use o f Stirrups Effectiveness in Shear Design o f Concrete


Beams,” ACI Structural Journal, V. 86. No. 5, pp. 541-545.

Mphonde A. G., and Frantz G. C. (1984), “Shear Tests o f High and Low-Strength
Concrete Beams without Stirrups,” ACI Journal, V. 81. No. 4, pp. 350-357.

Ozcebe G., Ersoy U., and Tankut T., (1999), “Evaluation o f Minimum Shear
Reinforcement Requirements fo r Higher Strength Concrete,” ACI Structural Journal,
V. 96, No. 3, pp. 361-368.

Papadakis G., (1996), “Shear Failure o f Reinforced Concrete Beams without Stirrups,”
Ph.D. Thesis, Department of Civil Engineering, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki,
Greece, (in Greek).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 185

Pellegrino C., Bemardini A., and Modena C., (2002), “Shear Failure o f HSC Beams with
Variable Shear Span-to-Depth Ratio," Proceeding of the 6th International Symposium
on Utilisation of High Strength/High Performance Concrete,” Edited by Koenig,
Dehn, and Faust, Leipzig, Germany, pp. 473-485.

Placas A., and Regan P. E., (1971), “Shear Failure o f Reinforced Concrete Beams f ACI
Journal Proceedings, V. 68, No. 10, pp. 763-773.

Podgomiak-Stanik B., (1998), “The Influence o f Concrete Strength, Distribution o f


Longitudinal Reinforcement, Amount o f Transverse Reinforcement, and Member Size
on Shear Strength o f Reinforced Concrete Members," M.A.Sc. Thesis, Department of
Civil Engineering, University of Toronto, Canada, 369 p.

Roller J. J., and Russel H. G., (1990), “Shear Strength o f High Strength Concrete Beams
with Web Reinforcement," ACI Structural Journal, V. 87, No. 2, pp. 191-198.

Russo G., and Puleri G., (1997), “Stirrups Effectiveness in Reinforced Concrete Beams
Under Flexure and Shear," ACI Structural Journal, V. 94, No. 3, pp. 227-238.

Sarsam K. F., and Al-Musawi J. M. S., (1992), “Shear Design o f High-and Normal
Strength Concrete Beams with Web Reinforcement," ACI Structural Journal, V. 89,
No. 6, pp. 658-663.

Swamy R. N., and Andriopoulis A. D., (1974), “Contribution o f Aggregate Interlock and
Dowel Forces to the Shear Resistance o f Reinforced Beams with Web reinforcement,"
Shear in reinforced Concrete, SP-42, American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills,
Michigan, pp. 129-166.

Tan K-H., Kong F-K., Teng S., and Guan L., (1995), “High-Strength Concrete Deep
Beams with Effective Span and Shear Span Variations," ACI Structural Journal, V. 92,
No. 4, pp. 395-404.

Taylor H. P. J., (1972), “Shear Strength o f Large Beams," Journal of the Structural
Division, ASCE, V. 98, No. ST11, pp. 2473-2489.

Thorenfeldt E., and Drangsholt G., (1990), “Shear Capacity o f Reinforced High Strength
Concrete Beams," ACI 2nd International Symposium on HSC, ACI SP 121.8,
American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, Michigan, pp. 129-154.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 6 186

Walraven J. C., (1978), “The Influence o f Depth on the Shear Strength o f Light Weight
Concrete Beams without Shear Reinforcement,” Stevin Lab. Rep. No. 5-78-4, Delft
University o f Technology, the Netherlands.

Xie Y., Ahmad S. H., Yu T., Hino S., and Chung W. (1994), “Shear Ductility o f
Reinforced Concrete Beams o f Normal and High Strength Concrete,” ACI Structural
Journal, V. 91, No. 2, pp. 140-149.

Yoon Y.-S., Cook W. D., and Mitchell D. (1996), “Minimum Shear Reinforcement in
Normal, Medium and High-Strength Concrete Beams,” ACI Structural Journal, V. 93,
No. 5, pp. 576-584.

Zararis P. D., and Papadakis G., (1999), “Influence o f the Arrangement o f Reinforcement
on the Shear Strength o f RC Beams,” Proceedings of the 13th Hellenic Conference on
Concrete, Rethymnon, Greece, V. 1, pp. 110-119, (in Greek).

Zsutty T. C., (1971), “Shear Strength Predictions fo r Separate Categories o f Simple


Beam Tests,” ACI Journal, V. 68, No. 2, pp. 138-143.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 187

CHAPTER 7

EVALUATING SHEAR CAPACITY OF FRP REINFORCED


CONCRETE BEAMS USING ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE *

7.1-INTRODUCTION

Corrosion o f reinforcing steel in concrete structures subjected to de-icing salts and/or

aggressive environments constitutes the major cause of their deterioration, leading to

costly rehabilitation and significant reduction in their service life. To alleviate such a

costly problem, engineers experimented with alternative materials; such as stainless,

epoxy-coated, and galvanized steel bars. However, this practice did not completely

eliminate the problem (Kessler and Powers 1988). Recently, fibre-reinforced polymer

(FRP) has been proposed as an alternative material for reinforcing concrete structures due

to its high resistance to corrosion and high strength to weight ratio (ACI 440R 1996). The

mechanical properties o f FRP and its mode of failure differ from those of steel. Thus, a

thorough investigation o f its behaviour as a reinforcement material is required prior to its

safe implementation in demanding structural applications.

* A version o f this chapter has been submitted for review to the Journal of Smart Structures and Systems.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 188

FRP is a composite material consisting of reinforcing fibres embedded in a matrix of

polymer resin and produced in the form of bars, tendons, strands, grids, etc. The fibres

are generally made o f glass, carbon, or aramid and constitute the principal load-carrying

element in the composite matrix. The tensile strength of FRP could reach up to twice that

of steel (Yost et al. 2001), which allows FRP to replace longitudinal steel reinforcement

in structural members subjected to flexural loading. However, contrary to steel

reinforcement, FRP materials exhibit a linear elastic stress-strain relationship up to failure

as shown in Fig. 7.1.

Previous experimental and analytical studies concluded that the fundamental principles of

flexural theory of concrete beams reinforced with steel bars are also valid for beams

reinforced with FRP (Shehata 1999). However, due to their brittle mode of failure, a

higher safety factor should be used for design purposes when FRP is considered for

reinforcement (Shehata 1999). Furthermore, the longitudinal reinforcement contributes

significantly to the nominal shear capacity, V„ of reinforced concrete (RC) beams as

explained in chapter 5. Such a contribution depends mostly on the axial rigidity (EjAj)

and tensile strength o f the reinforcing material. Since the axial rigidity of FRP is smaller

than that o f steel, the amount of shear resisted by concrete, Fc/ is expected to be lower and

needs to be evaluated.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 189

1750

1500

1250
CFRP
^<v 1000
M
M High strength steel
£ 750
■«-*
to
500

Mild steel
250
GFRP

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2


S train (%)

Fig. 7.1 - Typical stress-strain relationship for FRP and steel reinforcement.

Current shear design provisions calculate the shear capacity o f concrete beams reinforced

with FRP using slightly modified versions of existing semi-empirical shear design

equations that were primarily derived from experimental databases generated on concrete

beams having steel reinforcement. They reasonably assumed that the shear resistance

mechanisms considered for steel-reinforced concrete beams (chapter 5) will contribute in

a similar manner to the nominal shear capacity of concrete members reinforced with FRP.

However, FRP materials have different mechanical properties and mode of failure than

those of steel, and extending existing shear design equations for steel reinforced beams to

cover concrete beams reinforced with FRP is questionable. For example, FRP materials

have a lower axial stiffness than that of steel reinforcement. Thus, a larger tensile strain

in FRP bars is expected when it is used as longitudinal reinforcement, leading to a

reduction in the depth of the neutral axis, wider cracks, and a reduction in the overall

contribution to shear resistance mechanisms that constitute Vcf.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 190

Furthermore, it was found that bending FRP bars to form stirrups and the orientation of

tensile forces initiated by shear cracks (at an angle with respect to stirrups) limit the

ultimate capacity o f FRP bars. Hence, their full tensile strength, parallel to the direction

of fibres, cannot always be achieved. Consequently, a reduction factor must be applied to

the capacity o f FRP stirrups when added to concrete contribution to shear to calculate the

shear capacity o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams. For instance, Shehata (1999) reported a

reduction in the ultimate capacity o f FRP stirrups by up to 79 % of the guaranteed tensile

strength parallel to the fibres, and observed that failure of FRP stirrups was more likely to

occur at bends.

Due to the lack o f detailed and reliable design standards and the fact that FRP materials

do not offer the desirable ductility provided by steel reinforcement (brittle sudden

failure), current guidelines tend to highly underestimate the shear capacity of FRP

reinforced concrete members. Consequently, the excessive amount of FRP needed to

resist shear could be both costly and likely to create reinforcement congestion problems

(Razaqpur et al. 2004).

Several studies were conducted to compare the ability of various shear design guidelines

to calculate the contribution of concrete and/or FRP stirrups to the nominal shear capacity

of concrete beams reinforced with FRP (Yost et al. 2001 and Razaqpur et al. 2004). It

was concluded that current shear design guidelines for the design of FRP-reinforced

concrete members are either inappropriate or highly conservative. Accordingly, the

objective o f the study in this chapter is to investigate the feasibility o f using artificial

intelligence to predict the shear capacity of concrete beams reinforced with FRP,

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 191

compare such predictions to results obtained from different shear design guidelines

namely, the provisions of the American Concrete Institute (ACI 440.1R 2003), the

Canadian Standards Association (CSA S806 2002), and the Japan Society of Civil

Engineers (JSCE 1997). The chapter also evaluates the performance of shear design

equations proposed by the Canadian Network of Centres of Excellence on Intelligent

Sensing for Innovative Structures (ISIS Canada 2001) and propose shear design

equations for FRP-reinforced concrete beams based on shear equations developed by

Zsutty for concrete beams reinforced with steel (Zsutty 1968 and 1971). A parametric

study was also carried out to evaluate the ability of the ANN model, the proposed

equations, and current shear design guidelines to quantitatively account for the effects of

basic shear design parameters on the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beams.

7.2- SHEAR PROVISIONS FOR FRP-REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS

As stated in chapters 5 and 6, shear provisions of current design codes and standards,

calculate the nominal shear capacity of conventionally reinforced concrete beams by

simply adding concrete contribution, Vc to the capacity of stirrups, Vs using equation

(5.1). They also calculate the shear capacity resisted by concrete, Vc using semi-empirical

or statistically derived equations and ignore the influence of stirrups on the contribution

o f other shear mechanisms. Chapter 6 also shows that simply adding Vc and Vs to

calculate V„ leads to underestimating the shear strength of steel-reinforced concrete

beams. Moreover, design guidelines recommend using existing guidelines for steel-

reinforced members with proposed modification factors to calculate the shear capacity of

FRP-reinforced concrete members. Due to the brittle failure of FRP materials, current

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
C h apter7 192

design guidelines tend to further underestimate the shear capacity of FRP-reinforced

concrete members to achieve a more conservative design. The various shear design

guidelines and shear prediction equations used in this study are briefly discussed below.

Note that all strength reduction factors used in the following equations for design

purposes are set to one for comparison.

7.2.1 ACI R e c o m m e n d a t i o n s

Recommendations provided by ACI Committee 440 assume that equation. 5.1 is also

valid to calculate the shear capacity of FRP-reinforced concrete beams as long as shear

cracks are adequately controlled. Thus, taking into consideration the axial rigidity of the

longitudinal reinforcement, ACI 440-03 evaluates the shear capacity of FRP-reinforced

concrete beams without shear reinforcement using the following equation:

Vc f = — E fl. vc < vc (7 . 1 )
90 A /c

Vc is calculated according to shear provisions of the ACI building code (ACI 318R-03)

using one o f the following equations:

v* =(o,17,/7:)f>w</ (ACI 11-3) (7.2)

K = (o. 15 8 / / f + 17 . 2 p l
V
^T)
))
M * 0 3 j Z b w<] (ACI 11-5) (7.3)

where bw is the beam’s breadth (mm); f c is the compressive strength of concrete cylinder

(MPa); Pfi is the longitudinal reinforcement ratio; Vc is the shear capacity of the

reinforced concrete beam without shear reinforcement (N); Ep is the modulus of elasticity

of the longitudinal FRP reinforcement (MPa); /?, is a material reduction factor that

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 193

depends on f c, 0.65 < A < 0.85; and M and V are the moment and shear force, at a critical

section, respectively.

ACI 440-03 calculates the shear capacity provided by FRP stirrups using shear equations

of ACI 318 (equation 6.1). However, it limits the stress level in the FRP shear

reinforcement to control the width of shear cracks and avoid failure at the bent portions

of stirrups. According to ACI 440-03, the shear capacity of FRP shear reinforcement is

calculated as follows:

vf = P /v (0 -004£> ) K d ^ Pfifft,hd (7.4)

where fo is the strength at the bend portions of FRP stirrups, and and Efv are the ratio

and modulus o f elasticity of shear reinforcement, respectively.

7 .2 .2 CSA G u i d e l i n e s

According to CSA S806-02, the nominal shear capacity of FRP-reinforced flexural

members not subjected to significant axial tension can be calculated using:

(7.5)

For reasons similar to those explained above in ACI recommendations, the shear capacity

provided by concrete, Vcf and by FRP stirrups, I /in FRP-reinforced concrete beams with

minimum shear reinforcement or having an effective depth d < 300 mm is calculated

using equations (7.6) and (7.7), respectively.

• vr d 1
Vcf = 0.035 f c Pji Efi - j- b .d a/d> 1.0 (7.6)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 194

(7.6a)

v, = <>A P,, / / „ 6 , <* S 0-6*JZ K d (7.7)

For beams having an effective depth d > 300 mm and without shear reinforcement, or

with shear reinforcement less than the minimum specified, Fc/ is calculated using:

130
*V = 1000 \[ 7 ,b J < 0 -0 z J 7 ,b J (7.8)
+d.

7.2.3 JSCE GUIDELINES

Guidelines provided by JSCE-97 for the design and construction of FRP-reinforced

concrete structures are a modified version of previous specifications for steel-reinforced

members. For FRP-reinforced concrete flexural members, JSCE-97 recommends the

following equations to calculate the shear capacity carried by concrete, Vcf.

= (79)
Yb

1100 p a E n

A = 1 /1 5 ^ S 1.5 (7.9,)

/ » , = °-2 £ °-72 (MP») <7-9«)

where fin = 1.0 for members without axial force, yb is a strength reduction factor, f cd =

f c / yc is the design compressive strength, and yc is the compressive strength material

factor =1.3 for f c < 50 MPa and 1.5 otherwise.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 195

The shear capacity carried by FRP shear reinforcement in non pre-stressed flexural

members is given by:

Afv Efvs fv (sinofj + 0 0 8 ^ )


M. (7.10)
Vf =
Yb

f ncd P f l E fl ^ f bbend
e fi =0.0001. (7.10a)
Pf<E .

0.05— +0.3 f ,
fu v
fb e n d (7.10b)
Y m fb

f mcd fed (7.10c)


v300,

where is the design value to limit the maximum strain in the FRP shear

reinforcement, j d = d! 1.15, a s is the angle between the shear reinforcement and the

member axis, h is the member’s height, ymJb =1.3 (safety factor for the bend portions of

FRP bars), and r* and dj, are the bend’s radius and bar’s diameter, respectively.

7.2.4 ISIS C a n a d a M e t h o d

In its design manual for FRP-reinforced concrete structures, (ISIS Canada-01) adopted

the same principles used by CSA A23.3 (1994) for shear design of steel-reinforced

concrete. With slight modifications to existing equations, equations provided by ISIS

Canada calculate Fc/and fu s in g the following equations:

r,=o.2jZb,d&- for d< 300 mm (7.11)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 196

y< = ( l O ^ T r f W / , ' M , | - ^ - S 0 .1 4 f ,b M - £ - fo r d> 300 mm ( 7 .1 2 )

I f Ef.
V f = P p X f j u v K d ^ °-8b^ d J -J r :— (x is assumed = 0.4) (7.13)

7.2.5 A r t if ic ia l N e u r a l N e t w o r k s A p p r o a c h

7.2.5.1 Development of Database

Shear strength results for 150 FRP-reinforced concrete beams (50 of which are without

shear reinforcement) were collected from published literature. Only simply supported

beams that exhibited shear failure were considered. Beams without shear reinforcement

were reinforced with FRP bars as longitudinal reinforcement. All beams with shear

reinforcement were reinforced with FRP stirrups, 72 of which had FRP bars and the

others had steel bars for longitudinal reinforcement. The database was compiled in a

patterned format. Each pattern consists of an input vector containing the geometrical and

mechanical properties o f RC beams, and an output vector containing the corresponding

shear capacity o f the beam. Table 7.1 provides the range and average values of all

parameters used in the database while beams characteristics are included in Table F.l

(Appendix F).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 197

Table 7.1 - Statistical data of shear design parameters and shear capacity for FRP-
reinforced concrete beams used in database

Without shear reinf. (50 beams) With shear reinf. (100 beams)
Parameters
Minimum Maximum Average Minimum Maximum Average
d (mm) 150.0 360.0 253.1 210.0 500.0 291.2
by, (mm) 150.0 1000.0 360.5 135.0 300.0 200.8
a/d 1.8 6.5 3.7 1.2 4.3 2.7
#Ei(GPa) 0.3 3.2 0.9 0.3 9.6 2.0
Pffbcnd (MPa) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 13.4 3.2
f c (MPa) 22.7 49.0 38.5 22.5 84.2 39.5
Vn (kN) 31.5 190.0 87.8 56.2 375.5 164.1

1.2.52 ANN Model

The network architecture adopted in this study to predict the shear strength of FRP

reinforced concrete beams consists of an input layer, an output layer and one hidden

layer. The input layer contains six variables representing the common shear design

parameters o f reinforced concrete beams (d, bw, a/d, Pffbend, and f c), in addition to the

axial rigidity o f the longitudinal reinforcement, pi Ei. The output layer includes one unit

representing the shear capacity, V„ and the hidden layer consists of seven processing units

(Fig. 7.2). Full forward connection (between units of one layer and those of the

subsequent layer) was adopted and variable learning rate and momentum were used to

avoid lengthy training and ensure global convergence as explained in chapter 2. The

transfer function used for all processing units was a logarithm sigmoid function (see

chapter 2) with outputs varying between 0 and 1. Therefore, prior to the training process,

variables in the generated database were scaled between 0 and 1 to speed up the training

process and improve the network’s generalization. The output values were scaled by

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 198

simply dividing the shear capacity of each beam by the maximum shear capacity in the

database, and input parameters were scaled using the following equation:

x, = 0 .1 + 0 .8 (7.14)
(Vx max - X m ■
in)1

where xt is the scaled value of variable x, and xmin and xmax are the minimum and

maximum values o f variable x in the database, respectively.

The primary factor that influences the performance of an ANN model is the completeness

and accuracy o f the database. Therefore, due to the relatively small number of beams

without shear reinforcement, the ANN model thus developed was trained and validated

on data for beams containing shear reinforcement. The ANN model was trained on 80 %

of the data and tested on the remaining 20 %. The testing patterns were randomly selected

from the original database and were not used in the training process (shaded rows in

Table F .l, Appendix F).

Input layer Hidden layer Output layer

Fig. 7.2 - Architecture of neural network model for predicting the shear capacity
of FRP-reinforced concrete beams.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 199

7 .2 .6 G e n e t ic A l g o r it h m s A p p r o a c h

The genetic algorithms approach is used herein as an optimization technique to develop

an equation for the shear design of FRP-reinforced concrete beams with or without shear

reinforcement. Thus, an original form of the equation defining the overall shear

behaviour and including all shear design parameters that influence the shear capacity of

concrete beams is required. Zsutty’s equation (eq. 5.2) has proven to be one of the

simplest and most accurate empirical shear equations for conventional reinforced

concrete beams (see chapter 5) and its empirical form was chosen herein for optimization

using GA.

Zsutty’s equations were developed for steel-reinforced concrete beams. Thus, their

empirical forms were modified to account for the axial rigidity of FRP longitudinal

reinforcement and the capacity of FRP stirrups. Shear parameters considered in the

original form o f the equation are: the beam’s effective depth (d) and width (bw); the shear

span to depth ratio (a/d); the longitudinal reinforcement ratio (pj)\ the concrete

compressive strength ( f c)\ the ratio of FRP shear reinforcement (/?/„); the ratio of E /E s\

and the ultimate capacity of FRP shear reinforcement (ffuv). The original form of the shear

equations considered in GA optimization is as follows:

(7.15)

(7.15a)

(7.15b)

where C\, Cz, C3, and C4 are unknown coefficients.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 200

The primary objective of using GA to optimize the above shear equations is to search for

an optimum set o f coefficients from within the solution space, for which the difference

between the measured shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beams and those

calculated using the final form of the optimized equations is minimal. The database used

to train and validate the ANN model was also used for the GA approach (Table FI,

Appendix F). GA is case-dependent and the appropriate selection of its key parameters

such as, selection method and pressure, recombination name and rate, mutation rate and

number o f individuals is essential for its successful development and acceptable

performance.

It is important to note herein that an attempt was made to optimize equation 7.15 with

both terms (vc/ and v/) included. A good agreement between measured nominal shear

strength and those calculated using the final equation obtained from GA was achieved.

However, such an equation was very conservative in calculating the shear strength of

FRP-reinforced concrete beams without shear reinforcement, vcy. Therefore, it was

decided to develop two separate GA models. The first one is to construct an equation to

predict the shear strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams without shear reinforcement,

vcf and to use such an equation in the objective function of the second GA model to

construct an equation to calculate the shear strength carried by FRP stirrups, v/. The final

setting o f both models is presented in Table 7.2 and the final form of the optimized

equations is as follows:

for a/d > 2.5 (7.16)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 201

For a/d < 2.5, vc/is multiplied by 2.5d/a

>7=0.74 (7 . 17)

Table 7.2 - Parameters used in Genetic Algorithms setting

Parameters FRP-reinforced beams FRP-reinforced beams


without stirrups with stirrups
Number of individuals 70 100

Variable format Real value Real value


Number of variable 2 2

Maximum generation 1000 5000


Selection method Stochastic universal sampling Stochastic universal sampling
Selection pressure 1.7 1.7
Recombination method Extended line Extended line
Recombination rate 0.5 0.75
Mutation rate 0 .0 1 0 .0 0 1

7.3- RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

As mentioned earlier, concrete members reinforced with FRP materials usually exhibit a

brittle and sudden shear failure. Thus, a higher material reduction factor or relatively

conservative shear equations should be used for design purposes when FRP is considered

for reinforcement. In this study and for comparative reasons, material reduction factors in

all shear equations considered herein were set to one. Furthermore, the fundamental task

of the objective function in a GA model is to minimize the difference between the

measured shear strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams and its calculated values. In

other words, GA will provide equations capable of estimating shear strength values of

FRP-reinforced concrete beams as close as possible to the measured ones. It is the

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 202

responsibility of the modeler to simplify such equations and modify them appropriately to

suit the problem at hand.

The performance o f equations 7.16 and 7.17 in calculating the shear strength of FRP-

reinforced concrete beams with and without shear reinforcement is shown in Figs. 7.3

and 7.4, respectively. The figures show a reasonable agreement between the measured

and calculated shear strengths. However, for the case of FRP-reinforced concrete beams,

a slightly more conservative result is preferred and equations 7.16 and 7.17 were slightly

modified to obtain the final proposed form (eqs. 7.18 and 7.19) for shear design equations

of FRP-reinforced concrete beams. The performance of the proposed shear equations in

predicting the shear strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams with and without shear

reinforcement is also shown in Figs. 7.3 and 7.4, respectively.

for a/d> 2.5 (7.18)

For a/d < 2.5, vc/ i s multiplied by 2.5 d/a

(7.19)

Furthermore, the performance of the ANN model thus developed and trained was

evaluated using the testing database described earlier. The network was presented with

the input vectors o f the testing patterns and asked to predict the corresponding shear

capacities. The predicted shear capacities along with those calculated using ACI 440.1R-

03, CSAS806-02, JSCE-97, ISIS Canada-01, and the proposed equations were

subsequently compared to the experimentally measured values. The performance of each

method was evaluated based on both the ratio of measured to predicted (or calculated)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 203

shear capacity ( VJVP), and the average absolute error (AAE) calculated using equation

(7.20):

1 \v - V I
AAE = ~ y l— —x 100 (7.20)
« Vm

The average, standard deviation (STDV), and coefficient of variation (COV) for VdVp,

and the average absolute error (AAE) of the ANN model and other shear calculation

methods investigated are listed in Table 7.3.

Table 7.3 - Performance of shear calculation methods considered in this study (FRP-
reinforced concrete beams)

Without shear reinf. (50 beams) With shear reinf. (100 beams)
Method Vmeasured / ^predicted ^measured ! ^predicted
AAE(%) AAE ( % )
Average STDV COV Average STDV COV
ACI 440.1R-03 6 8 .3 5 4 .0 2 2 .11 5 2 .4 1 4 5 .5 7 1 .90 0 .91 4 7 .8 2
CSA S806-02 3 3 .1 3 1.68 0 .6 6 3 9 .3 7 1 7 .4 9 1.13 0 .2 7 2 4 .1 4

JSCE-97 3 3 .1 6 1 .69 0 .7 1 4 1 .8 4 5 0 .0 5 2 .2 2 0 .7 3 3 2 .6 7

ISIS Canada-01 3 4 .5 7 1 .69 0 .81 4 8 .0 7 2 9 .5 2 1 .0 6 0 .3 3 3 1.61

Proposed equation 2 2 .4 2 1.35 0 .4 5 3 3 .4 2 1 9 .1 0 1.23 0 .3 3 2 6 .2 3


ANN (training) — - — - 3.71 1 .00 0 .0 6 6 .0 4
ANN (testing) — - — — 5 .8 9 1 .02 0 .0 8 7 .8 7

ANN (all) — - — — 4 .1 2 1 .00 0 .0 6 6 .4 7

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 204

2.5
o Original GA equation (AAE = 21 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.13)

A Modified GA equation (AAE = 24 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.40)


£ 2.0

o>
2 1.5

T3

■= 0.5

0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5


Measured sh ear strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.3 - Measured versus calculated shear strength using GA (beams without stirrups).

8.0
o Original GA equation (AAE = 18%, Average Vm/Vp = 1.04)
7.0 A Modified GA equation (AAE = 22 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.30)

6.0
o>
£ 5.0

4.0

■a 3.0

3 2.0

0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0


Measured sh ear strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.4 - Measured versus calculated shear strength using GA (beams with stirrups).

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 205

7.3.1 B eam s w it h o u t S h e a r R e in f o r c e m e n t

A comparative study was conducted in this chapter to evaluate the performance of the

proposed shear equation (modified Zsutty’s equation) and those provided by current

shear design guidelines and recommendations in calculating the shear strength of FRP-

reinforced concrete beams without shear reinforcement. The shear strength of such beams

calculated using current shear design provisions and those calculated using the proposed

equation are plotted against the experimentally measured values in Figs. 7.5 - 7.9. It is

shown that ACI shear design guidelines for FRP reinforced beams are highly

conservative even without the application of reduction factors (Fig. 7.5). The guidelines

assume (eq. 7.1) that the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beams increases

linearly with the axial rigidity, pi Ei of the longitudinal reinforcement and decreases as the

compressive strength o f concrete increases. The first assumption leads to overestimating

the shear capacity o f highly reinforced concrete beams, especially beams reinforced with

carbon fibre-reinforced polymer CFRP (high Ej), whereas the latter assumption yields

very conservative shear strength for FRP-RC beams without stirrups.

Shear design equations proposed by CSA S806-02, JSCE-97, and ISIS Canada-01

generally provided conservative results again even before applying reduction factors

(Figs. 7.6 - 7.8) with an average VJVP of 1.69. However, the ISIS shear equations (eqs.

7.11 and 7.12) generated more scattered results than those of CSA and JSCE with a COV

of 48 % compared to 39 % and 41 % for CSA and JSCE, respectively. Current guidelines

and recommendations simply assume that existing shear equations, initially derived for

steel-reinforced concrete beams, are applicable to concrete beams reinforced with FRP

bars provided that they are modified to account for the axial rigidity of the longitudinal

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 206

reinforcement. However, these methods differ in accounting for the magnitude of the

effect of axial rigidity o f FRP bars on the total shear resistance, Fc/ o f concrete beams.

The CSA S806 and JSCE-97 provisions assume that such an effect is to the magnitude of

(E/Es)m , whereas the ISIS method considers the effect to be (E/ES)U2. Furthermore, the

ISIS method does not consider the contribution of other shear design parameters on Vcf,

such as the longitudinal steel ratio, pi and the shear span to depth ratio, a/d. This could

explain the very conservative values of shear strength calculated using shear equations of

ISIS in the case o f slightly reinforced slender concrete beams (pi < 0.5 % and a/d > 2.5).

The proposed equation (eq. 7.18), provided the most accurate results for the shear

strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams (Fig. 7.9). The average value of VJVP for the

proposed equation is 1.35 compared to 4.02 for ACI and 1.68 for CSA, JSCE, and ISIS.

The proposed equation also provided the lowest COV and AAE of 33 and 22 %

respectively, compared to 52 and 68 % for ACI, 39 and 33 % for CSA, 41 and 33 % for

JSCE, and 48 and 34 % for ISIS. The equation provided by CSA S806 is similar to that

developed by Zsutty (1968) and it accounts for the effect of most shear design parameters

on the shear strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams. However, it does not consider

Zsutty’s recommendation in calculating the shear strength of beams having a/d < 2.5 for

lack of experimental data on the behaviour of FRP-reinforced concrete deep beams

(Razaqpur et al. 2004).

The shear strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams calculated using the shear

equations provided by CSA S806 and Zsutty’s recommendation for beams with a/d < 2.5

(modified CSA) are also plotted in Fig. 7.6. It is shown that implementing Zsutty’s

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 207

suggestion to multiply Fc/b y 2.5d/a yields more accurate yet conservative results for the

CSA method and reduces the average Vm/Vp from 1.68 to 1.52, and the AAE from 33 % to

28 %. To investigate the possibility of improving conservative results obtained using

shear equations proposed by ACI 440, the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete

beams were calculated using equation 7.3 multiplied by (E /E s)m and results are plotted

in Fig. 7.5. It is shown that the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beams

calculated using the modified ACI 440 became reasonably accurate and comparable to

those calculated by CSA, JSCE, and the proposed equation. This suggests that the shear

strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams is a function of the cubic root o f E//Es.

2.5
O ACI 440: AAE 68 %, Average(Vm/Vp) = 4.0
▲Modefied ACI 440: AAE = 30 %, Average (Vm/Vp) = 1.6

ra

1.0

O 0.5 A o

0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
M easured sh e ar strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.5 - Performance of ACI 440 in calculating the shear strength


o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams without stirrups.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 208

2.5
O CSA S806: AAE = 33 %, Average (Vm/Vp) = 1.68
A Modified CSA S806: AAE = 28 %, Average (Vm/Vp) = 1.52
£ 2.0

o>
1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
M e a su re d s h e a r s tr e n g th (MPa)

Fig. 7.6 - Performance of CSA S806 in calculating the shear strength


o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams without stirrups.

2.5
AAE = 33 %
Average (Vm/Vp) = 1.7

&2.0
o>
£ 1.5

m 1.0
T5

■=0.5 -A A * A

0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
M e a su re d s h e a r s tr e n g th (MPa)

Fig. 7.7 - Performance o f JSCE shear equation in calculating the shear strength
of FRP-reinforced concrete beams without stirrups.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 209

2.5
AAE = 34 %
Average (Vm/Vp) = 1.7
<o
^ 2.0

o>
£ 1.5
w
k_
(0
tt
w 1.0
■o M
10
I-
o

0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
M e a su re d s h e a r s tr e n g th (MPa)

Fig. 7.8 - Performance o f ISIS Canada in calculating the shear strength of FRP-
reinforced concrete beams without stirrups.

2.5
AAE = 26 %
Average (Vm/Vp) = 1.4
& 2.0

1.5

1.0
■o

f t * A f

0.5 AA

0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
M e a su re d s h e a r s tr e n g th (M Pa)

Fig. 7.9 - Performance o f the proposed equation in calculating the shear strength
o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams without stirrups.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 210

7 .3 .2 Beam s w it h Shear r e in f o r c m e n t

ANN model predictions of shear strength for concrete beams reinforced with FRP

stirrups, and those calculated using the proposed equation and design guidelines

discussed earlier are plotted against the experimentally measured values in Figs. 7.10 -

7.15. Figure 7.15 shows that the data points predicted by the ANN model are located

either on, or slightly over/under, the equity line for both training and testing data, and

therefore provided a superior capability of predicting the shear strength of FRP-

reinforced concrete beams compared to all other methods considered in this study.

Despite the highly conservative nature of shear equations proposed by ACI 440 in

calculating vc/(F ig. 7.5), these equations, in some cases, offered unsafe predictions of the

nominal shear strength v„ = vCf + v/ (Fig. 7.10). This indicates that ACI 440 tends to

overestimate the shear capacity carried by FRP shear reinforcement. Analysis of the

database indicated that most o f the beams for which ACI 440 overestimated the nominal

shear strength had either a high shear reinforcement ratio, ppv or were reinforced with

stirrups having a high modulus of elasticity (£/). Similar observations are valid for shear

equations proposed by ISIS (Fig. 7.13), and to a lower extent for equations proposed by

CSAS806 (Fig. 7.11).

Shear provisions o f ACI 440, CSA S806, and ISIS adopted the principles of equation

(5.1) in calculating the nominal shear capacity, V„. However, such provisions assume that

FRP stirrups reach their capacity at failure and that such capacity varies linearly with ppv

E/v (in the case of ACI) or with pfvffuv (for CSA and ISIS). Such assumptions lead to

overestimating the shear capacity of concrete beams reinforced with FRP materials of

high ultimate strength or high modulus of elasticity. Furthermore, CSA S806 (eq. 7.7)

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
C h apter7 211

and ISIS (eq. 7.13) consider that the capacity of shear reinforcement depends on the

strength o f FRP bars at the bent portion, which is assumed to be 40 % of the ultimate

tensile strength parallel to the direction of FRP fibres. However, an experimental study

conducted by Duranovic et al. (1997) to investigate the shear strength and mode of

failure of concrete beams reinforced with FRP stirrups lead to a conclusion that stresses

in FRP stirrups at failure never exceeded 65 % of their bend’s capacity. Another study by

Zhao et al. (1995) also lead to the conclusion that the strain distribution in stirrups along

a diagonal shear crack is not constant and can be expressed as a cubic root function. This

could explain the relatively high nominal shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete

beams calculated using shear provisions of CSA S806 and ISIS Canada despite their

relative conservative calculation of the shear capacity carried by concrete alone, Vcf.

Figure 7.14 shows that the equation proposed in this study (eq. 7.19) provided better

results than other shear design methods considered herein in calculating the nominal

shear strength o f concrete beams reinforced with FRP stirrups. The first term in the

equation, vc/ is similar to that proposed by CSA S806, yet the proposed second term

assumes that the capacity o f FRP stirrups is a function of the square root of Pfvffuv, as

opposed to a linear relationship adopted by CSA. Shear equations of CSA S806 offered a

lower AAE than that o f the proposed equation (Table 7.3). However, Fig. 7.11 shows that

CSA S806 overestimated the shear strength of more than 30 % of beams in the database,

and in some cases the calculated shear strength was 40 % higher than the measured value.

Conversely, the proposed equation offered safe predictions for more than 95 % of the

beams with the highest overestimated shear strength was about 10 % higher than the

measured value. Due to the brittle and sudden failure of FRP materials, a safer design is

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 212

required, thus the proposed equation generally offered a safer yet accurate design

equation compared to existing guidelines.

8.0
AAE = 45 %
7.0 A verage Vm/Vp = 1.9
ais
S
6.0
O)

IS 44
3 2.0
O
IS
O 4
0.0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
Measured shear strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.10 - Performance of ACI 440 in calculating the shear strength


o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups.

7.0
AAE = 17 %
A verage Vm/Vp = 1.13
Is 6.0

5 5.0
o>
* 4.0

■e 3.0

0.0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
Measured shear strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.11 - Performance of CSA S806 in calculating the shear strength


of FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 213

6.0
AAE = 50 %
Average Vm/Vp = 2.22
S. 5.0
S

o> 4.0
0)
</>
<5 3.0
£o>
(A
■0o) 2.0
(0
3
O
o 10

0.0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
Measured shear strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.12 - Performance of JSCE shear equations in calculating the shear strength
o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups.

9.0
AAE = 30 %
ra 8.0
Average Vm/Vp = 1.06
(L

S 7.0

2 > 6.0

5.0

4.0

3.0

2.0

0.0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
Measured shear strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.13 - Performance of ISIS Canada in calculating the shear strength


o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 214

8.0
▲Training data: AAE = 19 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.23
O Testing data: AAE = 20 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.24

Calculated shear strength (MPa)


5.0

3.0

2.0 A J Z k t? A A -A-'

0.0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
Measured sh ear strength (MPa)

7.14 - Performance of the proposed shear equations in calculating the


*3

shear strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups.

7.0
A Trainning data: AAE = 4 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.00

6.0 O Testing data: AAE 6 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.02


Predicted shear strength (MPa)

5.0

2.0

0.0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
Measured sh ear strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.15 - Performance of ANN model in predicting the shear strength


o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams with stirrups.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
C hapter7 215

7.4- PARAMETRIC STUDY ON EFFECT OF SHEAR DESIGN PARAMETERS

7.4.1 E ffect of FRP S t i r r u p s on Shear Strength

Current shear design provisions for FRP-reinforced concrete members generally assume

that adding shear reinforcement to a RC beam will only enhance its shear strength by the

shear capacity o f stirrups. Such a practice presumes a linear relationship between the

amount o f shear reinforcement and the nominal shear strength and ignores the influence

of stirrups on other shear resisting mechanisms. A sensitivity analysis was also conducted

in this chapter using the ANN model to investigate the effect o f FRP stirrups on the shear

strength o f RC beams. The shear strength of a set of beams having geometrical and

mechanical properties similar to those of a beam randomly selected from the database

were calculated for different amounts of shear reinforcement using the shear methods

discussed earlier, and results are plotted in Fig. 7.16. Properties of beams used in this set

along with those o f two beams tested by Vijay et al., (1996) are shown in Table F.2,

Appendix F.

4.0
-Ar-Proposed
• EXPpoints
3.5

£•2.5

1.5

1.0
0.5 d = 260 mm, bw=150 mm, a/d - 1.89,
rc = 45 Mpa, and p, Eg = 0.78 GPa
0.0
1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.4
Stirrups capacity (MPa)

Fig. 7.16 - Effect o f FRP shear reinforcement on shear strength of RC beams.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 216

The figure shows the effect o f stirrups capacity on the nominal shear strength of FRP-

reinforced concrete beams. It can be observed that the ANN response is the closest to the

experimentally measured shear strength of beams tested by Vijay et al., (1996).

According to ACI 440, and for the range of FRP shear reinforcement considered in Fig.

7.16, increasing the amount o f shear reinforcement by 80 % increased the shear strength

by more than 60 %. The provisions of CSA S806 showed a slight increase of about 2 %,

whilst ANN, JSCE, and the proposed equation all illustrated an increase of 11 to 14 %.

The large increase in shear strength due to increase in pfv as calculated by ACI 440 is due

to the distinguished linear relationship assumed for the effect of ppv on Vn by such

provisions.

7 .4 .2 E ffect of L o n g it u d in a l r e in f o r c e m e n t r a t io o n Sh ear Strength

A similar analysis to that used in investigating the effect of FRP stirrups was carried out

to determine the effect of the longitudinal reinforcement ratio on the shear strength of

FRP-reinforced concrete beams. Figure 7.17 shows the relationship between piEi and the

shear strength o f a set o f beams calculated using the ANN model and shear design

methods considered herein. The figure also includes the experimental shear strength of

two similar beams measured by Tottori and Wakui (1993). All beams share similar

characteristics except the longitudinal reinforcement ratio, pi (Table F.3, Appendix F). It

is apparent that all methods, including the ANN model consider similar influence for the

effect of pi on shear strength. However, ACI 440 assumes a linear relationship for such an

effect, as opposed to a non-linear effect for the other methods. The figure also shows that

the amount o f FRP flexural reinforcement exerted a moderate to slight effect on the shear

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 217

strength o f RC beams with FRP shear reinforcement. Moreover, the ANN model

response as well as all other methods considered herein except ACI 440 show that the

rate of such effect decreased as pi increased, which is in agreement with an experimental

investigation conducted by Zhao et al. (1995).

3.0
- s - c s a -A -P ro p o s e d

-♦ -A N N • E X P p o in ts

2.5

2.0

o>
£1-5

o 1.0

0.5
d = 325 mm, b w = 200 mm, aid = 3.23,
r e = 39.4 MPa, ptv = 0.23 %, and = 1236 MPa
0.0
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0
p, E, (Gpa)

F ig . 7 .1 7 - Effect o f longitudinal reinforcement ratio on shear strength of


RC beams with FRP shear reinforcement.

7 .4 .3 E ffect of C o n c r e t e C o m p r e s s iv e S t r e n g t h on Sh ear Strength

It is generally accepted that an increase in the compressive strength of concrete increases

the shear strength o f RC beams. In conventionally reinforced concrete beams with shear

reinforcement, stirrups restrain shear cracks from widening and provide confinement to

concrete in the compression zone, leading to a significant increase in the shear capacity

of concrete. Due to the high tensile strain and low modulus of elasticity of FRP, such a

benefit needs to be examined and validated. To investigate the ability of shear design

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
C h apter7 218

guidelines considered in this study to quantitatively account for the effect off c on shear

strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams, a set of six beams similar to a beam

randomly selected from the database and tested by Tottori and Wakui (1993) were

considered (Table F.4, Appendix F). The shear strength of all beams calculated using the

various methods and those predicted by the ANN model are plotted against f c in Fig.

7.18. It is shown that all shear design methods account for the effect off c, yet they vary

in the magnitude o f such an effect. While ISIS assumes that the effect of f c on shear

strength of FRP-reinforced beams is similar to that in steel-reinforced concrete, ACI 440

assumes that the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beams decreases as f c

increases (Fig. 7.18). All other methods, including the ANN model and the proposed

equation captured similar effects of f c on the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete

beams as shown in Fig. 7.18.

7.0
-A -P ro p o s e d

-♦ -A N N • E X P p o in ts

6.0

5.0

4.0
ra
3.0

2.0

1.0
d = 285 mm, bw = 200 mm, a/d =2.11,
Ph =0.27%, ffuv =602 MPa, and p, E, = 8.38
0.0
20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 50.0 55.0
Tc (MPa)

Fig. 7.18 - Effect o f concrete compressive strength on shear strength of


RC beams with FRP shear reinforcement.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
C h apter7 219

7 .4 .4 E ffect of S h ear Span to D epth r a t io o n Shear Streng th

Figure 7.19 shows the variation in shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beams with

variable shear span to depth ratio (a/d). The figure illustrates the effect of a/d as

estimated by the various shear provisions and calculation methods considered in this

chapter. While some of these methods disregard the effect of a/d on the shear strength of

RC beams (ACI 440 and JSCE provisions), others (CSA S806 and proposed method)

incorporate a slight to negligible effect regardless of the value of a/d. The ANN response

exhibited a slight influence of a/d on the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete

beams when a/d > 2.6, but showed a larger effect for smaller values of a/d. Such a

behaviour is valid for steel-reinforced concrete beams due to the arch action mechanism

of deep beams and it is reasonable to assume a similar effect for FRP-reinforced beams.

However due to the limited experimental data on deep beams reinforced with FRP,

further investigation is needed for such a conclusion to be confirmed.

4.0
- A - P ro p o se d

• E X P p o in ts
3.5

O)
£ 2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5 d =285 mm, bw =200 mm, f c = 39.4 MPa,


P tv M 0 .2 3 % , f ruv * 4 9 4 M P a, a n d Pi E t » 0 .5 3

0.0 4 -

2.0 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3.0 3.2 3.4


a/d

Fig. 7.19 - Effect o f shear span to depth ratio on shear strength o f RC beams
with FRP shear reinforcement.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 220

7.5- PROPOSED MODIFICATION TO EXISTING SHEAR DESIGN METHODS

As stated earlier, most shear design provisions for FRP-reinforced concrete beams are

based on modified versions of existing shear equations initially derived for steel

reinforced concrete beams. These provisions vary greatly in the number of parameters

they consider and the intensity of the effect of such parameters on shear strength. Based

on the analysis conducted above and bearing in mind the brittle and sudden failure of

FRP materials, the following modifications to ACI 440 and CSA S806 equations are

suggested in the present study as shown in equations ( 7 .2 1 and 7 . 2 1 a) and ( 7 .2 2 , 7 .2 2 a,

and 7 .2 2 b ), respectively. The ability of these modified equations to safely estimate the

shear strength o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams compared to that of the original

equations is shown in Figs. 7 .2 0 and 7 .2 1 , respectively.

'Vd'
C = 0 . 1 5 8 ^ + 17.2^ b j < 0 .3 ^ M ( 7 .2 1 )
k M jj

V Pfv Jfuv
( 7 .2 1 a)
Vf = ^ ~ 2 b* d

sl/3
Vcf = 0 .0 3 5 fc Pfi E f Kd fox a/d > 2 . 5 ( 7 .2 2 )
Mf

fox a/d < 2 .5 , Vcf is multiplied by 2 . 5 d/a

0.1J 7 , b , d Z V 4 Z 0 . 2 / f cb„d ( 7 .2 2 a)

( 7 .2 2 b)

Figure 7 . 2 0 shows the shear strength o f RC beams calculated using current and suggested

modified equations o f ACI 440. It is observed that equations 7 .2 1 and 7 .2 1 a (modified

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 221

equations of ACI 440) yield safer and less scattered results than current equations (eq. 7.1

and 7.4). Incorporating the suggested modifications into current equations of ACI 440

lowered the average Vm/Vp from 1.90 to 1.43, and the STDV, COV, and the AAE from

0.91, 47.82, and 45.57 to 0.37, 25.70, and 27.61, respectively. The performance of the

equations adopted by CSA S806 and the suggested modified version of such equations

(eq. 7.22 and 7.22b) is shown in Fig. 7.21. It is shown that current equations of CSA S806

yield more accurate results than the modified ones. However, these equations

overestimated the shear strength of a large number of concrete beams reinforced with

FRP stirrups, and in some cases the overestimation was more than 35 %. Bearing in mind

that the shear failure o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams is brittle and sudden, shear

equations for FRP-reinforced concrete beams should be accurate yet conservative. Such

requirements are satisfied by the modified version of CSA S806 equations as shown in

Fig. 7.21.

10.0
O ACI 440: AAE = 46 •/., Average Vm/Vp = 1.9
9.0 A Modified ACI 440: AAE = 28 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.43
a.ra 8.0
S

oc> 7.0
00
£w
5.0
(A 4.0
U
« 30
J 2.0
M
° 1.0

0.0
0.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.0
Measured shear strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.20 - Performance of the modified version of ACI 440 in calculating


the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beams.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 222

7.0
O CSA S806: AAE = 17 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.13

■« 6.0 A Modified CSA S806: AAE = 24 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.36

o>
■a 4.0

M 3.0
W,V

« 2.0

0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0


Measured sh ear strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.21 - Performance of the modified version of CSA S806 in calculating


the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beams.

Furthermore, the ANN model thus developed is highly accurate but slightly over or

underestimates the shear strength. Thus, to use it for design purposes, a modified version

of ANN predictions is expressed in equation (7.23) and its predictions are shown in Fig.

7.22.

K, ( 'e m . ) = (A N N , ) - (ANN, ) (kN) (7.23)

Vcf (ANNm) is the modified value of the predicted shear capacity Vcf (ANNP). Note that

these equations do not include strength reduction factors and if considered for design

purposes, such safety factors must be evaluated and included.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 223

7.0
A Training: AAE = 9 %, Average Vm/Vp = 1.07

O Testing data: AAE = 11%, Average Vm/Vp = 1.12

~ 5.0
o>
c
A
£ 4.0

3.0
■o
2.0

1.0

0.0
0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0
Measured sh ear strength (MPa)

Fig. 7.22 - Performance of the modified version o f ANN model in calculating


the shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beams.

7.6- CONCLUDING REMARKS

The study presented in this chapter investigated using artificial neural networks for

predicting the nominal shear strength of FRP-reinforced concrete beams with shear

reinforcement, and comparing its predictions with those o f several existing shear design

and calculation methods. The genetic algorithms approach was also used to develop shear

equations for the design o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams. Moreover, a parametric study

was carried out to evaluate the effect of basic shear design parameters on the shear

strength of FRP-RC beams and the accuracy of current shear design provisions in

capturing the effect o f such parameters on shear strength. The following conclusions can

be drawn:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 224

• A successfully trained ANN model can be used as an effective tool for predicting the

shear strength o f FRP-RC beams and evaluating the effect of basic shear design

parameters on the shear behaviour of such beams. The ANN approach outperformed

all other shear design and calculation methods considered in this study.

• Shear provisions o f ACI 440 are extremely conservative in estimating the shear

strength o f FRP-RC beams without shear reinforcement. All other shear provisions

considered herein also provided conservative results for such beams.

• The equation proposed by ACI 440 to calculate the capacity of FRP stirrups, Vf is

adequate for FRP materials having low modulus of elasticity. However, it

overestimates the capacity of FRP stirrups with high modulus of elasticity to a degree

where the nominal shear capacity of FRP concrete beams reinforced with such

stirrups becomes very unconservative despite its highly conservative estimation of

Vcf-

• Shear provisions o f JSCE-97 provided relatively accurate estimation of the shear

capacity supplied by FRP shear reinforcement for low shear capacity beams.

However, the upper boundary provided by such provisions is very conservative,

especially for beams having high shear capacity. The CSA S806 on the other hand,

provided reasonably accurate estimations for the shear strength of concrete beams

having relatively low shear reinforcement ratio, but it overestimated the shear

capacity o f highly reinforced beams with FRP stirrups of high tensile strength. Due to

the brittle failure o f FRP materials, such equations need to be re-evaluated for the

case of CFRP reinforcement.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 225

• The shear equations proposed in this study incorporated the axial rigidity of FRP

longitudinal bars as a cubic root function and assumed that the contribution of FRP

stirrups to shear strength is a square root function rather than a linear function as

proposed by CSA S806 and ACI-440. It provided the most accurate (but still

conservative) results in calculating both VCf and Vf amongst existing shear evaluation

methods considered.

• The effect of the axial rigidity of FRP longitudinal reinforcement on the shear

capacity o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams is better represented by a cubic root

function rather than linear or square root relationships as proposed by ACI 440 and

ISIS-01, respectively. CSA S806, JSCE, and the proposed equation adopted such

relationship and incorporating it into ACI 440 yielded better estimations of shear

strength.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 226

7.7- REFERENCES:

ACI 440.1R, Technical Committee Document, (2003), “Guide fo r the Design and
Construction o f Concrete Reinforced with FRP Bars,” American Concrete Institute,
Farmington Hills, Michigan, 42 p.

ACI 440R, Technical Committee Document, (1996), “State-of-the-Art Report on Fiber-


Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Reinforcement fo r Concrete Structures,” American Concrete
Institute, Farmington Hills, Michigan, USA, 68 p.

ACI Committee 318, (ACI 318R-03), (2003), “Building Code Requirements for
Structural Concrete,” American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, Michigan, USA,
445 p.

Alkhrdaji, T., Wideman, M., Belarbi, A., and Nanni, A., (2001), “Shear Strength o f RC
Beams and Slabs,” Composites in Construction Journal, pp. 409-414.

Alsayed S.H., Al-Salloum Y. A., and Almusallam, T.H., (1996), “Evaluation of Shear
Stress in Concrete Beams, Reinforced by FRP Bars,” Proceedings of the srcond
International Conference on Advanced Composite Materials for Bridges and
Structures, Montreal, Quebec, pp. 173-179.

Canadian Standards Association CSA A23.3 (1994), “Design o f Concrete Structures,”


Canadian Standards Association, Rexdale, Ontario, Canada, 220 p.

Canadian Standards Association, CSA S806 (2002), “Design and Construction o f


Building Components with Fibre-Reinforced Polymers,” Canadian Standards
Association, Rexdale, Ontario, Canada, 116 p.

Duranavic, N., Pilakoutas, K., and Waldron, P., (1997), “Test on Concrete Beams
Reinforced with Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic Bars,” Proceeding of the Third
International Symposium, Non-Metalic (FRP) Reinforcement for Concrete Structures,
Sapporo, Japan, pp. 479-486.

El-Sayed, A., El-Salakawy, E., and Benmokrane, B., (2005) “Shear Strength of One-Way
Concrete Slabs Reinforced with Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Composite Bars,” Journal
of Composites for Construction, ASCE, Vol. 9, No. 2, pp. 147-157.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 227

ISIS Canada, (2001), “Reinforcing Concrete Structures with Fibre-Reinforced


Polymers,” The Canadian Network of Centers of Excellence on Intelligent Sensing for
Innovative Structures, Design Manual No. 3, (Zukewich, J., editor), University of
Manitoba, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 133 p.

Japan Society o f Civil Engineers, JSCE, (1997) “Recommendations fo r Design and


Construction o f Concrete Structures Using Continuous Fibre-Reinforced Materials,”
Concrete Engineering Series 23, (Machida, A.), editor, 325 p.

Kessler, R.J., and Powers, R.G., (1988), ‘‘Corrosion o f Epoxy Coated Rebars-Keys
Segmental Bridge-Monroe County,” Florida Dept, of Transportation, Materials Office,
Corrosion Res. Lab., Gainesville, FI., Rep. N 0 .8 8 - 8 A.

MacGregor, J.C., and Bartlett, F.M., (2000), “Reinforced Concrete: Mechanics and
Design,” First Canadian edition, Prentice-Hall, Scarborough, Ont., Canada, 1042 p.

Nagasaka, T., Fukuyama, H., and Tanigaki, M., (1993), “‘Shear Performance o f Concrete
Beams Reinforced with FRP Stirrups,” American Concrete Institute, SP-138, (Nanni,
A., and Dolan, C., editors), Farmington Hills, Michigan, USA, pp. 789-811.

Nakamura, H., and Higai, T., (1995), ‘Evaluation o f Shear Strength o f Concrete Beams
Reinforced with FRP,” Concrete Library International, Proceedings of Japan Society
of Civil Engineers, No. 26, pp. 111-123.

Razaqpur, A.G., Isgor, B.O., Greenaway, S., and Selley, A., (2004), “Concrete
Contribution to the Shear Resistance o f Fiber-Reinforced Polymer Reinforced
Concrete Members,” Journal of Composites for Construction, ASCE, Vol. 8 , No. 5, pp
452-460.

Shehata, E., (1999), “Fibre-Reinforced Polymer (FRP) fo r Shear Reinforcement in


Concrete Structures,” Ph.D. Thesis, Department of Civil and Geological Engineering,
University o f Manitoba, Winnipeg, Canada, 382 p.

Tottori, S., and Wakui, H., (1993), “Shear Capacity o f RC and PC Beams using FRP
Reinforcement,” American Concrete Institute, ACI SP-138, Nanni, A., and Dolan,
C.W., editors, Farmington Hills, Michigan, USA, pp. 615-631.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 7 228

Tureyen, A.K., and Frosh, R.J., (2002), ‘‘Shear Tests o f FRP-Reinforced Concerete
Beams without Stirrups,” ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 99, No. 4, pp. 427-444.

Vijay, P., Kumar, S., and Gangarao, H., (1996), “Shear and Ductility Behaviour o f
Concrete Beams Reinforced with GFRP Bars,” Proceedings of the Second
International Conference on Advanced Composite Materials for Bridges and
Structures, (ACMBS-II), (El-Badry, M.), editor, Montreal, Quebec, pp. 217-226.

Yost, J.R., Gross, S.P., and Dinehart, D.W., (2001), “Shear Strength o f Normal-Strength
Concrete Beams Reinforced with Deformed GFRP Bars,” Journal of Composites for
Construction, ASCE, Vol. 5, No. 4, pp 268-275.

Zhao, W., Maruyama, K., and Suzuki, H., (1995), “Shear Behavior o f Concrete Beams
Reinforced by FRP Rods as Longitudinal and Shear Reinforcement,” Proceedings of
the Second International RILEM Symposium (FRPRCS-2), Non-Metallic (FRP)
Reinforcement for Concrete Structures, (Taerwe, L., editor), E & FN Spon, London,
pp. 352-359.

Zsutty, T.C., (1968), “Beam Shear Strength Predictions by Analysis o f Existing Data,”
ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 65, No. 11, pp. 943-951.

Zsutty, T.C., (1971), “Shear Strength Predictions fo r Separate Categories o f Simple


Beam Tests,” ACI Structural Journal, Vol. 68, No. 2, pp. 138-143.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 8 229

CHAPTER 8

SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

8.1- SUMMARY

The main objective o f the research reported in this thesis is to enhance the understanding

of the behaviour o f special concretes mainly, self-consolidating concrete, underwater

concrete, high-strength concrete, and FRP-reinforced concrete and to create novel tools

for predicting their properties. Multi layer perceptrons (MLP) artificial neural networks

were primarily used to model properties of such concrete owing to their proven ability to

discover unknown and hidden behaviour. Moreover, the genetic algorithms approach

along with analysis o f neural network model results were used to optimize and develop

more accurate shear design equations for FRP-reinforced concrete beams.

The interest in using MLP neural networks in modeling properties of concrete

materials/structures is a relatively recent development and the technique has been used by

only a limited number o f researchers. Therefore, to make the technique clear and

accessible, and to improve the understanding of the way MLP networks operate and

behave, a detailed description of such method was presented in chapter 2. Previous

applications o f artificial neural networks in related fields were highlighted. Steps in

building network’s architecture, the parameters that affect the behaviour of the network

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 8 230

during training, the acceptance/rejection of a neural network-based model, and important

recommendations for optimizing the model performance were also presented in that

chapter through a case study. A brief description of the most commonly used methods in

the genetic algorithm process as an optimization technique was also provided.

The lack of existing standard test methods to measure properties of self-consolidating

concrete, together with insufficient information on the effect of mixture design

parameters on its engineering properties are the main reasons of the limited acceptance of

SCC by the construction industry as an alternative to ordinary concrete. Moreover, the

segregation tendency o f coarse aggregate particle during mixing and placement remains

the least understood property o f SCC mixtures. Thus, an extensive experimental study to

develop a simple, yet reliable, test method to quantitatively measure segregation in highly

flowable concrete mixtures was conducted during the course of this research and

presented in chapter 3. Effects of mixture design parameters on properties of SCC

mixtures such as slump-flow, slump-flow Tsocm, segregation resistance, and compressive

strength at various ages were also investigated in chapter 3.

Although the demand for special concretes is increasing rapidly, current standards and

design codes are yet to provide special specifications for their design. For example (see

chapters 5 and 6) the behaviour of high-strength concrete (HSC) is noticeably different

from that o f conventional concrete. For instance, the shear behaviour of HSC members is

of particular concern. Nevertheless, current shear design provisions either permit the use

of existing shear equations developed for normal strength concrete members or merely

provide simple recommendations and guidelines when HSC is used. To fully understand

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 8 231

the difference in shear behaviour between NSC and HSC slender beams, Two MLP

neural networks were developed and trained to predict the shear capacity of reinforced

concrete beams with and without shear reinforcement. Furthermore, a parametric study

was also carried out in order to investigate the effects of basic shear design parameters on

shear strength o f normal and high-strength concrete beams and to evaluate the capability

of current shear design provisions to quantitatively account for such effects.

Likewise, current shear design provisions slightly modified existing shear design

equations developed for concrete beams reinforced with steel for use in the design of

FRP-reinforced concrete beams. Most of these equations are either highly conservative,

as in the case o f beams without shear reinforcement, or not accurate when used to

estimate the shear strength o f concrete beams with shear reinforcement. Again, MLP

networks were used to model the shear behaviour of FRP-reinforced concrete beams in

this research and results are presented in chapter 7. Moreover, based on analysis of MLP

network models and using genetic algorithms as an optimization technique, shear

equations for the design of FRP-reinforced concrete beams were also proposed in chapter

7.

8.2- CONCLUSIONS

The current study has shown that the multi-layer perceptron neural networks and genetic

algorithms approaches can be used as effective tools to model the behaviour and

engineering properties o f concrete materials / structures. Based on results obtained in this

research, the following conclusions can be drawn:

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 8 232

Provided that sufficient and comprehensive experimental data is available, MLP neural

networks offer a superior alternative in modeling properties and behaviour of special

concretes. They were not only able to predict such properties instantly with acceptable

accuracy, but also demonstrated an ability to recognize and quantitatively evaluate the

effects o f basic parameters of special concretes on its properties. The technique

outperformed all methods investigated in this thesis and currently used in the design and

application of special concretes.

To date, there is still no theoretical means to determine the appropriate architecture and

training process o f a particular MLP neural network, and these issues are usually defined

by the experience o f the modeler. An extensive parametric study (chapter 2) concluded

that longer training and minimizing the training error did not necessarily lead to a better

network performance in the generalization of predicting new data unfamiliar to the

network. It was also observed that increasing the number of hidden layers and/or the

number o f hidden units improves the performance of MLP networks during training, but

not necessarily their generalization. Therefore, the best network architecture could only

be defined by trial and error (starting with a small number of hidden units in one hidden

layer) and the best way to minimize the number of trials and optimize the network

generalization is to use a validation set of data along with the training set to monitor the

network performance during training.

Despite the increasing amount of research on the technology of self-consolidating

concrete, the segregation tendency of coarse aggregates during transportation, placement,

and setting remains the least understood property of SCC mixtures. A simple segregation

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 8 233

test for flowable concrete was developed in this study and presented in chapter 3. The test

is based on quantifying the profile of coarse aggregate content along the height of a

cylindrical concrete sample. The test is easy to conduct and offers a numerical value to

decide on the acceptance/rejection of a SCC mixture based on its resistance to

segregation. The numerical values recommended by this test were based on establishing a

correlation between a penetration depth of semi-spherical heads into the concrete sample

and the aggregates profile in that sample.

A parametric study was also conducted to better understand the effect of basic mixture

ingredients on the potential of segregation and other properties of SCC mixtures. It was

concluded that the effect o f aggregate content on most properties of SCC mixtures was

minimal for the range o f aggregates content used in this investigation. The total content

o f cementitious materials (cm) on the other hand, showed a mixed effect on segregation.

Increasing the cm content caused an increase in segregation for SCC mixtures with high

w/cm ratio, while for SCC mixtures having relatively lower w/cm ratio, increasing the

content of cm slightly enhanced the ability of SCC mixtures to resist segregation. The

ability of SCC mixtures to resist segregation was significantly decreased by increasing

the w/cm ratio or the dosage o f HRWR. Such an effect was more pronounced for w/cm

>0.45 and for high dosage o f HRWR. Viscosity-modifying admixtures (VMA) proved to

be an effective tool for reducing segregation of SCC mixtures. However, there seems to

be a threshold dosage o f VMA beyond which segregation is effectively controlled.

Analysis using MLP neural networks in predicting the shear behaviour of reinforced

high-strength concrete slender beams proved that current shear design provisions

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 8 234

overestimate the effect o f compressive strength of concrete on the shear capacity of

slender beams without shear reinforcement, especially for concrete having strength

higher than 70 MPa. Unlike several current shear design methods, ANN analysis also

showed that the amount o f longitudinal tensile steel influences the shear capacity of such

beams in general, and that this influence is more pronounced for HSC beams. A similar

conclusion was reached for the effect of the effective depth of beams for both NSC and

HSC beams without shear reinforcement. However, at high compressive strength, such an

effect becomes more significant as the depth of the beam increases.

In the case o f HSC beams with shear reinforcement, ANN analysis showed that the shear

capacity increases with an increasing amount of shear reinforcement. However, unlike

existing shear calculation methods, the ANN predicted that such an increase diminishes

at higher values o f shear reinforcement. Furthermore, this investigation also demonstrated

that the shear capacity o f slender beams with shear reinforcement is more than 50 %

higher than values calculated using some current shear provisions and that simply

superimposing the shear capacity of stirrups to that of concrete leads to unnecessarily

conservative results.

Finally, the investigation conducted to predict the shear capacity of FRP-reinforced

concrete beams concluded that recommendations provided by current shear design

provisions included in this study are either very conservative in predicting the shear

capacity of FRP-reinforced concrete beams without stirrups or not adequate for the

design o f FRP-reinforced beams with stirrups. Results provided in chapter 7 show that

incorporating the axial rigidity of the longitudinal reinforcement and the capacity of FRP

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 8 235

stirrups in existing shear design equations developed for steel-reinforced concrete beams

could be satisfactory for the design of FRP-reinforced beams. However, adequate values

for those parameters should be carefully assessed. The effect of the axial rigidity of FRP

longitudinal reinforcement on the shear capacity of FRP-reinforced concrete beams can

be better represented by a cubic root function rather than linear or square root

relationships as proposed by ACI and ISIS Canada, respectively. Moreover, the

contribution o f FRP stirrups to the overall shear capacity can be represented more

accurately by a square root function rather than a linear function as proposed by ACI and

CSA recommendations.

The shear equations proposed in chapter 7 for the design of FRP-reinforced concrete

beams incorporated the axial rigidity of FRP longitudinal bars as a cubic root function

and assumed that the contribution of FRP stirrups to shear strength is a square root

function. They provided the most accurate yet conservative results in calculating both the

shear capacity o f beams with and without shear reinforcement amongst existing shear

design methods considered.

8.3- RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH

1. The main problem facing a wider implementation of special concretes in the

construction industry is that there are generally no standard test methods to

actually measure their engineering properties and/or effective tools to predict their

behaviour. Accordingly, more research is still needed to develop and standardize

test methods for such concretes, and create predictive models for their properties.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Chapter 8 236

2. Artificial intelligence approaches such as artificial neural networks and genetic

algorithms are data driven modeling systems and their performance depends to a

great extent on the quality of the data used in developing the model. Therefore,

more research is needed to build neural network models based on more

comprehensive databases, in which other important features, such as the mixing

technique, curing conditions and durability aspect of flowable concrete are also

accounted for.

3. Further research is needed to investigate the feasibility of using the genetic

algorithms approach for developing theoretical equations capable of predicting

the properties of flowable concrete.

4. Experimental research on the shear behaviour of reinforced concrete slender

beams should be extended to evaluate the influence of vertical shear

reinforcement on the effects of other shear transfer mechanisms.

5. Research on studying the shear behaviour of FRP-reinforced concrete deep beams

virtually does not exist and more testing is needed in this area to develop

appropriate shear design equations or evaluate the suitability o f existing shear

design methods in estimating the shear capacity o f FRP- reinforced concrete deep

beams.

6. This research is a contribution towards an effective use of emerging knowledge-

based tools such as artificial intelligence in the area o f concrete materials and

structures. More research is needed to develop performance-based decision

support systems in this area that can be used commercially by the industry.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppendix A 237

APPENDIX A

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix A
Table A.1 - Properties and compressive strength o f core samples (sample data) used in parametric study to investigate the
performance o f MLP networks (Bartlett, F. M., 1994)

Cylinder Age of Duration of Age at Core


Curing Direction of Length Diameter
Beam strength cylinder curing Location* testing strength
type* drilling* (mm) (mm)
(MPa) (days) (days) (days) (MPa)
1 52.7 56 1 8 1 2 128 98 50 55
2 52.7 56 2 8 1 2 128 100 50 41.1
3 52.7 56 2 8 1 2 128 100 50 44
4 52.7 56 1 8 1 2 128 96 50 49.5
5 52.7 56 3 8 1 2 128 98 50 58.1
6 52.7 56 1 8 1 2 128 99 50 59.5
7 52.7 56 2 8 1 2 128 99 50 45.3
8 52.7 56 3 8 1 2 128 98 50 55
9 52.7 56 3 8 1 2 128 101 50 55.4
10 52.7 56 2 8 1 2 128 99 50 46
11 52.7 56 1 8 1 2 128 96 50 56.6
12 52.7 56 3 8 1 2 128 97 50 55.6
13 52.7 56 1 8 1 2 128 100 50 57.2
14 52.7 56 2 8 1 2 128 97 50 41.8
15 52.7 56 2 8 1 2 128 102 50 40
16 52.7 56 1 8 1 2 128 100 50 61.9
17 52.7 56 3 8 1 2 128 100 50 59.5
18 52.7 56 1 8 1 2 128 100 50 57.8
19 52.7 56 1 8 1 2 128 98 50 55
20 52.7 56 2 8 1 2 128 100 50 41.1
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix A
Table A.1 - Continue
Cylinder Age of Duration of Age at Core
Curing Direction of Length Diameter
Beam strength cylinder curing Location testing strength
type drilling (mm) (mm)
(MPa) (days) (days) (days) (MPa)
21 52.7 56 2 8 1 2 128 100 50 42.1
22 52.7 56 1 8 1 2 128 100 50 60.1
23 52.7 56 2 8 1 2 128 100 50 41.7
24 52.7 56 3 8 1 2 128 96 50 57.7
25 52.7 56 2 19 2 1 125 89 50 39.6
26 52.7 56 2 19 2 1 125 101 50 32.2
27 52.7 56 2 19 2 1 125 102 50 26.9
28 52.7 56 2 19 2 1 125 95 50 39.9
29 52.7 56 2 19 2 2 125 99 50 38.8
30 52.7 56 2 19 2 2 125 100 50 38.2
31 52.7 56 2 19 2 2 125 100 50 39.4
32 52.7 56 2 19 2 2 125 98 50 34.9
33 52.7 56 2 19 2 2 125 99 50 37.9
34 52.7 56 2 19 2 2 125 99 50 36.1
35 52.7 56 2 19 2 2 125 101 50 34.6
36 52.7 56 2 19 2 2 125 97 50 33.1
37 52.7 56 2 19 2 1 125 100 50 35.5
38 52.7 56 2 19 2 1 125 100 50 34
39 52.7 56 2 19 2 1 125 98 50 37.6
40 52.7 56 2 19 2 1 125 99 50 35.5
to
'O
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix A
Table A.1 - Continue
Cylinder Age of Duration of Age at Core
Curing Direction of Length Diameter
Beam strength cylinder curing Location testing strength
type drilling (mm) (mm)
(MPa) (days) (days) (days) (MPa)
41 54.1 38 2 11 1 2 125 99 50 55.8
42 54.1 38 1 11 1 2 125 100 50 74.3
43 54.1 38 3 11 1 2 125 103 50 63.5
44 54.1 38 2 11 1 2 125 97 50 56
45 54.1 38 1 11 1 2 125 99 50 71.6
46 54.1 38 3 11 1 2 125 101 50 58.8
47 54.1 38 2 11 1 2 125 98 50 56.7
48 54.1 38 1 11 1 2 125 100 50 71
49 54.1 38 3 11 1 2 125 93 50 57.2
50 54.1 38 2 11 1 2 125 95 50 52.2
51 54.1 38 1 11 1 2 125 102 50 68.2
52 54.1 38 3 11 1 2 125 91 50 46.5
53 54.1 38 3 11 1 2 125 92 50 64.8
54 54.1 38 2 11 1 2 125 91 50 54.7
55 54.1 38 1 11 1 2 125 86 50 70.6
56 54.1 38 2 11 1 2 125 98 50 56.1
57 54.1 38 1 11 1 2 125 91 50 66.4
58 54.1 38 3 11 1 2 125 99 50 63.2
59 54.1 38 1 11 1 2 125 101 50 69.1
60 54.1 38 2 11 1 2 125 98 50 56.2
* Curing type: 1 = air cured, 2 = water cured, and 3 = sealed cured. Location: 1 = south end of beam, 2 = north end o f beam. Direction o f drilling: 1 = horizontal,
2 = vertical.
A ppen dix B 241

APPENDIXB

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppen dix B 242

Table B .l - Proportions o f mixtures used in investigating properties of SCC mixtures

onn 1UlAlUlb Proportions (kg / m3) HRWR VMA


iv cm Cement GGFS p K FA CA (%) <%)
CM, 0.45 290 38 38 11 915 915 0.22 0.0107
cm2 0.45 315 41 41 12 885 885 0.22 0.0107
0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.22
{w/cm = 0.45)

cm3 0.0107
Effect of cm

cm4 0.45 355 46 46 14 835 835 0.22 0.0107


CMS 0.45 370 47 47 15 815 815 0.22 0.0107
cm6 0.45 380 49 49 15 795 795 0.22 0.0107
cm7 0.45 390 51 51 15 782 782 0.22 0.0107
cm8 0.45 411 54 54 16 757 757 0.22 0.0107
cm 9 0.40 295 38 38 12 930 930 1.13 0.0120
0.4)
few

CM10 0.40 355 46 46 14 865 865 0.63 0.0088


0 ||
CM,, 0.40 400 52 52 16 805 805 0.30 0.0072
1 £
$ c m 12 0.40 440 57 57 17 745 745 0.22 0.0061
CM13 0.40 340 44 44 13 885 885 0.33 0.0100
W, 0.40 340 44 44 13 885 885 0.22 0.0107
cm3 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.22 0.0107

! w2 0.48 330 43 43 13 855 855 0.22 0.0107


O w3 0.50 325 42 42 13 845 845 0.22 0.0107
U
& w4 0.53 320 42 42 13 840 840 0.22 0.0107
W
w5 0.55 320 41 41 12 830 830 0.22 0.0107
w6 0.58 315 41 41 12 820 820 0.22 0.0107
cm3 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.22 0.0107
HRWR, 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.31 0.0107
hrwr 2 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.33 0.0107
i hrwr 3 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.36 0.0107
s HRWR, 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.41 0.0107
o
HRWRj 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.45 0.0107
,<w
u
H HRWRe 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.47 0.0107
hrwr 7 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.54 0.0107
HRWRg 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0107
HRWRg 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.60 0.0107

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppen dix B 243

Table B.l - Continue

CPP mivfiiM Proportions (kg / m1) HRWR VMA


.
w/c1 ! C<8 »cnt F# §QFS CA (%) (%)
h rw r8 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0107
VMA, 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0131
vm a2 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0143
vm a3 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0154
1
VMA4 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0160
o vm a5 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0177
o
£ VMAe 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0187
W
vm a7 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0 .0 2 0 1

VMA8 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0213


VMAg 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0225
VMA10 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0.56 0.0235
CA / TAi 0.45 335 43 43 13 1020 710 0 .2 2 0.0107
< c a /ta 2 0.45 335 43 43 13 965 765 0 .2 2 0.0107
H
CA/TA 3 0.45 335 43 43 13 915 815 0 .2 2 0.0107
U
o cm 3 0.45 335 43 43 13 865 865 0 .2 2 0.0107
Q
aj CA/TA 4 0.45 335 43 43 13 815 915 0 .2 2 0.0107
£
w CA/TA 5 0.45 335 43 43 13 765 970 0 .2 2 0.0107
CA/TAe 0.45 335 43 43 13 715 1020 0 .2 2 0.0107

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppendix B 244

Table B.2 - Test results o f mixtures used in investigating properties of SCC mixtures

SCC Slump-flow Tso SI-S SI-D GTM f c(MPa)


mixtures (mm) (sec) (%) (%) (%) 1 -d 28-d 91-d
CMi 480 NA 1.33 7.63 4.67
0.45)

cm 2 540 3.0 1.15 6.40 4.10 14.7 39.3 41.8


II cm 3 555 3.5 2.48 8.27 7.66 — - -
§
1 CM, 575 3.0 3.34 13.60 10.30 15.8 42.9 46.2

1
cm 5 580 3.5 2.04 1 0 .2 1 10.14 - -- -
© cm 6 605 3.0 3.40 13.21 14.69 17.5 44.3 49.3
o
is cm 7 605 4.0 5.04 13.97 13.47 19.8 43.8 48.0
H
cm 8 615 4.0 6 .1 0 16.35 17.13
Effect of cm (w/cm

cm 9 620 4.0 5.23 11.74 7.43


CM10 630 2 .0 4.34 9.65 8.84 - -
= 0.4)

CM,, 610 4.0 3.51 9.77 9.09


c m 12 610 3.0 3.76 8.70 10.14 -
CM,3 595 5.0 4.08 8.27 7.66
w, 480 NA 1 .2 0 3.16 4.68 - — -
CM3 555 3.5 2.48 8.27 7.66 15.7 42.9 51.4

!<t-i w 2 570 3.0 3.18 7.78 1 0 .2 1 13.2 41.3 49.8


O w3 585 3.0 3.20 10.69 9.77 1 1 .0 40.4 49.4
©
tS w 4 650 2 .0 19.46 31.86 15.56 9.5 39.0 47.8
W
w5 680 1 .0 21.59 38.42 22.63 8.4 37.9 46.5
W6 695 2 .0 19.42 41.90 30.71 7.9 37.0 46.0
cm 3 555 3.5 2.47 8.27 7.66 15.7 42.9 51.4
HRWR, 595 4.0 5.51 15.30 10.49 - — -
HRWR2 630 3.0 7.73 14.29 14.14 17.8 44.5 51.6
§ h rw r3 640 3.0 8.07 18.41 14.07 — — —
s HRWR, 640 3.0 13.19 33.13 15.79
o
+o* HRWRj 650 2 .0 9.38 28.56 15.10 - - -
is HRWR, 700 2 .0 13.73 31.56 24.10 18.8 44.7 50.8
h rw r7 710 2 .0 13.84 40.12 22.70 - - —
HRWRg 740 2 .0 13.84 36.41 30.71 19.4 45.7 52.3
HRWR, 745 1 .0 15.62 49.25 34.00 19.0 45.5 53.7

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppendix B 245

Table B.2 - Continue

SCC Slump-flow Tso SI-S SI-D GTM fc<MPa)


mixtures (mm) (sec) (%) (%) (%) 1-d 28-d 91-d
HRW Rg 740.00 2 .0 13.84 36.41 30.71 19.4 45.7 52.3
VMA, 710 3.0 14.63 41.50 29.00 15.8 42.9 51.0
vm a2 720 3.0 19.37 43.80 22.80 - — -
vm a3 670 4.0 14.30 38.00 23.30 -- - -
VMA4 700 4.0 15.77 37.70 18.30 16.0 43.5 51.3
3S
665 4.0 42.63 23.59
A VMA5
2 1 .0 1
+
y* v m a 6 645 5.0 18.50 35.40 15.80 15.4 42.4 49.0
&
fe
H vm a7 615 5.0 16.79 29.20 1 1 .0 2 - - -
vm a8 580 6 .0 10.93 19.00 10.80 14.0 40.7 46.6
VMAg 605 5.0 9.92 15.82 13.42 — — -
VMA10 565 6 .0 13.30 17.35 7.00 - -- -
VMA„ 545 7.0 8 .8 6 11.56 5.00 — - —
CA/TAi 515 4.0 2.36 10.50 3.47 1 2 .6 45.3 56.8
< c a / ta2 540 3.0 1.75 8.73 6.32 13.7 46.1 52.3
H
CA/TA j 570 3.0 0.99 4.97 8.98
u
555 3.0 2.48 8.27 7.66 51.4
o cm 3
(h 15.7 42.9
+w
*
CA/TA 4 585 2.5 3.08 10.26 9.51 — - -
&
<M
CA/TA 5 605 2.0 5.24 11.40 10.82 — - --
CA/TAe 615 2.0 3.83 12.20 11.54 11.9 48.2 54.5

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppen dix C 246

APPENDIX C

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppendix C 247

Table C .l - Proportions and test results of UWC mixtures used in the database (sample
mixtures)

Mix Ingredients (kg / m3)


HRWR VMA S-F1 WSH f c fJ
# W1 (mm) (%) (air) (water)
C1 SF1 FA1 SL1 CA1 Sand (%) (MPa) (MPa)
1 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 5 0.07 510 5.6 47.4 35.8
2 243 530 58 0 0 810 690 8 0.07 560 2.6 50 39.4
3 243 296 0 0 296 819 698 5 0.07 485 9.6 47.5 34
4 243 438 35 119 0 817 694 8 0.07 530 3.2 46.4 39.1
5 262 557 0 0 0 830 707 4 0.07 515 6.5 41.7 31.7
6 261 497 55 0 0 822 700 7.5 0.07 505 4.3 46.6 36.1
7 258 278 0 0 278 827 706 5 0.07 565 4.7 41.5 29.7
8 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 0 0 555 16.5
9 262 557 0 0 0 830 707 0 0 670 20.7
10 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 1.3 0 400 14.6 46.1 16.8
11 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 2 0 440 24.8 43.7 13.1
12 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 4 0 585 45.8 43.7 4.3
13 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 3.5 0.07 470 6.4 56.1 27.1
14 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 4.5 0.07 555 9.1 55.5 25.7
15 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 5.2 0.07 600 29.4 56.7 20.4
16 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 4.9 0.15 435 3 54.9 37.9
17 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 7.5 0.15 500 6.2 55.3 37.1
18 243 592 0 0 0 816 693 8.2 0.15 550 7.6 55.9 36.9
19 241 530 58 0 0 810 690 4.2 0.07 315 6.9 62.1 52.1
20 241 530 58 0 0 810 690 5.1 0.07 380 9.8 61.9 48.3
21 241 530 58 0 0 810 690 6.3 0.07 415 11.5 62.7 43.7
22 241 530 58 0 0 810 690 8 0.07 490 19.8 61.9 39
23 241 530 58 0 0 810 690 5 0.15 405 1.7 61.3 52.7
24 241 530 58 0 0 810 690 6.5 0.15 520 5.3 62.5 53.1
25 241 530 58 0 0 810 690 7.7 0.15 605 8.2 62 52
26 243 438 35 119 0 817 694 5.9 0.07 460 6 56.2 38.6
27 243 438 35 119 0 817 694 7.2 0.07 515 7.6 56.7 34.8
28 243 438 35 119 0 817 694 8.2 0.07 590 10.8 57.1 34.6
29 243 438 35 119 0 817 694 9.4 0.07 635 11.8 55.7 33.7
30 243 438 35 119 0 817 694 6 0.15 420 1.8 56.5 47.5
31 243 438 35 119 0 817 694 6.9 0.15 450 2.8 56 46.5
32 243 438 35 119 0 817 694 7 0.15 490 4.1 56.3 44
33 243 438 35 119 0 817 694 8.5 0.15 560 6 56.9 45.5

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppen dix C 248

Table C.l - Continue

Mix Ingredients kg/m3) HRWR VMA S-F WSH f c fc

# (mm) (%) (air) (water)


W C SF FA SL CA Sand (%) (MPa) (MPa)
34 243 438 35 119 0 817 694 9.3 0.15 580 7.7 57.1 44.5
35 243 296 0 0 296 819 698 2.1 0.07 405 10.0 38.4 26.3
36 243 296 0 0 296 819 698 2.9 0.07 440 10.1 38.6 24.3
37 243 296 0 0 296 819 698 3.6 0.07 490 10.5 38.7 22.6
38 243 296 0 0 296 819 698 4.3 0.07 540 12.5 38.3 23.0
39 243 296 0 0 296 819 698 3.1 0.15 410 2.9 38.1 31.1
40 243 296 0 0 296 819 698 3.9 0.15 450 3.6 38.2 30.9
41 243 296 0 0 296 819 698 4.6 0.15 510 5.8 38.6 30.1
42 243 296 0 0 296 819 698 5.4 0.15 550 7.3 38.3 29.5
43 243 296 0 0 296 819 698 5.9 0.15 600 11.0 38.4 28.4
44 262 557 0 0 0 830 707 0.5 0.07 430 9.7 45.1 25.6
45 262 557 0 0 0 830 707 0.9 0.07 475 11.9 44.8 24.4
46 262 557 0 0 0 830 707 1.7 0.07 490 13.8 44.7 21.0
47 262 557 0 0 0 830 707 2.9 0.07 535 17.8 44.2 17.9
48 262 557 0 0 0 830 707 0.4 0.15 350 5.2 44.7 28.6
49 262 557 0 0 0 830 707 1.4 0.15 430 8.1 44.3 27
50 262 557 0 0 0 830 707 2.0 0.15 460 10.0 45.0 26.1
51 262 557 0 0 0 830 707 3.1 0.15 550 15.2 44.9 24.7
52 261 497 55 0 0 822 700 3.2 0.07 390 8.4 54.8 44.7
53 261 497 55 0 0 822 700 4.0 0.07 440 9.9 54.5 37.7
54 261 497 55 0 0 822 700 5.0 0.07 480 39.0 54.7 37
55 261 497 55 0 0 822 700 5.6 0.07 525 52.7 54.8 35.1
56 261 497 55 0 0 822 700 3.6 0.15 300 1.7 54.3 - -

57 261 497 55 0 0 822 700 4.1 0.15 380 4.1 55.1 46.8
58 261 497 55 0 0 822 700 4.6 0.15 440 4.9 54.7 46.3
59 261 497 55 0 0 822 700 5.1 0.15 500 6.3 55.2 45.8
60 261 405 33 110 0 838 698 4 0.07 410 7.9 49.3 35.6
61 261 405 33 110 0 838 698 5 0.07 460 9.7 49.1 35.4
62 261 405 33 110 0 838 698 5.9 0.07 500 13.9 49.4 32.1
63 261 405 33 110 0 838 698 7.0 0.07 610 30.0 49.7 28.6
64 258 278 0 0 278 827 706 0.7 0.07 400 9.8 40.8 21.7
65 258 278 0 0 278 827 706 1.2 0.07 420 14.4 40.3 20.1
1 W = water, C = cement, SF - silica fume, FA = fly ash, SL = slag, CA = coarse aggregates, S-F = slump-
flow, f c air and water = f c for concrete cast in air and water, respectively.

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppen dix C 249

Table C.2 - Distribution o f database between training and testing data sets

Source of Slump-flow Washout 28-d/c(air) 28-d/c<water)


data Training Testing Training Testing Training Testing Training Testing
Sonebi (1997) 8 1 6 1 7 0 6 1
Sonebi &Khayat
53 5 44 5 52 6 49 8
(2001)
Khayat et al.
21 1 20 2 25 3 - -
(1996)
Khayat et al.
0 0 13 2 13 2 - -
(1997)
Khayat (1991) 5 1 6 0 6 0 - -
Khayat &Hester
0 0 3 1 3 0 - -
(1991)
Khayat&Assaad
23 4 24 3 - - - -
(2001)
Sonebi &Khayat
14 1 14 1 - - - -
(2001)
Sonebi &Khayat
9 1 9 1 - - - -
11999)
Total 133 14 139 16 106 11 55 9

Table C.3 - Measured and predicted values (%) of SI-DYNAMIC for different w/cm
ratio, and HR WR and VMA dosages

w/cm 35.3 37.6 40.0 42.5 45 47.5 50.0 51.8 52.5 54.1 57.5
55.0 56.5
(%)
AN N 1.6 2.4 3.5 5.2 7.7 11.9 16.4 22.8 - 32.4 - 45.8 -
Exp. - - 3.2 4.9 8.3 11.8 10.7 - 31.9 - 38.4 - 41.9

HRWR .23 .23 .29 .33 .35 .45 .53 .56 .59 .60 .65 .71 .82
.76
(% cm)
AN N - 9.4 13.0 - 17.8 29.5 38.5 - 45.7 - 52.8 58.7 61.6 62.6
Exp. 8.3 - - 14.3 - 28.6 - 36.4 - 49.3 - - - -

VMA .0107 .0118 .0141 .0160 .0165 .0176 .0188 0.0200 0.0212 .0224 .0235 .0247
(%cm)
AN N 40.44 39.6 38.14 34.22 28.43 22.58 17.74 14.19 11.94 10.31
Exp. 36.41 42.63 29.20 15.82

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppen dix C 250

Table C.4 - Input variables for UWC mixtures used to test the predictions o f the A N N model

Mix Normalized values (% of mixture’s total weight/m3)


No. W C FA SL SF C.A. Sand HRWR VMA
MT, 10.36 25.24 0.00 0.00 0.00 34.79 29.55 0.0671 0.0000
m t2 10.32 22.70 0.00 0.00 2.48 34.69 29.55 0.2643 0.0176
m t3 10.31 18.51 5.05 0.00 1.65 34.69 29.47 0.3082 0.0378
m t4 10.31 12.55 0.00 12.55 0.00 34.74 29.61 0.2207 0.176
m t5 11.11 23.64 0.00 0.00 0.00 35.22 30.00 0.0205 0.0355
m t6 11.15 21.23 0.00 0.00 2.35 35.12 29.91 0.2378 0.0354
m t7 7.63 14.65 3.98 0.00 1.31 38.65 33.36 0.6410 0.0269
MTa 7.61 14.61 4.00 0.00 1.33 41.58 30.49 0.6416 0.0010
MTg 7.07 17.29 0.00 0.00 0.00 44.90 30.46 0.2800 0.0121
MTio 7.10 15.87 1.38 0.00 0.00 44.89 30.45 0.3049 0.0121
MTn 6.94 17.21 0.00 0.00 1.49 43.64 30.05 06489 0.0187
MTn 8.05 15.76 0.00 0.00 1.37 44.53 30.19 0.0933 0.0000
MTI} 11.07 21.66 0.00 0.00 1.87 29.94 35.21 0.2410 0.0235
MTI4 11.25 21.42 0.00 0.00 2.37 34.87 29.74 0.3390 0.0167
MTls 11.10 23.61 0.00 0.00 0.00 35.18 29.96 0.1385 0.0354
m t 16 8.44 14.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 39.34 38.91 0.0769 0.0000
MT,7 6.98 18.82 0.00 0.00 0.00 43.90 30.23 0.0658 0.0000
MTls 11.13 11.83 0.00 11.83 0.00 35.18 30.03 0.2464 0.0166
MTI9 7.59 14.66 4.00 0.00 1.31 41.58 30.47 0.2697 0.0529
m t 20 7.57 16.23 0.00 0.00 1.79 46.60 27.63 0.1812 0.0000
m t 2, 7.18 13.07 3.57 0.00 1.21 36.93 37.51 0.0850 0.0125
m t 22 11.02 23.53 0.00 0.00 0.00 35.23 30.06 0.1898 0.0165
m t 23 10.30 12.55 0.00 12.55 0.00 34.72 29.59 0.3026 0.0376
m t 24 11.15 21.24 0.00 0.00 2.35 35.13 39.92 0.2069 0.0165
m t 25 11.09 17.12 4.63 0.00 1.53 35.61 29.66 0.3560 0.0163

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppendix C 251

T a b le C .5 - Measured and predicted values for properties o f UWC mixtures used in


testing ANN models
Mix Slump-flow Washout days) MPa/100
f e (28
No. mm/1000 (%) Cast in air Cast in water
Measured. Predicted Measured. Predicted Measured. Predicted Measured. Predicted
MT, 0.400 0.473 - - 0.461 0.428 - -
m t2 0.380 0.341 0.098 0.103 0.619 0.625 0.483 0.491
MT3 0.420 0.429 0.018 0.013 0.565 0.543 0.475 0.447
m t4 0.540 0.507 0.125 0.134 0.383 0.400 0.230 0.229
MT5 0.350 0.447 0.52 0.059 0.447 0.430 0.286 0.284
m t6 0.440 0.432 0.049 0.050 0.547 0.551 0.463 0.462
m t7 0.500 0.475 0.060 0.059 0.617 0.629 - -
MTS - - - - 0.442 0.504 - -
MTg - - 0.043 0.024 0.405 0.385 - -
MT,o - - 0.030 0.048 0.567 0.555 - -
MT„ 0.415 0.528 0.028 0.028 - - - -
MTI2 0.380 0.462 0.115 0.113 - - - -
MT,} 0.585 0.615 0.082 0.082 - - - -
m t ,4 0.550 0.549 0.048 0.048 - - - -
MT,S 0.500 0.520 0.062 0.066 - - - -
m t ,6 0.280 0.279 - - - - - -
MT,7 0.330 0.267 - - - - - -
MTIS - - 0.47 0.47 - - - -
MTi9 - - 0.036 0.036 - - - -
m t 20 - - 0.090 0.09 - - - -
m t 21 - - - - 0.547 0.572 - -
m t 22 - - - - - - 0.317 0.317
m t 23 - - - - - - 0.284 0.284
m t 24 - - - - - - 0.377 0.402
m t 25 - - - - - - 0.286 0.291

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppendix D 252

APPENDIX D

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix D
Table D .l - Properties and shear results o f reinforced NSC and HSC slender beams without web reinforcement (testing data)

Beams property 1
^test I ^calculated
Reference Ttest
d K Pi fc (kN) ACI CSA
a/d EC-2 R2K Zsutty ANN
(mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) 11-5 Simplified
Mphonde and Frantz 298 152 3.60 3.36 37.66 81.83 1.60 1.47 1.31 1.30 1.16 1.07
(1984) 298 152 2.50 3.36 20.58 77.45 1.80 1.88 1.51 1.47 1.19 1.11
Elzanaty et al. 270 178 4.00 2.50 20.68 54.40 1.37 1.24 0.98 1.38 1.02 0.94
(1986) 270 178 4.00 2.50 40.00 64.93 1.22 1.07 0.94 1.05 0.97 0.92
465 200 3.00 1.35 28.9 104.25 1.21 1.17 1.11 1.14 1.01 1.14
139 60 3.00 1.35 34.0 12.10 1.45 1.24 1.13 1.09 1.23 1.14
359 229 3.50 4.32 26.7 126.80 1.50 1.56 1.30 1.19 1.02 1.09
359 229 3.50 4.32 25.9 111.20 1.33 1.39 1.15 1.07 0.90 0.97
Taylor (1972)
359 229 4.25 4.32 36.3 129.00 1.39 1.36 1.20 1.12 0.99 0.99
359 229 4.25 4.32 44.9 142.30 1.40 1.35 1.23 1.15 1.02 1.05
359 305 3.50 3.24 44.5 184.60 1.39 1.32 1.20 1.19 1.03 1.05
447 229 2.81 3.46 26.4 153.50 1.46 1.62 1.33 1.01 0.99 0.98
Ghannoum et al. (1998) 440 400 2.50 1.20 34.2 187.50 1.06 1.01 1.02 1.29 0.88 0.99
Podgomiak - Stanik 450 300 3.00 1.11 37.0 162.90 1.18 1.11 1.17 1.26 1.06 1.01
(1998) 925 300 2.92 0.76 43.0 237.20 0.79 0.97 1.01 1.08 0.81 1.05
895 300 3.01 2.09 32.0 257.00 0.94 1.23 0.90 1.09 0.72 0.82
Angelakos (2001)
925 300 2.92 1.01 38.0 180.00 0.63 0.78 0.73 0.85 0.58 0.76
274 153 3.47 0.51 27.6 25.35 0.71 0.58 0.75 1.06 0.80 0.80
Kani (1979) 272 152 2.50 0.78 18.0 43.66 1.46 1.24 1.31 1.31 1.25 1.17
272 154 2.49 0.76 27.0 43.30 1.18 0.99 1.13 1.14 1.08 1.10
NJ
Ui
U>
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix D
Table D .l - Continue

Bea ms prop erty Vtest / Vealculated


Vtest
Reference d K fc ACI CSA
a/d Pi (kN) EC-2 R2K Zsutty ANN
(mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) 11-5 Simplified
272 152 2.50 0.78 35.4 38.03 0.93 0.77 0.91 0.91 0.87 0.94
274 150 2.48 1.86 18.1 49.55 1.50 1.42 1.12 1.18 1.07 0.94
272 154 3.99 1.78 35.1 55.38 1.31 1.12 1.00 1.21 1.11 1.14
Kani (1979) 275 154 2.46 2.75 25.3 72.72 1.74 1.71 1.39 1.39 1.19 0.80
141 152 2.41 2.60 27.2 51.44 2.38 2.30 1.76 1.80 1.64 0.95
135 150 3.02 2.89 25.1 32.58 1.68 1.61 1.21 1.25 1.18 0.85
272 152 4.00 2.69 34.8 54.27 1.25 1.11 0.95 0.95 0.97 0.92
Collins and Kushma 925 300 2.92 1.01 36.0 249.00 0.89 1.11 1.03 1.07 0.82 1.07
(1999) 225 300 3.00 0.89 37.2 73.00 1.07 0.89 0.96 1.10 1.02 0.95
Bazant and Kazemi 163 38 3.00 1.65 46.8 9.07 1.25 1.07 0.96 1.02 1.05 0.70
(1991) 165 38 3.00 1.62 46.1 8.38 1.14 0.98 0.88 0.94 0.96 0.65
930 400 3.00 1.35 25.5 328.40 1.01 1.30 1.03 0.83 1.01
Taylor (1972)
465 200 3.00 1.35 32.1 85.30 0.94 0.91 0.88 0.94 0.79 0.92
Walraven (1978) 420 200 3.00 0.74 27.4 70.70 0.97 0.88 1.01 1.11 0.94 1.01
356 203 3.00 1.73 36.2 96.40 1.27 1.16 1.07 1.13 1.02 1.04
Chana (1981)
170 200 3.00 1.84 32.2 47.80 1.40 1.24 1.00 1.18 1.10 0.84
Papadakis (1996) 175 200 3.00 1.15 23.2 50.40 1.74 1.49 1.34 1.53 1.47 1.05
Adebar and Collins(1996) 178 290 4.49 3.04 51.50 75.11 1.16 1.01 0.86 0.98 0.94 0.62
298 152 3.6 3.36 81.34 93.10 1.30 1.14 1.15 1.13 1.02 1.00
Mphonde and Frantz 1.09 0.70
298 152 2.5 3.36 79.28 110.87 1.49 1.37 1.38 1.25
(19841
VA7° V
298 152 2.5 3.36 83.76 177.08 2.33 2.14 2.17 1.95 1.71 1.20

254
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix D
Table D .l - Continue

Beams property Vtest I Vcalculated


Reference Vtest
d bw Pi fc (kN) ACI CSA
a/d EC-2 R2K Zsutty ANN
(mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) 11-5 Simplified
Ahmad et al. (1986) 202 127 4.0 5.04 67.0 51.20 1.32 1.22 1.09 1.13 0.96 0.86
Elzanaty et al. (1986) 270 178 4.00 1.60 79.30 62.30 0.88 0.73 0.77 1.00 0.86 1.19
Ghannoum et al. 190 400 2.5 1.20 58.6 105.90 1.08 0.91 0.94 0.99 0.97 0.99
(1998) 440 400 2.5 2.00 58.6 199.00 0.84 0.82 0.77 1.03 0.66 1.01
Podgomiak and Stanik 925 300 2.92 1.05 99.0 281.10 0.62 0.75 0.82 0.86 0.65 1.18
(1998) 925 300 2.92 0.50 94.0 164.10 0.38 0.45 0.62 0.72 0.49 1.03
Angelakos (2001) 925 300 2.75 1.01 65.0 185.10 0.50 0.61 0.63 0.74 0.49 1.00
Islam etal. (1998) 203 150 3.94 3.22 72.2 72.10 1.60 1.39 1.26 1.60 1.28 1.07
267 170 3.00 3.35 53.7 78.07 1.27 1.17 1.08 0.99 0.93 0.87
142 170 3.00 1.87 53.7 39.34 1.29 1.11 0.97 0.94 1.07 0.86
Kim and Park (1994)
550 300 3.00 1.87 53.7 214.50 1.03 1.06 0.97 1.10 0.85 0.96
915 300 3.00 1.87 53.7 332.10 0.96 1.22 0.99 1.16 0.79 1.05
Thorentfeldt and 207 150 3.00 3.23 77.8 82.63 1.69 1.51 1.39 1.58 1.28 1.00
Dransholt (1990) 414 300 4.00 3.23 77.8 229.40 1.21 1.14 1.13 1.44 0.98 1.00
Bohigas (2002) 359 200 3.01 2.24 87 117.90 1.03 0.92 0.94 1.18 0.86 0.99
Pellegrino et al. 160 100 2.50 2.4 73.1 41.00 1.69 1.50 1.35 1.30 1.31 1.08
(2002 ) 250 150 4.00 4.05 94.1 77.80 1.22 1.07 1.06 1.05 0.96 0.99

to
C /l
c/1
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix D
Table D.2 - Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect o f compressive strength of concrete (f*c ) on shear strength ( Vu/b wd )

Beam </ bw a/d Pi fc F „ /M (M P a )


ID (mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) Measured ANN A C I11-6 CSA simp. R2K EC-2 Zsutty
Chana(1981) 356 203 3.0 1.73 36.2 1.33 1.282 1.050 1.154 1.184 1.251 1.305
1 356 203 3.0 1.73 1.314 1.093 1.207 1.236 1.289 1.345
2 356 203 3.0 1.73 iilpp 1.358 1.154 1.280 1.276 1.340 1.399
S 3 356 203 3.0 1.73 49.5 1.399 1.211 1.349 1.315 1.388 1.449
.O 4 356 203 3.0 1.73 fill 1.434 1.265 1.415 1.373 1.433 1.495
■o 1.539
5 356 203 3.0 1.73 Ml- 1.461 1.317 1.478 1.406 1.475
20> 6 3.0 1.73 1.478 1.367 1.538 1.417 1.515 1.581
356 203 HP;
O 7 356 203 3.0 1.73 69.3 1.482 1.414 1.596 1.427 1.553 1.620
8 356 203 3.0 1.73 1.469 1.461 1.652 1.434 1.589 1.658
9 356 203 3.0 1.73 79.2 1.45 1.505 1.706 1.406 1.623 1.694
Chana 356 203 3.0 1.73 39.5 1.34
s (1981) 356 203 3.0 1.73 33.3 1.31
«
>fi
359 200 3.0 2.24 49.9 1.39
d Bohigas
X 359 200 3.0 2.24 60.8 1.51
W (2002)
359 200 3.0 2.24 68.9 1.39

NJ
Os
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix D
Table D.3 - Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of tensile steel ratio {pi) on shear strength (Vu/b wd )

Beam d bw a/d Pi fc V JbyA (MPa)


ID (mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) Measured ANN A C I11-6 CSA simp. R2K EC-2 Zsutty
Chana (1981) 356 203 3.0 1.73 36.2 1.33 1.282 1.050 1.154 1.184 1.250 1.305
1 356 203 3.0 1.13 36.2 1.141 1.016 1.154 1.061 1.086 1.134
2 356 203 3.0 1.39 36.2 1.217 1.030 1.154 1.126 1.161 1.212
3 356 203 3.0 1.64 36.2 1.270 1.045 1.154 1.180 1.228 1.282
w 4 356 203 3.0 2.02 36.2 1.301 1.066 1.154 1.238 1.313 1.373
S
«4> 5 356 203 3.0 2.27 36.2 1.301 1.081 1.154 1.273 1.313 1.428
JS
’U 6 356 203 3.0 2.52 36.2 1.319 1.095 1.154 1.319 1.313 1.479
24) 7 356 203 3.0 2.77 36.2 1.435 1.110 1.154 1.338 1.313 1.527
a4> 8 356 203 3.0 3.02 36.2 1.521 1.124 1.154 1.377 1.313 1.572
o 9 356 203 3.0 3.53 36.2 1.484 1.153 1.154 1.424 1.313 1.655
Beams

Bohigas (2002) 359 200 3.0 2.24 49.9 1.04


Exp.

Papadakis (1996) 350 200 3.0 1.15 21.5 1.39

257
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix D
Table D.4 - Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of beam’s effective depth {d) on shear strength ( Vu/b wd )

Beam d by, a/d Pi fc Vu!by4 (M Pa)


ID (mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) Measured ANN ACI11-6 CSA simp. R2K EC-2 Zsutty
Chana(1981) 356 203 3.0 1.73 36.2 1.33 1.282 1.050 1.154 1.185 1.251 1.305
1 219 203 3.0 1.73 36.2 1.531 1.050 1.204 1.246 1.398 1.305
2 247 203 3.0 1.73 36.2 1.462 1.050 1.204 1.259 1.359 1.305
£ 3 274 203 3.0 1.73 36.2 1.408 1.050 1.204 1.239 1.326 1.305
<u 36.2 1.362 1.050 1.202 1.224 1.297 1.305
A 4 302 203 3.0 1.73
73
a 5 329 203 3.0 1.73 36.2 1.321 1.050 1.177 1.202 1.272 1.305
2<u 6 384 203 1.73 36.2 1.245 1.050 1.131 1.180 1.231 1.305
3.0
W
4)
7 411 203 3.0 1.73 36.2 1.207 1.050 1.109 1.170 1.214 1.305
8 439 203 3.0 1.73 36.2 1.168 1.050 1.088 1.138 1.198 1.305
9 466 203 3.0 1.73 36.2 1.129 1.050 1.067 1.079 1.183 1.305
Chana(1981) 170 200 3.0 1.84 31.8 1.65
Exp. Taylor (1972) 465 200 3.0 1.35 28.9 1.12

to
00
A ppendix D

cn 00 CO VO cs ON 00 00
o VO r o vo Tt On r^
f On o O n O n 00 00 00 00 t***
N (N

CM VO vo n in in vo VO VO VO VO
1 in in in in in vo VO VO vo VO
o r-* r^ r-»
UJ

© in o <N 00 VO ro o
*4 o vo ro Ti­ ro On
vo m ro ro ro CN CN
a 1-H

. §*
6 n vo in in VO VO vo vo VO vo
"w 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Table D.5 - Properties of beams used to investigate the effect of (aId) on shear strength ( Vu/b wd )

§ , f- r- r- r- r- r- r-
*
<75
U
■c

ixa VO
<N vo n 00 VO CN o VO CN 00
o <N o O n O n Os 00 00
I—i VO vo 3 VO VO vo VO VO vo vo
U
<

co r- Os O i i VO
r-H o 00 r-* vo Tf 00
VO 00 r- VO vo VO vo VO vo Tf
1""‘ y~^ 1"“* 1—♦

P
1 .6 4

%
CO
c3
0)
s
(M P a)

r-'
87

87

87

87

87
87

87

87
87

< 00

Tt ■^r ^r Tf ^ r Tt
CM CM CM CM (N CN CM CN CM (N
CM CM CM CM <N CM CM (N CM CN

■'t m N- CO VO N- o>
a /d

VO £ 00 O CM CO lO CO
CM CM CM CO CO CO CO CO CO CO
(m m )

200
200

200
200

200

200

200

200

200

200

*
(m m )

Ov
359

359

359

359

359

359

359

359

359

VO
CO
Beam

Q cm
o
o
cs
to
C3
W)
o s u in a q p a jK J a u a j)
CQ

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppendix E 260

APPENDIXE

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Table E .l - Properties and shear results of reinforced NSC and HSC slender beams (testing data)

Appendix E
Beams property Vtest Vtest / Vcalculated
Reference d bw Pi fc P /w ACI CSA Bazant-
a/d (kN) Zsutty Mphonde ANN
(mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) (MPa) 11-5 Simplified Kim
Mphonde and Frantz 298.0 152.0 3.6 3.36 37.66 0.000 81.83 1.60 1.47 1.16 1.06 1.08 1.14
(1984) 298.0 152.0 2.5 3.36 20.58 0.000 77.45 1.80 1.88 1.19 1.14 0.89 1.08
Elzanaty et al. 270.0 178.0 4.0 2.50 20.68 0.000 54.40 1.37 1.24 1.02 0.75 1.01 1.10
(1986) 270.0 178.0 4.0 2.50 40.00 0.000 64.93 1.22 1.07 0.97 0.78 0.92 1.01
465.0 200.0 3.0 1.35 28.90 0.000 104.25 1.21 1.17 1.01 0.70 1.10 1.07
139.0 60.0 3.0 1.35 34.00 0.000 12.10 1.45 1.24 1.23 0.87 1.08 0.78
359.0 229.0 3.5 4.32 26.70 0.000 126.80 1.50 1.56 1.02 0.97 0.94 1.06
359.0 229.0 3 5 4.37 25.90 0.000 111.20 1.33 1.39 0.90 0.86 0.84 0.93
Taylor (1972)
359.0 229.0 4.2 4.32 36.30 0.000 129.00 1.39 1.36 0.99 0.93 0.96 1.10
359.0 229.0 4.2 4.32 44.90 0.000 142.30 1.40 1.35 1.02 0.97 0.97 1.09
359.1 305.0 3.5 3.24 44.50 0.000 184.60 1.39 1.32 1.03 0.95 0.98 1.54
447.3 229.0 2.8 3.46 26.40 0.000 153.50 1.46 1.62 0.99 0.95 0.89 1.04
Ghannoum et al. (1998) 440.0 400.0 2.5 1.20 34.20 0.000 187.50 1.06 1.01 0.88 0.64 0.90 1.01
Podgomiak - Stanik 450.0 300.0 3.0 1.11 37.00 0.000 162.90 1.18 1.11 1.06 0.71 1.17 1.37
(1998) 925.0 300.0 2.9 0.76 43.00 0.000 237.20 0.79 0.97 0.81 0.49 1.12 1.13
895.0 300.0 3.0 2.09 32.00 0.000 257.00 0.94 1.23 0.72 0.58 0.89 1.04
Angelakos (2001)
925.0 300.0 2.9 1.01 38.00 0.000 180.00 0.63 0.78 0.58 0.38 0.79 0.82
274.0 153.0 3.5 0.51 27.58 0.000 25.35 0.71 0.58 0.80 0.38 0.88 0.63
Kani et al. (1979) 272.0 152.0 2.5 0.78 18.00 0.000 43.66 1.46 1.24 1.25 0.72 1.24 1.07
272.0 154.0 2.5 0.76 27.00 0.000 43.30 1.18 0.99 1.08 0.65 1.07 0.92
KJ
Os
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix E
Table E .l - Continue

Beams property Vtest Vlest / Pcalculated


Reference d bw Pi fc P/yy ACI CSA Bazant-
a/d (kN) Zsutty Mphonde Kim ANN
(mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) (MPa) 11-5 Simplified
272.0 152.0 2.5 0.78 35.40 0.000 38.03 0.93 0.77 0.87 0.55 0.86 0.73
274.0 150.0 2.5 1.86 18.13 0.000 49.55 1.50 1.42 1.07 0.82 0.89 1.01
272.0 154.0 4.0 1.78 35.10 0.000 55.38 1.31 1.12 1.11 0.79 1.10 1.11
Kani et al. (1979) 275.0 154.0 2.5 2.75 25.30 0.000 72.72 1.74 1.71 1.19 1.10 0.92 1.10
141.0 152.0 2.4 2.60 27.20 0.000 51.44 2.38 2.30 1.64 1.51 1.15 1.20
135.0 150.0 3.0 2.89 25.10 0.000 32.58 1.68 1.61 1.18 1.03 0.93 0.92
272.0 152.0 4.0 2.69 34.82 0.000 54.27 1.25 1.11 0.97 0.78 0.92 0.98
Collins and Kushma 925.0 300.0 2.9 1.01 36.00 0.000 249.00 0.89 1.11 0.82 0.53 1.11 1.14
(1999) 225.0 300.0 3.0 0.89 37.20 0.000 73.00 1.07 0.89 1.02 0.64 1.00 1.00
Bazant and Kazemi 162.5 38.1 3.0 1.65 46.80 0.000 9.07 1.25 1.07 1.05 0.82 0.90 0.77
(1991) 165.1 38.1 3.0 1.62 46.10 0.000 8.38 1.14 0.98 0.96 0.75 0.83 0.71
930.0 400.0 3.0 1.35 25.50 0.000 328.40 1.01 1.30 0.83 0.56 1.11 1.13
Taylor (1972)
465.0 200.0 3.0 1.35 32.10 0.000 85.30 0.94 0.91 0.79 0.56 0.87 0.84
Walraven (1978) 420.0 200.0 3.0 0.74 27.40 0.000 70.70 0.97 0.88 0.94 0.53 1.08 0.89
356.0 203.0 3.0 1.73 36.20 0.000 96.40 1.27 1.16 1.02 0.79 1.01 1.04
Chana(1981)
170.0 200.0 3.0 1.84 32.20 0.000 47.80 1.40 1.24 1.10 0.85 0.95 0.95
Papadakis (1996) 175.0 200.0 3.0 1.15 23.20 0.000 50.40 1.74 1.49 1.47 0.94 1.38 1.21
Adebar and Collins(1996) 178.0 290.0 4.5 3.04 51.50 0.000 75.11 1.16 1.01 0.94 0.79 0.80 1.53
Mphonde and Frantz 298.0 152.0 3.6 3.36 81.34 0.000 93.10 1.39 1.14 1.02 0.99 0.90 0.85
(1984) 298.0 152.0 2.5 3.36 79.28 0.000 110.87 1.58 1.37 1.09 1.19 0.86 0.78

262
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix E
Table E .l - Continue

Beams property V us, Vtest / Fcalculated


Reference d by, fc P/w ACI CSA Bazant-
a/d P i (kN) Zsutty Mphonde
Kim
ANN
(mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) (MPa) 11-5 Simplified
Mphonde and Frantz (1984) 298.0 152.0 2.5 3.36 83.76 0.000 177.08 2.52 2.14 1.71 1.87 1.35 1.21
Ahmad et al. (1986) 202.0 127.0 4.0 5.04 67.00 0.000 51.20 1.32 1.22 0.96 1.02 0.78 0.95
Elzanaty et al. (1986) 270.0 178.0 4.0 1.60 79.30 0.000 62.30 0.93 0.73 0.86 0.63 0.78 0.71
190.0 400.0 2 5 1 2,0 58.60 0.000 105.90 1.08 0.91 0.97 0.73 0.83 0.87
Ghannoum et al. (1998)
440.0 400.0 2.5 2.00 58.60 0.000 199.00 0.84 0.82 0.66 0.60 0.62 0.90
Podgomiak and Stanik 925.0 300.0 2.9 1.05 99.00 0.000 281.10 0.73 0.75 0.65 0.46 0.82 1.31
(1998) 925.0 300.0 2.9 0.50 94.00 0.000 164.10 0.44 0.45 0.49 0.27 0.66 0.84
Angelakos (2001) 925.0 300.0 2.8 1.01 65.00 0.000 185.10 0.50 0.61 0.49 0.34 0.63 0.82
Islam et al. (1998) 203.0 150.0 3.9 3.22 72.20 0.000 72.10 1.62 1.39 1.28 1.18 1.08 1.19
267.0 170.0 3.0 3.35 53.70 0.000 78.07 1.27 1.17 0.93 0.93 0.78 0.79
142.0 170.0 3 0 1.87 53.70 0.000 39.34 1,79 1.11 1.07 0.88 0.89 0.81
Kim and Park (1994)
550.0 300.0 3.0 1.87 53.70 0.000 214.50 1.03 1.06 0.85 0.70 0.91 1.21
915.0 300.0 3.0 1.87 53.70 0.000 332.10 0.96 1.22 0.79 0.65 0.99 1.23
Thorentfeldt and 207.0 150.0 3.0 3.23 77.80 0.000 82.63 1.77 1.51 1.28 1.30 1.03 1.02
Dransholt (1990) 414.0 300.0 4.0 3.23 77.80 0.000 229.40 1.26 1.14 0.98 0.90 0.93 1.53
Bohigas (2002) 359.0 200.0 3.0 2.24 87.00 0.000 117.90 1.13 0.92 0.86 0.78 0.79 0.71
160.0 100.0 2 5 2,40 73.10 0.000 41.00 1.72 1.50 1.31 1.28 0.99 1.18
Pellegrino et al. (2002)
250.0 150.0 4.0 4.05 94.10 0.000 77.80 1.39 1.07 0.96 0.96 0.80 0.89
Yoon et al. (1996) 655.0 375.0 3.3 2.80 36.00 0.499 483.00 1.23 1.36 0.99 0.91 1.01 1.01
Mphonde (1989) 298.0 152.0 3.6 3.36 27.90 0.692 120.50 1.58 1.52 1.27 1.11 1.13 1.02
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix E
Table E .l - Continue

Beams property Vtest Vtest / Pcalculated


Reference d bw Ptfn ACI CSA Bazant-
a/d Pi fc
(kN) Zsutty Mphonde Kim ANN
(mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) (MPa) 11-5 Simplified
Mphonde (1989) 298.0 152.0 3.6 3.36 28.70 1.034 138.00 1.49 1.45 1.24 1.03 1.09 0.98
Sarsam & Al-Musawi (1992) 235.0 180.0 2.5 2.23 39.00 0.754 189.30 2.36 2.23 1.94 1.71 1.66 1.34
Elzanaty et al. (1986) 267.0 178.0 4.0 2.50 20.70 0.650 78.20 1.11 1.05 0.93 0.74 0.83 0.74
Angelakos (2001) 925.0 300.0 2.9 1.01 38.00 0.401 277.00 0.70 0.81 0.66 0.49 0.74 0.74
250.0 150.0 3.0 3.70 34.00 2.000 149.50 1.27 1.26 1.09 0.88 0.95 0.84
Pellegrino et al. (2002 )
303.0 200.0 3.3 2.99 41.90 0.878 177.00 1.42 1.35 1.18 1.03 1.03 0.93
306.0 195.0 3.3 2.99 39.20 0.600 128.00 1.23 1.16 0.99 0.91 0.88 0.79
306.0 201.0 3.3 2.90 39.20 0.600 164.00 1.53 1.44 1.24 1.13 1.10 1.01
272.0 152.0 3.4 0.98 29.60 0.567 75.50 1.24 1.10 1.19 0.83 1.06 1.00
Placas and Regan 272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.90 1.148 149.60 1.64 1.61 1.34 1.15 1.16 0.96
(1971) 272.0 152.0 3.4 1.46 42.50 0.567 89.90 1.30 1.16 1.19 0.93 1.05 0.99
272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 13.70 1.148 94.70 1.19 1.21 0.98 0.78 0.90 0.67
Swamy and Andriopoulis 95.0 76.0 3.0 1.97 29.40 1.090 20.50 1.38 1.31 1.20 0.93 0.99 1.69
(1974) 132.0 76.0 4.0 3.95 28.30 0.310 20.00 1.51 1.45 1.14 1.12 0.94 0.83
Anderson and Ramirez 0.76 0.93 0.92
345.0 406.0 2.7 2.31 32.20 2.145 504.60 1.13 1.11 1.00
(1989)
McGormley et al. (1996) 419.0 203.0 3.3 3.03 44.40 1.448 307.00 1.36 1.35 1.17 0.96 1.03 1.07
Zararis & Papadakis (1999) 235.0 140.0 3.6 1.37 23.90 0.239 43.70 1.23 1.09 1.08 0.82 1.02 0.96
Karayiannis et al. (1999) 260.0 200.0 3.5 1.96 26.00 0.106 71.20 1.36 1.22 1.08 0.96 1.03 1.06
Mattock and Wang (1984) 315.0 150.0 3.0 2.61 27.60 0.850 147.10 1.70 1.65 1.40 1.18 1.27 1.16
Mattock and Wang (1984) 315.0 150.0 3.0 2.61 26.00 1.664 166.80 1.35 1.32 1.18 0.90 1.07 0.99

264
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix E
Table E .l - Continue

Beams property Vtest F/erf / ^calculated


Reference d bw ACI CSA Bazant-
a/d Pi fc P 'fy y
(kN) Zsutty Mphonde
Kim
ANN
(mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) (MPa) 11-5 Simplified
Debaiki and Elniema (1982) 262.0 120.0 3.4 3.00 30.60 1.336 73.60 0.99 0.96 0.85 0.68 0.73 0.97
Hsiung and Frantz (1985) 419.0 457.0 3.0 1.82 43.00 0.607 338.90 1.01 0.98 0.88 0.73 0.82 0.96
305.0 305.0 3.0 0.83 22.00 0.341 118.40 1.13 1.00 1.05 0.73 1.03 1.19
305.0 305.0 3.0 0.78 22.00 0.341 95.90 0.91 0.81 0.87 0.59 0.84 0.99
345.0 360.0 3.1 2.00 28.90 0.540 224.50 1.20 1.14 1.00 0.84 0.93 1.05
Podgomiak & Stanik
(1998) 925.0 300.0 2.9 1.05 42.00 0.406 364.00 0.88 1.02 0.83 0.63 0.93 0.93
274.0 280.0 3.5 2.70 31.80 0.352 119.00 1.13 1.05 0.89 0.82 0.81 1.08
274.0 280.0 3.5 2.70 29.30 1.094 191.00 1.19 1.14 1.02 0.82 0.89 1.14
Yoonetal. (1996) 655.0 375.0 3.3 2.80 87.00 0.350 483.00 1.08 1.08 0.84 0.84 0.84 0.94
Adebar and Collins(1996) 278.0 290.0 2.9 1.95 49.30 1.656 275.37 1.19 1.12 1.07 0.82 0.92 0.92
Mphonde (1989) 298.0 152.0 3.6 3.36 81.90 0.689 115.60 1.17 1.02 0.94 0.89 0.79 0.72
310.0 150.0 5.0 3.46 61.00 0.609 129.20 1.42 1.29 1.23 1.08 1.01 1.15
Ozcebe(1999)
310.0 150.0 3.0 3.07 73.00 0.354 111.80 1.30 1.17 1.02 1.06 0.88 0.75
292.0 250.0 2.5 2.80 72.50 0.717 232.50 1.43 1.32 1.15 1.12 0.96 0.89
299.0 250.0 2.4 3.69 67.40 0.638 296.60 1.80 1.74 1.39 1.49 1.11 0.96
Kong and Rangan (1998) 198.0 250.0 2.5 2.79 87.30 0.893 202.90 1.70 1.48 1.34 1.27 1.06 1.08
294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.80 0.893 246.50 1.37 1.28 1.08 1.07 0.89 0.97
292.0 250.0 2.5 2.80 74.60 0.717 250.90 1.54 1.41 1.23 1.21 1.02 0.95
Kong and Rangan (1998) 762.0 457.0 3.0 1.88 72.40 0.699 787.55 1.06 1.16 0.95 0.81 0.95 1.03
Roller and Russel (1990) 235.0 180.0 2.5 2.23 71.80 1.140 199.10 1.80 1.66 1.55 1.34 1.29 1.08
K>
ON
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix E
Table E .l - Continue

Beams property Vtest Pftsf/ Pcalculated


Reference d K P /w ACI CSA Bazant-
a/d Pi fc (kN) Zsutty Mphonde Kim ANN
(mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) (MPa) 11-5 Simplified
Sarsam and Al-Musawi 233.0 180.0 2.5 3.51 70.20 0.754 247.20 2.54 2.43 2.00 2.05 1.58 1.18
(1992) 539.0 305.0 3.1 2.49 55.85 0.690 382.50 1.16 1.19 0.98 0.87 0.93 1.04
Johson and Ramirez (1989) 345.0 360.0 2.6 2.00 76.30 0.540 390.50 1.58 1.41 1.32 1.22 1.16 0.98
Kriski and Loov (1996) 198.0 127.0 3.0 4.54 103.23 2.527 122.50 1.19 1.07 0.96 0.82 0.75 1.63
Xie et al. (1994) 925.0 300.0 2.9 1.00 80.00 0.401 395.10 0.80 0.88 0.78 0.60 0.85 0.85
Angelakos (2001) 420.0 110.0 3.0 4.08 54.80 1.801 135.00 0.91 0.93 0.77 0.66 0.68 0.65
Ta.net al. (1995) 351.0 200.0 3.1 2.29 49.90 1.285 242.00 1.36 1.30 1.20 0.97 1.05 1.05
353.0 200.0 3.1 2.28 68.90 0.747 204.00 1.32 1.23 1.15 1.01 1.01 0.93
Bohigas (2002) 351.0 200.0 3.1 2.29 87.00 1.291 254.00 1.32 1.17 1.13 0.94 0.95 1.03
198.0 127.0 3.0 4.54 86.94 1.950 121.00 1.36 1.26 1.10 0.98 0.87 0.93
Xie et al. (1994) 171.4 101.6 2.6 1.45 66.80 1.900 44.50 0.78 0.72 0.73 0.55 0.60 0.98
Salandra and Ahmad (1989) 419.0 203.0 3.3 3.03 55.10 1.450 311.50 1.32 1.30 1.14 0.95 0.99 1.04
McGormley et al. (1996) 160.0 100.0 2.5 4.44 125.00 2.079 88.50 1.49 1.28 1.12 1.03 0.84 1.14

266
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix E
Table E.2 - Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of stirrups capacity (P\fyv) on shear strength (NSC)

Beam </ a /d Pi fc Pfyv V te s t / byfl P calculated /


Bazant-
ID (mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) ANN A C I11-5 CSA simp. Mphonde Zsutty
Kim
Placas & Regan 3.12
272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.9 1.148 3.68 3.78 2.21 2.24 3.14 2.70
f!97n
1 272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.9 0.000 1.62 1.06 1.09 1.31 1.73 1.55
2 272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.9 0.253 2.12 1.32 1.35 1.71 2.04 1.81
Oft
s 3 272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.9 0.505 2.64 1.57 1.60 2.11 2.34 2.06
pQ 4 272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.9 0.758 3.13 1.82 1.85 2.52 2.65 2.31
-o
o 5 272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.9 1.011 3.57 2.07 2.10 2.92 2.95 2.56
u
Qi 6 272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.9 1.264 3.94 2.33 2.36 3.33 3.26 2.82
O 7 272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.9 1.516 4.25 2.58 2.61 3.73 3.57 3.07
8 272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.9 1.769 4.48 2.83 2.86 4.14 3.87 3.32
9 272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 29.9 2.022 4.56 3.08 3.12 4.54 4.18 3.57
Exp. Beams
272.0 152.0 3.6 4.16 30.8 0.567 2.71
Placas & Regan

267
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix E
Table E.3 - Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of stirrups capacity (p jyv) on shear strength (HSC)

Beam d bw a /d Pi fc Pxfyv V tn t/b v d Ecalculated/ b * /d

Bazant-
ID (mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) ANN A C I11-5 CSA simp. Mphonde Zsutty
Kim
Kong & Rangan 3.13 3.76 3.12
294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.89 3.35 3.44 2.45 2.62
(1998)
1 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.00 2.09 1.55 1.73 1.70 2.62 2.22
2 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.13 2.29 1.68 1.86 1.91 2.78 2.35
3 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.25 2.49 1.81 1.98 2.11 2.94 2.48
5OS
V 4 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.38 2.69 1.93 2.11 2.31 3.10 2.60
JO
T3 5 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.51 2.88 2.06 2.24 2.51 3.27 2.73
■8 3.07 2.19 2.36 2.72 3.43 2.85
24> 6 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.63
a!U 7 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.76 3.25 2.31 2.49 2.92 3.59 2.98
O 8 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 1.01 3.59 2.57 2.74 3.32 3.91 3.23
9 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 1.14 3.73 2.69 2.87 3.52 4.07 3.36
10 294.0 250.0 3.30 4.47 74.8 1.39 3.88 2.94 3.12 3.93 4.39 3.61
294 250 3.30 4.47 74.8 0.597 2.96
Experimental beams 294 250 3.30 4.47 74.8 0.717 2.79
Kong Rangan (1998) 294 250 3.30 4.47 74.8 1.115 3.72
294 250 3.30 4.47 74.8 1.275 4.14

to
o\
00
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix E
Table E.4 - Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect o f f c on shear strength

Beam d bw a /d Pi fc P 'ifyv Vm t/b y 4 Pcalculated / b«d


Bazant-
ID (mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) ANN A C I11-5 CSA simp. Mphonde Kim Zsutty
Kong & Rangan 3.76 3.12
294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.89 3.35 3.44 2.45 2.62 3.13
(1998)
1 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.00 2.09 1.55 1.73 1.70 2.62 2.22
2 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.13 2.29 1.68 1.86 1.91 2.78 2.35
3 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.25 2.49 1.81 1.98 2.11 2.94 2.48
S
«ai 4 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.38 2.69 1.93 2.11 2.31 3.10 2.60
£3
’O 5 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.51 2.88 2.06 2.24 2.51 3.27 2.73
uVet 6 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.63 3.07 2.19 2.36 2.72 3.43 2.85
a41 7 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 0.76 3.25 2.31 2.49 2.92 3.59 2.98
O 8 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 1.01 3.59 2.57 2.74 3.32 3.91 3.23
9 294.0 250.0 3.3 4.47 74.8 1.14 3.73 2.69 2.87 3.52 4.07 3.36
10 294.0 250.0 3.30 4.47 74.8 1.39 3.88 2.94 3.12 3.93 4.39 3.61
294 250 3.30 4.47 74.8 0.597 2.96
Experimental beams 294 250 3.30 4.47 74.8 0.717 2.79
Kong Rangan (1998) 294 250 3.30 4.47 74.8 1.115 3.72
294 250 3.30 4.47 74.8 1.275 4.14

269
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix E
Table E.5 - Properties o f beams used to investigate influence of stirrups on the effect of f c on shear strength

Beam d bw a /d Pi fc P \fyv V fe s t/ bw d ^calculated / b y jl

ID (mm) (mm) (%) (MPa) (MPa) (MPa) ANN Bazant-Kim


Mphonde (1989) 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 39.8 0.34 2.07 2.27 2.17
u 1 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 25.1 0.34 1.95 1.87
^ 4» _ 2 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 31.3 0.34 2.08 2.00
« 9 fO 3 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 43.9 0.34
» * -H. 2.36 2.24
! S « 4 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 47.1 0.34 2.43 2.29
5 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 50.1 0.34 2.49 2.34
*£ aJ sB
6 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 56.4 0.34 2.62 2.43
« -a *
*■« L- +*
^3 7 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 62.7 0.34 2.74 2.52
S M M
« "3 8 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 68.9 0.34 2.61
o J</} 2.85
s -^ 9 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 75.2 0.34 2.95 2.69
298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 22.2 0.34 1.68
= 0.34
298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 59.7 0.34 2.16
« 00 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 27.9 0.69 2.66
S 2
& w
« <u = 0.69 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 47.1 0.69 3.34
« -O
v
0<
fl
O 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 68.6 0.69 3.35
w a 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 28.7 1.03 3.05
Pv/^= 1-03 298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 46.6 1.03 2.95
298.0 152.0 3.57 3.36 69.5 1.03 3.57

270
A ppen dix E

<N ON O ^ o os r*** ro
<N « ° o on © © ^ cn co co
ro (S N N ro ro ro ro ro ro ro

CN
Q\
ro
Table E.6 - Properties of beams used to investigate the effect of tensile steel ratio (pi) on shear strength

CN

co

ON
00

ON
00

cT
oo
CN

00

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
A ppen dix F 272

APPENDIX F

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix F
T a b le F . l - Properties and shear results o f FRP-reinforced concrete beams

Beams properties F/est Ftesf/ Fcatculated


Reference d bw fc p fi Pfifbend ACI CSA JSCE ISIS Proposed
a/d I.*4*V ANN
(mm) (mm) (MPa) (GPa) (MPa) (440-03) (S806-02) (1997) (2001) equation
225.0 200.0 2.7 40.5 0.363 0.000 36.1 6.01 1.26 1.42 0.74 1.22 —
225.0 200.0 2.7 49.0 0.725 0.000 47.0 3.90 1.26 1.40 0.88 1.18 —
225.0 200.0 2.7 40.5 0.914 0.000 47.2 3.05 1.25 1.37 0.97 1.18 —

Razaqpur et al.
225.0 200.0 2.7 40.5 1.276 0.000 42.7 1.94 1.01 1.11 0.88 0.95 —
(2004)
225.0 200.0 1.8 40.5 0.725 0.000 96.2 7.76 2.42 3.01 1.97 1.66 —
225.0 200.0 3.6 40.5 0.725 0.000 47.0 3.88 1.48 1.47 0.96 1.39 —
225.0 200.0 4.5 40.5 0.725 0.000 38.5 3.19 1.31 1.20 0.79 1.23 —
225.0 229.0 4.1 36.3 0.528 0.000 38.1 3.59 1.23 1.20 1.37 1.19 --
225.0 178.0 4.1 36.3 0.685 0.000 31.5 2.90 1.23 1.17 1.45 1.16 -
Yost et al. 225.0 229.0 4.1 36.3 0.794 0.000 44.4 2.71 1.28 1.22 1.59 1.21 —
(2001) 225.0 279.0 4.1 36.3 0.866 0.000 45.3 2.06 1.04 0.99 1.33 0.98 --
225.0 254.0 4.1 36.3 0.979 0.000 45.1 1.97 1.09 1.04 1.46 1.03 —
225.0 229.0 4.1 36.3 1.064 0.000 42.2 1.87 1.10 1.05 1.51 1.04 -
279.0 178.0 2.7 24.1 0.920 0.000 106.8 4.67 3.04 3.50 4.90 2.87 —

Alkhradgy et al. 3.34 3.22 2.68 —


287.0 178.0 2.6 24.1 0.308 0.000 72.2 10.24 2.85
(2001)
287.0 178.0 2.6 24.1 0.536 0.000 80.1 6.24 2.63 3.08 3.57 2.48 —
360.0 457.0 3.4 39.7 0.389 0.000 108.1 4.43 1.09 1.29 1.21 1.07 —
Tureyen & Frosch 360.0 457.0 3.4 39.9 0.361 0.000 94.8 4.19 0.95 1.16 1.10 0.96 —
(2002) 360.0 457.0 3.4 40.3 0.451 0.000 114.8 4.07 1.15 1.29 1.19 1.07 -
360.0 457.0 3.4 42.3 0.778 0.000 137.0 2.71 1.34 1.27 1.49 1.05 -
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix F
Table F .l - Continue

Beams properties Vm latest/ Vcalculated


Reference d bw a/d f c PiEi P/vfbend ACI CSA JSCE ISIS Proposed
(kN) ANN
(mm) (mm) (MPa) (GPa) (MPa) (440-03) (S806-02) (1997) (2001) equation
Tureyen & Frosch 360.0 457.0 3.4 42.5 0.722 0.000 152.6 3.25 1.49 1.45 1.72 1.20 ~
(2002) 360.0 457.0 3.4 42.5 0.902 0.000 177.0 3.02 1.73 1.56 1.78 1.29 --
Vijay et al. 264.5 150.0 1.9 44.8 0.772 0.000 44.8 3.62 1.22 1.57 1.62 0.87 —
(1996) 264.5 150.0 1.9 31.0 0.346 0.000 44.8 8.05 1.81 2.31 1.95 1.29 —
250.0 150.0 3.0 34.3 1.586 0.000 45.0 1.86 1.31 1.41 1.41 1.23 —
Zhao et al.
250.0 150.0 3.0 34.3 3.182 0.000 46.0 1.12 1.06 1.14 1.45 1.00 —
n9951
250.0 150.0 3.0 34.3 2.384 0.000 40.0 1.05 1.01 1.09 1.26 0.95 —
Duranovic et al. 210.0 150.0 3.7 38.1 0.612 0.000 52.9 7.04 2.59 2.51 2.87 2.44 —
(1997) 210.0 150.0 3.7 32.9 0.612 0.000 43.9 5.66 2.25 2.18 2.56 2.12 —
Nagasaka et al. 253.0 250.0 1.8 34.1 1.064 0.000 112.8 3.75 1.87 2.41 2.89 1.25 —
(1993) 253.0 250.0 1.8 22.9 1.064 0.000 83.4 2.31 1.57 2.03 2.60 1.06 —
Nakamura & 150.0 300.0 4.0 22.7 0.389 0.000 33.1 4.06 1.54 1.50 2.03 1.52 —
Higai (1995) 150.0 300.0 4.0 27.8 0.519 0.000 36.4 3.64 1.51 1.39 2.01 1.42 —
325.0 200.0 2.2 44.6 0.959 0.000 98.1 4.16 2.30 2.05 1.39 1.29 --
325.0 200.0 3.2 44.5 0.959 0.000 122.7 5.29 2.88 2.57 1.74 2.15 —
325.0 200.0 4.3 45.0 0.959 0.000 117.7 5.12 2.75 2.46 1.66 2.26
Tottori and
325.0 200.0 2.8 46.9 1.651 0.000 147.2 3.64 3.37 2.53 1.72 2.01 —
Wakui H9931
325.0 200.0 3.2 46.9 1.651 0.000 93.2 2.32 2.13 1.60 1.09 1.34 —
325.0 200.0 4.3 46.9 1.651 0.000 78.5 1.98 1.80 1.35 0.92 1.24 --

21A
325.0 200.0 2.2 46.9 0.534 0.000 152.0 11.45 3.48 3.81 3.23 2.39 —
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix F
Table F .l - Continue

Beams properties Vtest Fcalculated


V te s t/
Reference d bw PiEi P fifbend ACI CSA JSCE ISIS Proposed
(mm) (mm)
a/d fc
(MPa) (GPa) (MPa)
(kN)
(440-03) (S806-02) (1997) (2001) equation
ANN

Tottori and 325.0 200.0 3.2 46.9 0.534 0.000 61.8 4.76 1.42 1.55 1.31 1.29 —
Wakui (1993) 325.0 200.0 4.3 46.9 0.534 0.000 47.1 3.66 1.08 1.18 1.00 1.08 —
165.0 1000.0 6.1 40.0 0.445 0.000 140.0 5.20 1.34 1.37 0.89 1.59 —
165.0 1000.0 6.1 40.0 0.889 0.000 167.0 3.07 1.60 1.29 1.06 1.51 —
159.0 1000.0 6.3 40.0 1.345 0.000 190.0 2.37 1.67 1.33 1.25 1.57 —
El-Sayed et aL 162.0 1000.0 6.2 40.0 0.344 0.000 113.0 5.45 1.10 1.22 1.23 1.44 —
(2005) 159.0 1000.0 6.3 40.0 0.680 0.000 142.0 3.46 1.41 1.25 1.58 1.48 —
162.0 1000.0 6.2 40.0 0.684 0.000 163.0 3.87 1.59 1.40 1.78 1.65 —
159.0 1000.0 6.3 40.0 0.976 0.000 163.0 2.71 1.59 1.27 1.81 1.50 —
155.0 1000.0 6.5 40.0 1.052 0.000 168.0 2.65 1.66 1.31 1.92 1.56 —
264.5 150.0 1.9 44.8 0.772 2.306 126.8 1.38 0.95 2.59 1.02 1.26 0.98
Vijay et al. 264.5 150.0 1.9 44.8 0.772 1.538 115.0 1.76 1.14 2.55 1.25 1.25 1.02
(1996) 264.5 150.0 1.9 31.0 0.346 2.306 123.2 1.44 1.01 4.02 1.03 1.46 0.95
264.5 150.0 1.9 31.0 0.346 1.538 123.3 2.10 1.38 4.31 1.41 1.64 1.09
309.5 200.0 3.2 35.5 0.493 0.475 68.5 2.02 1.02 1.57 1.13 0.92 1.10
Alsayed et al. 0.76 0.80
309.5 200.0 3.2 39.5 0.493 0.475 57.9 1.72 0.84 1.27 0.93
(1996)
309.0 200.0 2.4 35.7 0.559 0.904 108.9 1.96 1.09 2.19 1.21 1.13 1.00
250.0 150.0 3.0 34.3 3.182 1.848 113.0 1.46 1.00 1.89 1.12 1.30 1.04
Zhao et al. 125.9 1.09 1.00 1.77 1.11 1.39 0.99
250.0 150.0 3.0 34.3 3.182 2.184
(1995)
250.0 150.0 3.0 34.3 2.384 1.848 116.2 1.86 1.07 2.18 1.15 1.40 1.08
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix F
Table F .l - Continue

Beams properties V ust Vtesf / ^calculated


Reference d bw fc P tE t P f\fbend ACI CSA JSCE ISIS Proposed
a/d (kN) ANN
(mm) (mm) (MPa) (GPa) (MPa) (440-03) (S806-02) (1997) (2001) equation
Zhao et al. 250.0 150.0 2.0 34.3 1.586 1.848 123.3 2.48 1.13 2.70 1.22 1.32 0.95
(1995) 250.0 150.0 4.0 34.3 1.586 1.848 73.3 1.52 0.73 1.61 0.72 0.99 0.92
Duranovic et al. 210.0 150.0 3.7 39.8 0.612 1.400 98.0 3.59 1.51 3.39 1.56 1.89 1.05
(1997) 210.0 150.0 2.4 39.8 0.612 1.400 133.1 4.84 1.96 4.60 2.11 2.39 0.98
253.0 250.0 1.2 28.9 1 064 4.515 246.2 1.08 3.22 ' 1.24 1.08 1.02
253.0 250.0 1.2 34.0 1.064 9.030 311.0 1.13 1.07 3.24 0.85 1.15 0.98
253.0 250.0 1.2 32.8 1.064 13.364 359.1 0.91 1.26 3.41 0.69 1.23 1.03
253.0 250.0 1.8 28.9 1.064 4.515 204.0 1.33 0.93 2.67 1.03 1.23 0.95
253.0 250.0 1.8 28.9 1.064 9.030 276.7 1.00 1.06 3.08 0.77 1.38 1.00
253.0 250.0 1.8 1.064 13.364 282.5 ■ 0.72 •V T 0 |. |f 2.83 0.55 1.26 0.98
253.0 250.0 2.4 32.8 1.064 4.515 159.0 1.05 0.73 1.97 0.79 1.12 0.97
Nagasaka et aL 253.0 250.0 2.4 32.8 1.064 9.030 229.5 0.84 0.85 2.42 0.63 1.31 1.01
(1993) 253.0 250.0 1.8 33.4 1.064 4.120 201.1 1.89 0.86 2.80 0.95 1.16 1.00
253.0 250.0 1.8 34.7 1.064 8.240 271.7 1.50 0.96 3.25 0.70 1.30 0.99
253.0 250.0 1.8 33.4 1.064 2.405 169.7 1.98 1.13 2.49 1.31 1.13 0.98
253.0 250.0 1.8 33.4 1.064 4.810 243.3 1.72 1.01 3.15 1.11 1.39 1.13
253.0 250.0 1.8 34.7 1.064 3.040 175.6 1.99 0.76 2.52 0.83 1.01 0.99
253.0 250.0 1.8 36.0 1.064 6.080 228.6 1.57 0.79 2.85 0.60 1.09 0.97
253.0 250.0 1.8 23.5 1.064 9.030 207.0 0.74 0.87 2.51 0.58 1.07 0.99
253.0 250.0 1.8 22.5 1.064 13.364 221.7 0.56 0.95 2.47 0.43 1.02 0.99
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix F
Table F .l - Continue

Beams properties Vus, Ffcst / Vcalculated


Reference d bw fc p fit P ftfbend ACI CSA JSCE ISIS Proposed
a/d (kN) ANN
(mm) (mm) (MPa) (GPa) (MPa) (440-03) (S806-02) (1997) (2001) equation
253.0 250.0 2.4 " 1.064 9.030 ; 0.66 2.18 0.51 1.08 1.01
253.0 250.0 2.4 22.9 1.064 13.364 191.3 0.48 0.83 2.12 0.37 0.99 1.01
253.0 250.0 1.8 22.5 1.064 8.240 190.3 1.01 0.82 2.71 0.50 0.97 0.99
Nagasaka et aL 253.0 250.0 1.8 22.5 1.064 12.195 203.1 0.78 0.87 2.65 0.37 0.91 1.02
(1993) 253.0 250.0 1.8 23.5 1.064 4.810 190.3 1.30 0.81 2.84 0.89 1.15 0.99
253.0 250.0 1.8 23.5 1.064 1.06 ■:12^92 1.15 v 1.00
253.0 250.0 1.8 39.5 1.064 13.364 292.3 0.75 0.97 2.57 0.56 1.25 0.99
253.0 250.0 2.4 39.2 1.064 13.364 226.6 0.58 0.77 2.00 0.43 1.12 1.00
250.0 200.0 3.0 35.4 0.467 1.904 83.4 2.67 0.94 2.27 1.03 1.10 0.97
Nakamura & 250.0 200.0 3.0 35.4 0.467 2.272 100.1 3.21 1.13 2.72 1.24 1.32 1.00
Higai
(1995) 250.0 200.0 3.0 35.2 0.467 0.979 56.2 72 0.93 1.07 0.88 0.96
250.0 200.0 3.0 35.2 0.467 1.168 66.2 3.20 1.09 1.92 1.26 1.04 1.04
325.0 200.0 3.2 44.4 0.959 0.430 103.0 2.65 1.26 1.70 1.05 1.13 1.00
325.0 200.0 3.2 44.7 0.959 0.430 106.0 2.73 1.30 1.74 1.08 1.16 1.03
325.0 200.0 3.2 44.9 0.959 0.423 84.8 2.37 . • J:.0 4 ^ '“v:^T.43,-'' 0.86 0.93 0.83
Tottori and 325.0 200.0 2.2 44.6 0.959 0.396 161.9 3.71 1.85 2.59 1.68 1.48 1.01
Wakui (1993) 325.0 200.0 3.2 44.8 0.959 0.396 83.4 1.93 1.05 1.33 0.87 0.92 0.83
325.0 200.0 4.3 44.6 0.959 0.396 73.6 1.71 0.99 1.18 0.76 0.87 1.05
325.0 200.0 3.2 45.0 0.959 0.326 98.1 2.57 1.30 1.62 1.07 1.12 1.02
325.0 200.0 3.2 44.7 0.980 0.419 107.9 2.39 1.32 1.70 1.09 1.18 1.05
A ppen dix F 278

so © © © © \o » n T f o > - i ' 5 f O m o o \ o t ^ - v o t ~ o \
< N © O s © © ^ 0 0 © r - i © . - * © © © o q © © © 0 0 ©
. - < © © © © i-<. © © • - < © ■ ■c*i - i i - i i —
i© i—
ii—
i-*©©

^ a
55 o in© it n N © © ^ © ■ s t © © o i s N ‘ < N < N N - © © r - -
oa. -a
a
© --< d s c o © cn •— — n ( S N O \ » o o « i » H o o
O a -H -1 —1 © ©
£ a

CW S J
© <N so so ds © <n v i H i » © ^ N O \ i t h a h a ©
HH O
CO o
© i—i i—1 i—1 d s © <N^f©om©ooN^J' r-- © t~~ ©
1 t-l CN

J
X H P fO H io^'O 'noo^H in
<J © r^oo©iocsv©ooo© i n or*.v rc n^ o© o cc os o o co ns vo oo ©
£S 2 h (S N M —I dS <N <N CN <N

< s oo
©
©
CN
t'-
'
so
ch ' T>-it Od Sf NO nT <N
■— j - ^© H r—
fr
t f i - i f©N-CN
— i © ti-
©
<-•
oo
so ©
oo
•**
oo
CO
U00
1
co

H- S in os c s Tf r ~ © © ' O S f r H S f O ' t / l M
VO © ©r"; ds
n;
©
© © •-< ds © < N © © - ^ - r ^ O s < N O S ©
< N < N d s < N < N d v < N d s c i s c N c N C N CN © <N dS CN ds
^r

© © N; ^1; dS © N; itf; © N- ©_ is w n o
©
ds
© co oo CN
m ~© so cn
© © o© X-
N Tf
© © c»s
Tf 00
oo o\ h- oo © oo r- oo *> ©

oo
S sm N © t tt s Mh Nw Nm t n So h\ ©H Nt ©n H
© M o o o o ( C i O M o o
H O r t o o n © ^ ^
©©■*t©^H©©©<N©C'»©©cnOS©0 0 0 © 0 0
o d d d ^ d d o d o i - i d o d d r i H ^ N d

o o o o c n c i s c i s r c i c o r o r i s i —i ^ - i o o o o © T t r ^ r ' t ^ - r ^ r ^
«uO O©l ©
Ol © © © ' © . © © © ©
© © O O © © © © © ©
© . » W ^
O
O
,-1
l N
-H
M N N N

09
.Si
t,4> t-; ■a; -ct ^ ^ "^r 00 N" © © fH (S © (S © © CN CN ©
O. ^
o© n© ©tn m
© Os c ~ - © © r ~ ^ j - ^ - i —
n© ci © c i n w n m n si cn t f' 0N0 if sf N
OO 0 0 0 0
2
a
09
e C N C N C N C N C N C N C N C N C N © © © © © © © © © ©
4a> 1 ( l i m r n m M ' m m c n m N N N N N CN CIS d S CIS CIS
n
© © © © © © © © O O © © © © © © © © © ©
*s 0 00 0© 00 00 0© 0 0 0 0 ©0 ©© ©© ©0 ©0 ©
0 0© 00 ©
0 00 ©
0 00
s ©
N N N M N IN N N N h h h h c i i h N N N P I C I
Table F.l - Continue

© © © © © © p p p p © p p p p p © o p p
© © © © © . © ' © © © O O O O O O O O O O O
< N < N C N < N C N <N C N C N C N © © © © © S O © © © © ©
ds d S CIS CIS CIS CCS CCS CIS CIS <N CN < N < N © C N < N < N < N < N C N

U
W SjCS
a
2 •c
© Ia a
©
.a
H

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix F
Table F .l - Continue

Beams iroperties vtat Vtest/ ^calculated


Reference d bw fc P&i Pfyfbend ACI CSA JSCE ISIS Proposed
a/d (MPa) (MPa)
(kN)
(440-03) (S806-02) (1997) (2001) equation
ANN
(mm) (mm) (GPa)
Shehata 470.0 135.0 3.2 50.0 1.713 3.096 305.5 1.84 1.32 2.93 1.33 2.01 1.03
(1999) 470.0 50.0 1.713 3.633 305.3 2.03 1.19 3.02 1.19 1.93 0.96
253.0 250.0 1.8 26.0 3.478 4.810 208.0 1.20 0.85 1.85 0.86 0.98 0.97
Nagasaka 253.0 250.0 1.8 25.3 3.478 2.720 176.6 0.87 0.78 1.50 0.79 0.86 0.99
etal.
(1993) 253.0 250.0 1.8 25.4 3.478 6.490 230.5 0.67 0.90 1.65 0.60 0.96 1.03
253.0 250.0 1.8 27.6 3.478 8.051 240.4 0.50 0.90 1.48 0.44 0.90 0.99
250.0 200.0 3.0 34.7 3.096 1.251 96.5 1.47 0.99 1.37 1.03 0.98 1.02
Nakamura 250.0 200.0 W6’" !: 3.096 1.493 106.4 i ■leM 'i"? 1.10 1.52 1.13 1.08 0.96
& Higai
(1995) 250.0 200.0 3.0 35.6 3.096 0.762 79.8 1.31 0.96 1.19 1.00 0.87 1.15
250.0 200.0 3.0 35.8 3.096 0.909 79.8 1.31 0.96 1.18 1.00 0.87 1.04
285.0 200.0 2.1 37.2 8.384 1.300 230.5 1.95 1.60 1.74 1.59 1.25 1.01
285.0 200.0 2.1 37.2 8.384 0.650 221.7 2.31 2.08 1.90 2.06 1.31 0.99
285.0 200.0 - 3 - 2 35.3 8.384 1.300 169.7 r 1.54 1.20 1.31 1.19 0.97
285.0 200.0 3.2 35.3 8.384 0.650 137.3 1.56 1.31 1.20 1.30 1.03 1.04
Tottori and 285.0 200.0 3.2 35.3 8.384 0.433 117.7 1.45 1.27 1.10 1.26 0.93 0.99
Wakui
(1993) 285.0 200.0 4.2 31.4 8.384 0.650 115.8 1.41 1.15 1.06 1.14 0.96 0.99
325.0 200.0 3.2 42.2 1.651 0.987 158.0 1.46 1.19 1.92 1.09 1.32 1.01
325.0 200.0 3.2 71.6 1.651 0.987 165.8 1.29 1.13 1.81 0.98 1.24 1.01
325.0 200.0 4.3 50.6 1.651 0.987 150.1 1.32 1.15 1.74 0.98 1.28 0.98
325.0 200.0 4.3 65.7 1.651 0.987 153.0 1.24 1.12 1.69 0.92 1.24 1.01
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix F
Table F .l - Continue

Beams properties Vust Vtat / FCalcUlated


Reference d bw P&i Pftfbend ACI CSA JSCE ISIS Proposed
a/d fe (kN) ANN
(mm) (mm) (MPa) (GPa) (MPa) (440-03) (S806-02) (1997) (2001) equation
250.0 150.0 2.5 29.4 4.244 0.616 105.9 1.95 1.66 1.79 1.65 1.42 0.98
Tottori and
260.0 150.0 3.1 38.8 6.139 0.918 84.9 1.53 1.01 1.16 1.00 0.93 1.02
Wakui (1993)
250.0 200.0 40.7 9.579 1.943 191.8 / : rA/J2--y 1.18 1.30 1.00
470.0 135.0 3.2 54.0 2.640 2.064 277.5 1.72 1.43 2.41 1.44 1.84 1.00
470.0 135.0 3.2 54.0 2.640 3.096 341.0 1.68 1.37 2.67 1.38 2.06 1.03
Shehata 470.0 135.0 3.2 51.0 2.640 4.042 375.5 1.57 1.26 2.78 1.27 2.14 1.03
(1999) 470.0 135.0 2.640 2.457 292.0 1.92 2.61 ■;' 1.38 1.87 0.97
470.0 135.0 3.2 33.0 2.640 3.633 312.5 1.82 1.19 3.04 1.23 1.97 1.01
470.0 135.0 3.2 33.0 2.640 4.844 311.5 1.50 1.07 2.82 0.98 1.81 0.99
Alsayed et al. 1.78 1.17 0.97
310.0 200.0 2.4 35.7 1.980 0.904 144.5 1.38 1.12 1.11
(1996)

N)
oOO
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix F
Table F.2 - Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect o f FRP stirrups on shear strength o f concrete beams

Beams properties Shear strength (MPa)


Reference d bw fc ACI CSA JSCE Proposed
a/d P ,(% ) Ei (GPa) Pp(% ) ffu v (MPa) Measured ANN
(mm) (mm) (MPa) (440) (S806) (1997) equation
265 150 1.89 44.80 1.430 54.00 0.50 655.00 1.39 0.94 1.10 2.02 2.792
T3
2 * 265 150 1.89 44.80 1.430 54.00 0.55 655.00 1.50 0.94 1.11 2.06 2.799
£ ois
di 265 150 1.89 44.80 1.430 54.00 0.65 655.00 1.72 0.95 1.15 2.15 2.850
§ -a 265 150 1.89 44.80 1.430 54.00 0.75 655.00 1.93 0.95 1.18 2.22 2.957
O
265 150 1.89 44.80 1.430 54.00 0.90 655.00 2.26 0.96 1.22 2.33 3.192
Vijay et 265 150 1.89 44.80 1.430 54.00 0.62 655.00 2.90 : fi:;65/ 0.95 1.14 2.12 2.831
al. (1996) 265 150 1.89 44.80 1.430 54.00 0.93 655.00 3.20

Table F.3 - Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of ptEi on shear strength o f concrete beams

Beams properties Shear strength (MPa)


Reference d by, fc ACI CSA JSCE Proposed
a/d (MPa) />/(%) 2?/(GPa) />>(%) f fu v (MPa) Measured ANN
(mm) (mm) (440) (S806) (1997) equation
325 200 3.23 39.40 1.250 58.00 0.23 1236.00 0.82 0.73 0.88 1.67 2.181
£ tn 325 200 3.23 39.40 1.500 58.00 0.23 1236.00 0.88 0.78 0.95 1.71 2.272
2 § 325 200 3.23 39.40 2.000 58.00 0.23 1236.00 1.00 0.86 1.06 1.79 2.433
3 8
8 -a 325 200 3.23 39.40 2.500 58.00 0.23 1236.00 1.13 0.92 1.15 1.86 2.540
O
325 200 3.23 39.40 3.000 58.00 0.23 1236.00 1.27 0.98 1.24 1.91 2.615
Tottori 325 200 3.23 39.40 0.920 58.00 0.23 1236.00 2.04 0.74 0.66 0.79 1.59 2.056
(1993) 325 200 3.23 42.2 0.860 192.00 0.41 602.00 2.43
OO
Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

Appendix F
Table F.4 - Properties o f beams used to investigate the effect of f c on shear strength of concrete beams

Beams properties Shear strength (MPa)


Reference d bw fc ACI CSA JSCE Proposed
a/d Ei (GPa) P/A%) f fuv (MPa) Measured ANN
(mm) (mm) (MPa) M % ) (440) (S806) (1997) equation
285 200 2.11 25.00 4.070 206.00 0.27 602.00 5.31 1.01 1.76 2.43 3.554
*2 an 285 200 2.11 30.00 4.070 206.00 0.27 602.00 4.84 1.10 1.88 2.53 3.713
2 I 285 200 2.11 40.00 4.070 206.00 0.27 602.00 4.44 1.28 2.11 2.70 4.003
S 8
Sa 285 200 2.11 45.00 4.070 206.00 0.27 602.00 4.34 1.35 2.21 2.77 4.138
o
285 200 2.11 50.00 4.070 206.00 0.27 602.00 4.29 1.43 2.26 2.84 4.272
Tottori 3.925
285 200 2.11 37.20 4.070 206.00 0.27 602.00 3.88 .■ 4.53 1.23 2.05 2.66
(1993)

K)
00
N)
283

VITA

Name: Hassan Hussein El-Chabib

Place o f Birth: Lebanon

Date of Birth: March 29,1960

Secondary Education: Tripoli, Lebanon,

Post Secondary Education: University of Basra


Basra, Iraq
1981-1985, B.Sc. (Civil Engineering)

Northeastern University
Boston, Massachusetts, USA
1990 - 1992, M.Sc. (Civil Engineering/Structure)

The University of Western Ontario


London, Ontario, Canada
2000 - 2002, M.E.Sc. (Civil Engineering/Materials)

The University of Western Ontario


London, Ontario, Canada
2002 - 2006, Ph.D. (Civil Engineering/Materials)

Related Work Experience: Research and Teaching Assistant


The University of Western Ontario
Faculty of Engineering
2000 - 2006

Research and Teaching Assistant


Northeastern University
Faculty of Engineering
1990- 1992

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.
284

Structural Engineer
Tripoli, Lebanon
1993 -1 9 9 9

Awards and Memberships Hariri Foundation (Beirut, Lebanon)


Special Scholarship
1990 - 1992

Northeastern University (Boston, USA)


Graduate Students Teaching Assistance Scholarship
1990 - 1992

The University of Western Ontario (London, Canada)


Special University Scholarship (2000 - 2006)
Best Teaching Assistant Award Nomination, 2001-02
Best Teaching Assistant Award Nomination, 2002-03

Order des Ingenieurs et Architectes


Tripoli, Lebanon
Member since 1986

Reproduced with permission of the copyright owner. Further reproduction prohibited without permission.

You might also like